Features of Linear Guide

1. About Linear Guide

1- 1 Features of Linear Guide Table 1.1.1

1-1-1 High Accuracy Drawing Characteristics, Performance

Because linear guide has little friction resistance, only a small driving force is needed to
move the load. Low frictional resistance helps the temperature rising effect be small. Thus,
Two trains of balls.
the frictional resistance is decreased and the accuracy could be maintained for long period In a Gothic-arch groove, each ball contacts
than traditional slide system. the raceway at four points 45°-45°.
It has constant contact point between ball
and arc groove.
1-1-2 High Rigidity Rigidity has high stability.
Two-row design is able to perform an equal
LINEAR GUIDE

The design of Linear Guide rail and block features an equal lead rating in all four directions
load rating in four directions.
that request sufficient rigidity load in all directions, and self-aligning capability to absorb
installation-error. Moreover, a sufficient preload can be achieved to increase rigidity and
makes it suitable for any kind of installation. Four trains of balls.
The circular-arc groove has two contact
points at 45°-45°(DF)-Four-Row Design
1-1-3 Easy for Maintenance features an equal load rating in all four
Compared with high-skill required scrapping process of traditional slide system, the Linear directions with high rigidity.
Four-row design is able to perform an equal
Guide can offer high precision even if the mounting surface is machined by milling or grinding. load rating in four directions.
Moreover the interchangeability of Linear Guide gives a convenience for installation and future Self-Aligning to absorb installation-error.
maintenance.

1-1-4 High Speed Four trains of balls.

Linear Guide block, rail and ball apply by contact point of Rolling system. Due to the The circular-arc groove has two contact points
at 45°- 45° (DB).
characteristic of low frictional resistance, the required driving force is much lower than that in Four-Row Design features an equal load rating
other systems, thus the power consumption is small. Moreover, the temperature rising effect in all four directions with high rigidity.
Low friction resistance promotes smooth
is small even under high speed operation.
operating condition.

1-1-5 High Performance without Clearance ( see Table 1.1.1 )

Four trains of balls.
In the Gothic-arch groove, each ball contacts
the raceway at two points 45°- 45°,
Light preload, two contact points,
Heavy preload, four contact points.
It contrasts with traditional DB type, which
has better rigidity at permissible Moment..

A01 A02
 The Procedure of Select Linear Guide

The Contract table of four-row design with equal load rating 1- 2 The Procedure of Select Linear Guide
and two-row Gothic design/
1-2-1 Flowchart

Set the conditions for the design of loadson the Linear Guide.
‡6SDFHDYDLODEOHIRUWKHJXLGHSDUW ‡)UHTXHQF\RIXVHGXW\F\FOH
‡'LPHQVLRQVVSDQ1RRIEORFNV1RRI ‡9HORFLW\DFFHOHUDWLRQ
rails, and thrust). ‡6WURNHOHQJWK
1 Set the operating conditions ‡,QVWDOODWLRQGLUHFWLRQKRUL]RQWDOYHUWLFDO ‡5HTXLUHGVHUYLFHOLIH
6SDQ1RRI
EORFNVDQG1R tilted, wall-hung, or suspended). ‡6HUYLFHHQYLURQPHQW
of rails changed ‡0DJQLWXGHRIWKHDSSOLHGORDGGLUHFWLRQ ‡0RWLRQSUHFLVLRQ
and location.
2 Select the correct type ‡6HOHFWSURSHUW\SHVL]HDQGTXDQWLW\,IDSSOLHGZLWKEDOOVFUHZWKHVL]H
7\SHRUVL]H of guideway should be similar to diameter of ballscrew).
changed
/,1($5*8,'(

3 Calculate the applied load ‡&DOFXODWHWKHORDGWKDWD/LQHDU*XLGHEORFNH[HUWVRQWKH/LQHDU*XLGH

4 Calculate the equivalent load ‡&RQYHUWWKHORDGWKDW/LQHDU*XLGHEORFNVH[HUWLQHDFKGLUHFWLRQLQWRDQ

equivalent load.

5 Calculate the static safety factor ‡9HULI\WKHYDOXHRIWKHVWDWLFVDIHW\IDFWRUIRUWKHEDVLFVWDWLFORDGUDWLQJ

DQG0D[LPXPDSSOLHGORDG

,VWKHVWDWLFVDIHW\IDFWRUYHULILHG"
12
YES

6 Calculate the mean load ‡$YHUDJHWKHDSSOLHGORDGVZKLFKIOXFWXDWHGXULQJRSHUDWLRQDQGFRQYHUW

them into a mean load.

7 Calculate the nominal life ‡&DOFXODWHWKHUXQQLQJGLVWDQFHXVLQJWKHVHUYLFHOLIHHTXDWLRQ

8 Calculate the service life in hours ‡8VLQJWKHVHUYLFHOLIHHTXDWLRQWRFDOFXODWHWKHUXQQLQJ

distance or hours
Fig 1.1.1 Four-Row Equal Load Fig 1.1.2 Two-Row Gothic Design
Ratting Design Convert the running distance obtained into the service life in hours Does the value
12 REWDLQHGVDWLVI\WKHHQTXLUHG6HUYLFHOLIH"

YES ‡'HWHUPLQHWKHUHGLDOFOHDUDQFHWREHXVHG
As shown in the diagrams, each time the ball rolls, a slip occurs in an amount equal to the 9 Forecast the rigidity ‡'HWHUPLQHWKHIDVWHQLQJPHWKRGVWREHXVHG
‡'HWHUPLQHWKHULJLGLW\DWWKHIDVWHQHGDUHDV
difference between the circumferences of the inner and outer surfaces of the ball in contact ‡'HWHUPLQHWKHDFFXUDF\JUDGHWREHDSSOLHG

with the raceway (ȯd1 ) and (ȯd2 ). (This slip is called the differential slip). When the 10 Select the accuracy and precision ‡'HWHUPLQHWKHPRXQWLQJVXUIDFHSUHFLVLRQWREHXVHG
‡6HOHFWWKHSUHFLVLRQOHYHO

circumferential difference is too large, a slip occurs when the ball rolls. The friction coefficient ‡'HWHUPLQHWKHOXEULFDQWVJUHDVHRLOVSHFLDOOXEULFDWLRQHWFWREHXVHG
11 Safety design ‡'HWHUPLQHWKHOXEULFDWLRQPHWKRGSHULRGLFJUHDVLQJIRUFHGOXEULFDWLRQ
between the ball and the raceway is several times greater when slip occurs than when there etc.) to be used.
‡'HWHUPLQHWKHPDWHULDO6WDQGDUGVWDLQOHVVVWHHOHWFWREHXVHG
is no slip and frictional resistance increases substantially. Even under a preload or regular 12 Completion of selection ‡&RPSOHWLRQRIVHOHFWLRQ
‡'HWHUPLQHWKHVXUIDFHWUHDWPHQWDQWLFRUURVLRQDSSHDUDQFHSURWHFWLRQ
load, the ball and raceway contact one another at two points in the loading direction, as etc.) to be provided.
‡'HVLJQFRQWDPLQDQWSURWHFWLRQEHOORZVWHOHVFRSLFFRYHUHWF
shown. Thus the difference between d1 and d2 can be small, as can the differential slip.
This design gives rise to a smooth rolling motion.

A03 A04
 Basic Load Rating and Service Life of Linear Guide

1- 3 Basic Load Rating and Service Life of Linear Guide 1-3-3 Static Safety Factor fs
!!!!!!A linear motion system may possibly receive
!!!!!!When determining a model that would best suit your service conditions for a linear motion fs =
Co
or
Mo
an unpredictable external force due to vibration P M
system, the load carrying capacity and service life of the model must be considered. To
and impact while it is at rest or is moving or due
consider the load carrying capacity you should know the static safety factor of the model
to inertia resulting from start and stop. It is
calculated based on the basic static load rating. Service life can be assessed by calculating f s : static safety factor
therefore necessary to consider the static safety
the nominal life based on the basic dynamic load rating and checking to see if the values Co : basic static load rating (N)
factor against operating loads like these. The
thus obtained meet your requirements. Mo : static permissible moment (N-mm)
static safety factor (f s) indicates the ratio of a
P : calculated load (N)
The service life of a linear motion system refers to the total running distance that the linear linear motion system load carrying capacity
M : calculated moment (N-mm)
LINEAR GUIDE

motion system travels until flaking (the disintegration of a metal surface in scale-like pieces) Ӆbasic static load rating Coӆ to the load exerted
occurs there to as a result of the rolling fatigue of the material caused by repeated stress on there on.
raceways and rolling elements.
To calculate a load exerted on the Linear Guide, the mean load necessary for calculating
Basic Load Rating蛆There are two basic load ratings for linear motion systems : basic static the service life and the maximum load necessary for calculating the static safety factor must
load rating (Co), which sets the static permissible limits, and basic dynamic load rating (C). be obtained in advance. In a system that is subjected to frequent starts and stops and is
placed under machining loads, and one upon which a moment due to an overhang load is
1-3-1 Basic Static Load Rating (Co) forcefully exerted, an excessive, load greater than expected may develop. When selecting
If a linear motion system, whether at rest or in motion, receives an excessive load or a large the correct type of Linear Guide for your purpose, be sure that the type you are considering
impact, a localized permanent set develops between the raceway and rolling elements. If can bear the maximum possible load, both when stopped and when in operation. The table
the magnitude of the permanent set exceeds a certain limit, it hinders the smooth motion of below specifies the standard values for the static safety factor.
the liner motion system.
Table 1.3.1 Static Safety Factor f s
The basic static load rating refers to a static load in a given direction with given magnitude Machine Used Loading Conditions f s lower limit
such that the sum of the permanent set of the rolling elements and that of the raceway at the Ordinary Receives no vibration or impact 1.0-1.3
Industrial
contact area under the most stress is 0.0001 times greater than the rolling element diameter. Machine Receives vibration and impact 2.0-3.0
In linear motion systems, the basic static load rating is defined as the radial load. Thus the Receives no vibration or impact 1.0-1.5
Machine Tool
basic static load rating provides a limit on the static permissible load. Receives vibration and impact 2.5-7.0

1-3-2 Basic Permissible Moment (Mx, My, Mz) f s 蛆Static safety factor
f h蚺f t蚺f c C O C o蛆Basic static-load rating (radial)
When a Linear Guide gets a force that makes
For large radial loads ̇fs (N)
PR C o L蛆Basic static-load rating (reverse-radial) (N)
the balls distorted to 1/10,000 of their diameter, C oT蛆Basic static-load rating (lateral) (N)
For large reverse- f h蚺f t蚺f c C OL P R 蛆Calculated load (radial) (N)
we call the force as basic static permissible ̇fs P L 蛆Calculated load (reverse-radial) (N)
radial loads PL
P T 蛆Calculated load (lateral) (N)
moment. Values of Mx, My, Mz are shown on f h蛆Hardness factor (Fig1.3.2)
f h蚺f t蚺f c C 0T
Fig1.3.1, which suggest 3 axes of moment on
For large lateral loads ̇fs f t 蛆Temperature factor (Fig1.3.3)
PT
f c蛆Contact factor (Table1.3.2)
a Linear Guide slide.

Fig 1.3.1
A05 A06
 Basic Load Rating and Service Life of Linear Guide

1-3-4 Service Life (L) Service-Life Equation respective hardness factors (f h). As the Linear
Even when identical linear guideways in a group are manufactured in the same way or Guide has sufficient hardness, f h for the Linear
The service life of the Linear Guide can be
applied under the same condition, the service life may be varied. Thus, the service life is Guide is 1.0 unless otherwise specified.
obtained using the following equationƝ
used as an indicator for determining the service life of a linear guideway system. The 1.0
0.9
nominal life (L) is defined as the total running distance that 90% of identical linear guideways f hƑf tƑf c C 3 0.8

Hardness Factor
L=( Ƒ ) Ƒ50 0.7
in a group, when they are applied under the same conditions, can work without developing fW PC 0.6
0.5
laking. 0.4

(total distance that can be traveled by at least 90% of a group 0.3

(fh)
of Linear Guide operated under the same conditions) 0.2

1-3-5 Basic Dynamic Load Rating (C) 0.1

LINEAR GUIDE

60 50 40 30 20 10
Basic dynamic load rating (C) can be used to calculate the service life when linear
CƝbasic dynamic-load rating (N) Raceway hardness(HRC)
guideway system response to a load. The basic dynamic load rating (C) is defined as Fig 1.3.2 Hardness Factor (f h)
PcƝcalculated load (N)
a load in a given direction and with a given magnitude that when a group of linear
f hƝhardness factor (Fig 1.3.2)
guideways operate under the same conditions. As the rolling element is ball, the ˩f tƝTemperature factor˪
f tƝtemperature factor (Fig 1.3.3)
nominal life of the linear guideway is 50 km. Moreover, as the rolling element is roller, For Linear Guide used at ambient temperatures
f cƝcontact factor (Table 1.3.2)
the nominal life is 100 km. over 100°c, a temperature factor corresponding
f wƝload factor (Table 1.3.3)
to the ambient temperature, selected from the
1-3-6 Calculation of Nominal Life diagram below, must be taken into consideration.
(Once nominal life (L) is obtained using this equation. The
The service lives of linear motion systems more or less vary from system to system Linear Guide service life can be calculated by using the In addition, please note that selected Linear
following equation if the stroke length and the number of
even if they are manufactured to the same specifications and remain in service under the reciprocating cycles are constantƝ Guide itself must be a model with high-
same operating conditions. Hence a guideline for determining the service life of a linear 6 temperature specifications.
L Ƒ 10
motion system is given based on nominal life, which is defined as follows. The nominal Lh =
2Ƒ sƑN 1Ƒ60 1.0

Temperature Factor
life refers to the total running distance that 90% of identical linear motion systems in a 0.9

0.8
group, when interlocked with one another under the same conditions, can achieve without LhƝservice life in hours (h) 0.7

developing flaking. The nominal life(L) of a linear motion system can be obtained from the sƝstroke length (mm) 0.6

basic dynamic load rating (C) and load imposed (P) using the following equations. N 1ƝNo. of reciprocating cycles per ( ft )
0.5

-1 100 150 200(濎)

min (min )
Raceway temperature

Fig 1.3.3 Temperature Factor (f t)

f hƑf tƑf c C 3 ˩f hƝHardness factor˪
For a linear motion system with balls L=( Ƒ ) Ƒ50
fW PC ʰWhen used at ambient temperatures higher than
To ensure achievement of the optimum load-
80°C, the seals, end plates, and ball cages used
10
f hƑf tƑf c C 3 bearing capacity of the Linear Guide, the
For a linear motion system with rollers L=( Ƒ ) Ƒ100 must be change to those with high-temperature
fW PC raceway hardness must be 58~64HRC. At a
specifications.ʰ
hardness below this range, the basic dynamic
and Static-load ratings decrease. The ratings
must therefore be multiplied by the

A07 A08
 Basic Load Rating and Service Life of Linear Guide

Ӆf c蛆Contact factorӆ Ӆf x蛆Load factorӆ !!!!!!Calculation Examples蛆

When multiple Linear Guide blocks are used
laid over one another, moments and mounting-
surface precision will affect operation, making
it difficult to achieve uniform load distribution.
For Linear Guide blocks used laid over one
another, multiply the basic load rating (C),
(Co) by a contact factor selected from the
table below.
LINEAR GUIDE
!In general, machines in reciprocal motion are Application蛆Machine Center
likely to cause vibration and impact during Block model number蛆TRH30FE
operation, and it is particularly difficult to (Basic static load C0 = 88.329 kN, Basic dynamic load C = 47 kN)
The calculated load Pc = 2614 N
determine the magnitude of vibration that
The formula of calculating the life time by travel is
develops during high-speed operation as well
as that of impact during repeated starting and
stopping in normal use. Therefore, where the f h蚺f 蚺f c C 3
L =!(!!!!!!!!蚺!!!!!)!蚺50 km
effects of speed and vibration are estimated to fW PC

be significant divide the basic dynamic-load

Table 1.3.2 rating (C) by a load factor selected from the
Since using only 1 block in this application, we take f c = 1
No. of Blocks Used Contact Factor (fc) table below.
Supposed the speed is not very high between 0.25~1 m蚻s, so we take f w = 1.5
2 0.81
The temperature of working environment is under 100°C. The temperature factor f t = 1
3 0.72 Table 1.3.3 Load Factor (f w )
The hardness of raceway is 58~64 HRC, so the hardness f h = 1
4 0.66 Vibration
and Velocity(V) fw
5 0.61 Impact With all above data, the life time by travel of this application L = 86112 km
6 or more 0.6
Very Low
In normal use 1 Very Slight 1~1.2
V≦0.25 m/s To calculate the life time by using hours蛆

Low We supposed the distance of travel Ls = 3000 mm

ʰWhen the non-uniform load distribution can be
Slight 1.2~1.5 Times (Back and forth) per mins N1 = 4 (min )
-1
predicted, as in a large system, consider using a contact 0.25＜V≦1 m/s
factor.ʰ
Medium
Moderate 1.5~2 The life time by travel is 86112 km. the distance of travel is 3 m (3000mm), so each back
1＜V≦2 m/s
and forth is 6 m.
High The total times of back and forth would be 86112 x 1000蚻6 = 14352044
Strong 2~3.5
V＞2 m/s The life time by using minutes is 14352044蚻4 = 3588011 mins = 59800 hours

A09 A10
 Basic Load Rating and Service Life of Linear Guide

1-3-7 Service-Life Equation Lh Example 1蛆There is a working station using linear guides with a nominal life of 45000 km, how
The Service Life can be calculated by operating term and velocity Nominal Life. should we calculate its service life in hours.
Known蛆

3 C 3 3
Ls蛆Distance of travel = 3000 mm (mm)
L蚺10 (!!!)蚺50蚺10
P -1
L h !>)!!!!!!!!*>!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!蚺hr N 1蛆4 times of travel per minute (min )
V e蚺60 V e蚺60

Lh蛆Service Life in Hour L蛆Nominal life(km) 6 6

L蚺10 45000蚺10
Ve蛆Velocity(m/min) C/P蛆Load Ratio Ln!>!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!>!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!> 31250 hr
2蚺Ls蚺N1蚺60 2蚺3000蚺4蚺60
LINEAR GUIDE

Calculating Life Time

Formula (A) calculating hour Formula (B) calculating year
Ln蛆Lifetime (h) Ly蛆Lifetime (year)
Example 2蛆There is a working station using linear guides with a nominal life 7123.5 km, how
L蛆Nominal life (km) L蛆Nominal life (km)
should we calculate its service life in hours.
Ls蛆Distance of travel (mm) Ls蛆Distance of travel (mm)
Known蛆
!!N1蛆Times of travel per minute (min- 1 ) N1蛆Times of travel per minute (min- 1 )
Ls蛆Distance of travel = 4000 mm (mm)
Mn蛆Minutes of running per day (hr蚻day) -1
6
N 1蛆5 times of travel per minute (min )
L蚺10 Hn蛆Hours of running per day (hr蚻day)
Ln = Ms蛆Running 60 mins per hour (min蚻hr)
2蚺Ls蚺N1蚺60 Dn蛆Days of running per year (day蚻year)
Hs蛆Running 24 hours per day (hr蚻day)

6
Ds蛆Running 360 days per year (day蚻year)
L蚺10
Ly =
2蚺L s蚺N1蚺M蚺H蚺D 6 6
L蛆10 71231.5蛆10
Ly = = = 3.435 year
2蚺L s蚺N 1蚺M蚺H蚺D 2蚺4000蚺5蚺60蚺24蚺360

A11 A12
 Friction蚻Working Load

1-4 Friction 1-5 Working Load

The construction of Linear Guide are block, rail and motion system which has rolling 1-5-1 Working Load
elements, such as balls and rollers, placed between two raceways. The rolling motion The load applied to the Linear Guide, varies with the external force exerted thereon, such
that rolling elements give rise to reduce the frictional resistance to 1/20 th to 1/40 th of as the location of the center of gravity of an object been moved, the location of the thrust
that in a slide guide. Static friction, in particular, is much lower in a linear motion system developed, inertia due to acceleration and deceleration during starting and stopping, and
than in other system, and there is little difference between static and dynamic friction,
the machining resistance. To select the correct type of Linear Guide, the magnitude of
so that stick-slip does not occur. Therefore, Linear Guide could apply in various precision
applied loads must be determined in consideration of the above conditions to calculate
motion system. Frictional resistance in a linear motion system varies with the type of
accurate applied load.
linear motion system, the magnitude of the preload, the viscosity resistance of the lubricant
LINEAR GUIDE

used the load exerted on the system, and other factors. Table shows Friction of Linear Guide.
To obtain the magnitude of an applied load and the service life in hours, the operating
0.015
conditions of the Linear Guide system must first be set.
Formula of Friction蛆

F=͔xw+f (1) Mass : m (kg)

Friction Coefficient

F蛆Friction 0.010 (2) Direction of the action load

W蛆Load (3) Location of the action point (e.g., center of gravity) : L2 L3 h1 (mm)
!!!!!!͔蛆Friction Coefficient (4) Location of the thrust developed : L4 h2 (mm)
f 蛆TR Frictional Resistance
!!!!!!!!! (5) Linear Guide system arrangement : L0 L1 (mm)
0.005
͔ (6) Velocity diagram (7) Duty cycle (No: of reciprocating
-1
Velocity : V (mm蚻s) cycles per min) : N1 (min )
Time constant : tn (s) (8) Stroke length : L (mm)
2
0 0.1 0.2 Acceleration : an (mm蚻s ) (9) Mean velocity : Vm (mm蚻s)
V (10) Required service life in hours : Lh (h)
an = ( )
Table 1.4.1 Friction Coefficient u of Various Fig 1.4.1 tn
Linear Motion Systems͔ 2
Gravitational acceleration g = 9.8 m蚻s
Type of Linear
Friction Coefficient Load Ratio (P蚻C)
Motion System
PƝLoad (mm/s) Duty cycle
Linear Guide 0.002~0.003 mg
CƝBasic Dymamic Rating v
Ball Spline 0.002~0.003

Linear Guide Roller 0.0050~0.010 Velocity

Cross Roller Guide 0.0010~0.0025 t t1 t (s)

(mm/s)
Velocity diagram
Linear Ball Slide 0.0006~0.0012

Fig 1.5.1 Fig 1.5.2

A13 A14
 Working Load

Calculating the Working Load

The load applied to the Linear Guide varies with the external force exerted thereon, such as
the location of the center of gravity of an object being moved, the location of the thrust No. Opearating Conditions Equation for Calculating Applied Load

developed, inertia due to acceleration and deceleration during starting and stopping, and the Install in a vertical position.
machining resistance.To select the correct type of Linear Guide, the magnitude of applied Measure in uniform motion or at rest.
loads must be determined in consideration of the above conditions. Using the following
Table 1.4.1, we will now calculate the loads applied to the Linear Guide.
nh
2
m蛆Mass (kg) g蛆Gravitational acceleration (m蚻s ) mgƑL 2
F1= F2= F3= F4=
LINEAR GUIDE

(g=9.8m蚻s )
2 3 2ƑL0
Ln蛆Distance (mm)
V蛆Velocity (m蚻s) mgƑL 3
Fn蛆External force (N) F1T= F2T= F3T= F4T=
2ƑL0
Pn蛆Applied load (N) t n蛆Time constant (s)
(radial and reverse-radial directions) a n蛆Acceleration (m蚻s 2 )
PnT蛆Applied load (mm) an = ( V )
tn
(EX) On the vertical
Table 1.5.1 axis of industrial
robots in automatic
No. Opearating Conditions Equation for Calculating Applied Load
painting machines andlifters
Install in a horizontal position.
(Move the block) mg m g蚺L 2 m g蚺L 3 On a wall.
Ameasure in uniform motion or at rest. F1 = + - Measure in uniform motion or at rest.
4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1
mg m g蚺L 2 m g蚺L 3
F2 = - -
4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1
1 nh mg m g蚺L 2 m g蚺L 3
F3 = - +
4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1 mgƑL3
mg m g蚺L 2 m g蚺L 3 F1= F2= F3= F4=
F4 = + + 2ƑL1
4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1
mg mgƑL2
F1T= F4T= +
4 4 2ƑL0
mg mgƑL2
F2T= F3T= -
Install in an overhung horizontal positon. 4 2ƑL0
(Move the block)
Measure in uniform mg m g蚺L 2 m g蚺L 3 nh
F1 = + +
motion or at rest. 4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1
mg m g蚺L 2 m g蚺L 3
F2 = - +
2 4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1
mg m g蚺L 2 m g蚺L 3
F3 =
4
-
2蚺L 0
-
2蚺L 1
(EX) On cross rails loader travel axis
mg m g蚺L 2 m g蚺L 3
F4 = + -
nh 4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1

A15 A16
 Working Load

No. Opearating Conditions Equation for Calculating Applied Load No. Opearating Conditions Equation for Calculating Applied Load

Move on Linear Guide rail m g 蚺c o s ͐ m g 蚺c o s ͐ 蚺L 2

Install in a horizontal position. F1= + +
4 2蚺L 0
m g 蚺c o s ͐ 蚺L 3 m g 蚺s i n ͐ 蚺h 1
- +
2蚺L 1 2蚺L 0
m g 蚺s i n ͐ 蚺L 3
Install in a longitudinally tilted position. F1T= +
mg mgƑL1 2蚺L 0
F1max=F2max=F3max=F4max= +
nh 4 2ƑL0 m g 蚺c o s ͐ m g 蚺c o s ͐ 蚺L 2
F2= + -
5 nh mg mgƑL1 4 2蚺L 0
F1min=F2min=F3min=F4min= - m g 蚺c o s ͐ 蚺L 3 m g 蚺s i n ͐ 蚺h 1
LINEAR GUIDE

4 2ƑL0 nh -
2蚺L 1
-
2蚺L 0
m g 蚺s i n ͐ 蚺L 3
F2T= -
2蚺L 0
7
m g 蚺c o s ͐ m g 蚺c o s ͐ 蚺L 2
F3= + -
4 2蚺L 0
m g 蚺c o s ͐ 蚺L 3 m g 蚺s i n ͐ 蚺h 1
+ -
(EX) XY table蚻Sliding fork 2蚺L 1 2蚺L 0
m g 蚺s i n ͐ 蚺L 3
F3T= -
mgƑcosȧ mgƑcosȧƑL2 2蚺L 0
F1= + +
4 2ƑL0 m g 蚺c o s ͐ m g 蚺c o s ͐ 蚺L 2
Install in a laterally tilted position. mgƑcosȧƑL3 mgƑsinȧƑh1 F4= + +
- + 4 2蚺L 0
2ƑL1 2ƑL1 m g 蚺c o s ͐ 蚺L 3 m g 蚺s i n ͐ 蚺h 1
+ +
mgƑsinȧ mgƑsinȧƑL2 2蚺L 1 2蚺L 0
F1T = + (EX) NC lathe蚻Tool res (for the lathe) m g 蚺s i n ͐ 蚺L 3
4 2ƑL0 F4T= +
2蚺L 0
mgƑcosȧ mgƑcosȧƑL2
F2= + -
4 2ƑL0
mgƑcosȧƑL3 mgƑsinȧƑh1 Install in a horizontal position subjected
nh - + During acceleration
2ƑL1 2ƑL1 to inertia. mg m g m g 蚺a1蚺L 2
mgƑsinȧ mgƑsinȧƑL2 F1= F4= -
F2T= - 4 2蚺L 0 蚺g
4 2ƑL0
m g m g 蚺a1蚺L 2
F2= F3= +
6 mgƑcosȧ mgƑcosȧƑL2 4 2蚺L 0 蚺g
F3= + - m g 蚺a1蚺L 3
4 2ƑL0
mgƑcosȧƑL3 mgƑsinȧƑh1 F1T= F2T= F3T= F4T=
+ - 2蚺L 0 蚺g
2ƑL1 2ƑL1
mgƑsinȧ mgƑsinȧƑL2 In uniform motion
F3T= - mg
4 2ƑL0 8 F1= F2= F3= F4=
4
mgƑcosȧ mgƑcosȧƑL2 V
F4= + + a n= During deceleration

Velocity V( m m /s )
(EX) NC lathe蚻Carriage (for the lathe) 4 2ƑL0 tn m g m g 蚺a 3蚺L 2
mgƑcosșƑL3 mgƑsinȧƑh1 F1= F4= -
+ - (EX) Wagon Truck 4 2蚺L 0 蚺g
2ƑL1 2ƑL1
m g m g 蚺a 3蚺L 2
mgƑsinȧ mgƑsinȧƑL2 F2= F3= +
F4T= + 4 2蚺L 0 蚺g
4 2ƑL0
Time(S) m g 蚺a 3蚺L 3
Velocity diagram F1T= F2T= F3T= F4T=
2蚺L 0 蚺g

A17 A18
 Safety Factor and Load

1-6 Safety Factor and Load

No. Opearating Conditions Equation for Calculating Applied Load 1-6-1 Equivalent Factors of Linear Guide Block
Where a sufficient installation space is not available you may be obliged to use just one
Mount in a vertical position subjected to During acceleration Linear Guide block or two Linear Guide blocks laid over one another for the Linear Guide.
inertia. In such a setting, the load distribution cannot be uniform and, as a result, an excessive load
( m g + m g炽a 1 /g )炽L 2
F1= F2= F3= F4= is exerted in localized areas (e.g., rail ends). Continued use under such conditions may
2炽L 0
result in flaking in those areas, consequently shortening the service life. In such a case,
mg ( m g + m g炽a 1 /g )炽L 3
F1T= F2T= F3T= F4T= calculate true load by multiplying the moment value by any one of the moment-equivalent
2炽L 0
factors specified in Tables.
LINEAR GUIDE

9 In uniform motion
m g炽L 2
F1= F2= F3= F4=
2炽L 0 Rows of balls under a load Moment load
V m g炽L 2 Rows of balls
a n= F1T= F2T= F3T= F4T= under a load
tn 2炽L 0
Linear Guide
Velocity V( m m /s )

Maximum applied
(EX) Elevator. During deceleration

Maximum ball
Load on a ball

displacement
Ball load curve
( m g - m g炽a 3 /g )炽L 2 Ball displace-
Ball load curve
F1= F2= F3= F4= ment Line
2炽L 0
Ball displacement Line
Time(S)
( m g - m g炽a 3 /g )炽L 3
F1T= F2T= F3T= F4T=
Velocity diagram
2炽L 0

Fig 1.6.1 Ball Load Effected by a Moment

Under force Q1
Install on a horizontal position subjected Q 1炽L 5
F1= F2= F3= F4= An equivalent-load equation applicable when a moment acts on a Linear Guides is shown
to external force. 2炽L 0
Q 1炽L 4 below.
F1T= F2T= F3T= F4T=
2炽L 0
Under force Q2 P = K.M
Q 2 Q 2炽L 2
F1= F4= + P烉Equivalent load per Linear Guide (kgf)
4 2炽L 0
-1
Q 2 Q 2炽L 2 K烉Equivalent moment factor (mm )
F2= F3= -
4 2炽ġL 0 M烉Developed moment (kgf炽mm)
10 Under force Q3 KA, KB, KC represent the equivalent moment factors in directions MA, MB & MC respectively.
Q 3炽L 3
F1= F2= F3= F4=
2炽L 1
Q 3 Q 3炽L 2
F1T= F4T= +
4 2炽L 0
(EX) Drill unit / Milling machine蚻
Q 3 Q 3炽L 2
Lathe蚻Machining center and F2T= F3T= -
4 2炽L 0
similar cutting machine.

A19 A20
 Safety Factor and Load

Table 1.6.1 TRH-V

Equivalent Factors Ka (mm-1) Equivalent Factors Kb (mm-1)

Calculation Examples Equivalent Load Equivalent
Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Calculation
Two Linear Guide blocks are used laid over one another. Model No. Calculation for a
Calculation for a
Calculation for a for a system Using Two
system Using One
system Using Two
Linear Guide Blocks laid system Using One Linear Guide Blocks Factors Kc (mm-1 )
Linear Guide Block Over One-Another Linear Guide Block laid Over One-Another
Model No烉TRH30FE
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1
Gravitational Acceleration g = 9.8 m/s TRH15VN 1.48x10 3.11x10 1.48x10 3.11x10 1.34x10
Mass w = 5 kgf -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
TRH15VL 1.26x10 2.70x10 1.26x10 2.70x10 1.34x10
MC = 5炽150 = 750 (kgf-mm)
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
MA = 5炽200 = 1000 (kgf-mm) TRH20VN 1.11x10 2.35x10 1.11x10 2.35x10 9.90x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
LINEAR GUIDE

TRH20VL 1.05x10 2.20x10 1.05x10 2.20x10 9.90x10

-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
TRH20VE 8.00x10 1.78x10 8.00x10 1.78x10 9.90x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
TRH25VN 1.04x10 2.17x10 1.04x10 2.17x10 8.62x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
TRH25VL 8.82x10 1.89x10 8.82x10 1.89x10 8.62x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
TRH25VE 7.35x10 1.60x10 7.35x10 1.60x10 8.62x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
TRH30VN 6.52x10 1.34x10 6.52x10 1.34x10 7.69x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
Fig 1.6.2 TRH30VL 7.74x10 1.64x10 7.74x10 1.64x10 7.15x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
TRH30VE 6.12x10 1.33x10 6.12x10 1.33x10 7.15x10
Mc W -2 750 -2 5
P1 = Kc炽ġ + KA炽MA+ = 7.15炽10炽 + 1.3炽10炽1000 + = 42.3 (kgf) -2 -2 -2 -2 -2
2 2 2 2 TRH35VN 6.95x10 1.43x10 6.95x10 1.43x10 6.29x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
Mc W -2 750 -2 5 TRH35VL 6.99x10 1.42x10 6.99x10 1.42x10 5.85x10
P2 = -Kc炽ġġġġ + KA炽MA + = -7.15炽10炽ġġġġġ + 1.3炽10炽1000 + = -11.3 (kgf)
2 2 2 2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
TRH35VE 5.25x10 1.15x10 5.25x10 1.15x10 5.85x10
Mc W -2 750 -2 5
P3 = Kc炽 - KA炽MA+ = 7.15炽10炽ġġġġġ - 1.3炽10炽1000 + = 16.3 (kgf) -2 -2 -2 -2 -2
2 2 2 2 TRH45VL 5.80x10 1.24x10 5.80x10 1.24x10 4.38x10
Mc W -2 750 -2 5 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2
P4 = -Kc炽 - KA炽MA+ = -7.15炽10炽 - 1.3炽10炽1000 + = -37.3 (kgf) TRH45VE 4.59x10 1.00x10 4.59x10 1.00x10 4.38x10
2 2 2 2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
TRH55VL 5.25x10 1.07x10 5.25x10 1.07x10 3.78x10
ʰNote.1 -2 -3 -2 -3 -2
TRH55VE 4.08x10 8.69x10 4.08x10 8.69x10 3.78x10
Since a Linear Guide in a vertical position receives only a moment load, there is no need
-2 -3 -2 -3 -2
to apply other loads (w). TRH65VL 4.52x10 8.76x10 4.52x10 8.76x10 3.24x10
ʰNote.2 -2 -3 -2 -3 -2
TRH65VE 3.27x10 6.77x10 3.27x10 6.77x10 3.24x10
In some models, load ratings differ depending on the direction of the applied load. With such
a model, calculate an equivalent load in a direction in which conditions are comparably bad. KaƝEquivalent moment factor in the pitching direction.
KbƝEquivalent moment factor in the yawing direction.
KcƝEquivalent moment factor in the rolling direction.

A21 A22
 Safety Factor and Load

Table 1.6.2 TRH-F Table 1.6.3 TRS-V

Equivalent Factors Ka (mm-1) Equivalent Factors Kb (mm-1) Equivalent Factors Ka (mm-1) Equivalent Factors Kb (mm-1)
Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Calculation Equivalent Equivalent Load Equivalent Load
Model No. Calculation for a Equivalent Load Equivalent Load
Calculation for a Calculation for a for a system Using Two Calculation for a Calculation for a Equivalent
system Using One
system Using Two
Linear Guide Blocks laid system Using One Linear Guide Blocks Factors Kc (mm-1 ) Model No. Calculation
system Using Two
Calculation
system Using Two
Linear Guide Block Over One-Another Linear Guide Block laid Over One-Another for a system
Linear Guide
for a system
Linear Guide Factors Kc (mm-1)
Using One Blocks laid Over Using One Blocks laid Over
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1
TRH15FN 1.48x10 3.11x10 1.48x10 3.11x10 1.34x10 Linear Guide Block One-Another Linear Guide Block One-Another
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 TRS15VS 2.29x10 4.39x10 2.29x10 4.39x10 1.34x10
TRH15FL 1.26x10 2.70x10 1.26x10 2.70x10 1.34x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2 TRS15VN 1.48x10 3.11x10 1.48x10 3.11x10 1.34x10
TRH20FN 1.11x10 2.35x10 1.11x10 2.35x10 9.90x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2 TRS20VS 2.00x10 3.58x10 2.00x10 3.58x10 9.90x10
LINEAR GUIDE

TRH20FL 1.05x10 2.20x10 1.05x10 2.20x10 9.90x10

-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 TRS20VN 1.25x10 2.60x10 1.25x10 2.60x10 9.90x10
TRH20FE 8.00x10 1.78x10 8.00x10 1.78x10 9.90x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2 TRS25VS 1.60x10 3.07x10 1.60x10 3.07x10 8.62x10
TRH25FN 1.04x10 2.17x10 1.04x10 2.17x10 8.62x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 TRS25VN 1.04x10 2.17x10 1.04x10 2.17x10 8.62x10
TRH25FL 8.82x10 1.89x10 8.82x10 1.89x10 8.62x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 TRS30VS 1.47x10 2.57x10 1.47x10 2.57x10 7.15x10
TRH25FE 7.35x10 1.60x10 7.35x10 1.60x10 8.62x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 TRS30VN 8.65x10 1.82x10 8.65x10 1.82x10 7.15x10
TRH30FN 6.52x10 1.34x10 6.52x10 1.34x10 7.69x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 TRS30VL 7.74x10 1.64x10 7.74x10 1.64x10 7.15x10
TRH30FL 7.74x10 1.64x10 7.74x10 1.64x10 7.15x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 TRS35VS 1.26x10 2.30x10 1.26x10 2.30x10 5.85x10
TRH30FE 6.12x10 1.33x10 6.12x10 1.33x10 7.15x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 TRS35VN 7.87x10 1.61x10 7.87x10 1.61x10 5.85x10
TRH35FN 6.95x10 1.43x10 6.95x10 1.43x10 6.29x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 TRS35VE 5.25x10 1.15x10 5.25x10 1.15x10 5.85x10
TRH35FL 6.99x10 1.42x10 6.99x10 1.42x10 5.85x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 TRS45VN 6.89x10 1.39x10 6.89x10 1.39x10 4.38x10
TRH35FE 5.25x10 1.15x10 5.25x10 1.15x10 5.85x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 KaǺEquivalent moment factor in the pitching direction.
TRH45FL 5.80x10 1.24x10 5.80x10 1.24x10 4.38x10 KbǺEquivalent moment factor in the yawing direction.
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 KcǺEquivalent moment factor in the rolling direction.
TRH45FE 4.59x10 1.00x10 4.59x10 1.00x10 4.38x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
TRH55FL 5.25x10 1.07x10 5.25x10 1.07x10 3.78x10
-2 -3 -2 -3 -2
TRH55FE 4.08x10 8.69x10 4.08x10 8.69x10 3.78x10
-2 -3 -2 -3 -2
TRH65FL 4.52x10 8.76x10 4.52x10 8.76x10 3.24x10
-2 -3 -2 -3 -2
TRH65FE 3.27x10 6.77x10 3.27x10 6.77x10 3.24x10

KaƝEquivalent moment factor in the pitching direction.

KbƝEquivalent moment factor in the yawing direction.
KcƝEquivalent moment factor in the rolling direction.

A23 A24
 Safety Factor and Load

Table 1.6.4 TRS-F Table 1.6.6 TM-N

-1 -1
Equivalent Factors Ka (mm-1) Equivalent Factors Kb (mm-1) Equivalent Factors Ka (mm ) Equivalent Factors Kb (mm )
Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent Load
Equivalent Load
Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent
Calculation for a Calculation for a Equivalent Model No. Calculation for a Calculation Calculation for a -1
Model No. Calculation Calculation Calculationfor a system Using Two system Using Two
system Using Two system Using Two Factors Kc (mm )
for a system
Linear Guide
for a system
Linear Guide Factors Kc (mm-1) system Using One Linear Guide for a system Linear Guide
Using One Using One Blocks laid Over Using One Blocks laid Over
Blocks laid Over Blocks laid Over Linear Guide Block
Linear Guide Block Linear Guide Block One-Another Linear Guide Block One-Another
One-Another One-Another
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 TM07NN 8 . 88x10 6 . 31x10 8 . 88x10 6 . 31x10 2 . 74 x10
TRS15FS 2.29x10 4.39x10 2.29x10 4.39x10 1.34x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1
TM07NL 4 . 41x10 5 . 16x10 4 . 41x10 5 . 16x10 2 . 74 x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1
TRS15FN 1.48x10 3.11x10 1.48x10 3.11x10 1.34x10 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
TM09NN 4 . 41x10 5 . 26x10 4 . 41x10 5 . 26x10 2 . 19x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
TRS20FS 2.00x10 3.58x10 2.00x10 3.58x10 9.90x10 TM09NL 2 . 76x10 4 . 08x10 2 . 76x10 4 . 08x10 2 . 19x10
LINEAR GUIDE

-1 -2 -1 -2 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
TRS20FN 1.25x10 2.60x10 1.25x10 2.60x10 9.90x10 TM12NN 4 . 90x10 4 . 32x10 4 . 90x10 4 . 32x10 1 . 64x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2 TM12NL 2 . 67x10 3 . 42x10 2 . 67x10 3 . 42x10 1 . 64x10
TRS25FN 1.04x10 2.17x10 1.04x10 2.17x10 8.62x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1
TM15NN 3 . 60 x10 3 . 61x10 3 . 60 x10 3 . 61x10 1 . 32 x10
KaǺEquivalent moment factor in the pitching direction. -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
KbǺEquivalent moment factor in the yawing direction. TM15NL 1 . 94x10 2 . 76x10 1 . 94 x10 2 . 76x10 1 . 32 x10
KcǺEquivalent moment factor in the rolling direction.
Ka蛆Equivalent moment factor in the pitching direction.
Kb蛆Equivalent moment factor in the yawing direction.
Kc蛆Equivalent moment factor in the rolling direction.

Table 1.6.5 TRC-V Table 1.6.7 TM-W

-1 -1 -1 -1
Equivalent Factors Ka (mm ) Equivalent Factors Kb (mm ) Equivalent Factors Ka (mm ) Equivalent Factors Kb (mm )
Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent Load Equivalent
Equivalent Load Calculation for a Calculation for a Equivalent Load Calculation for a Calculation for a
Model No. Calculationfor a
Calculation -1 Model No. Calculationfor a
Calculation -1
system Using Two system Using Two Factors Kc (mm ) system Using Two for a system system Using Two Factors Kc (mm )
Linear Guide for a system Linear Guide Linear Guide Linear Guide
system Using One system Using One
Blocks laid Over Using One Blocks laid Over Blocks laid Over Using One Blocks laid Over
Linear Guide Block Linear Guide Block
One-Another Linear Guide Block One-Another One-Another Linear Guide Block One-Another
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -2
TRC25VL 8.82 x10 1.89 x10 8.82 x10 1.89 x10 8.62 x10 TM09WN 2 . 27x10 3 . 01x10 2 . 27x10 3 . 01x10 7 . 92x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -2
TRC25VE 7.35 x10 1.60 x10 7.35 x10 1.60 x10 8.62 x10 TM09WL 1 . 30x10 2 . 17x10 1 . 30x10 2 . 17x10 7 . 14x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
Ka蛆Equivalent moment factor in the pitching direction. TM12WN 1 . 85x10 2 . 28x10 1 . 85x10 2 . 28x10 5 . 20x10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -2
Kb蛆Equivalent moment factor in the yawing direction. TM12WL 1 . 12x10 1 . 72x10 1 . 12x10 1 . 72x10 5 . 05x10
Kc蛆Equivalent moment factor in the rolling direction. -1 -2 -1 -2 -2
TM15WN 1 . 56x10 2 . 01x10 1 . 56x10 2 . 01x10 3 . 24x10
-2 -2 -2 -2 -2
TM15WL 9 . 07x10 1 . 47x10 9 . 07x10 1 . 47x10 3 . 07x10

Ka蛆Equivalent moment factor in the pitching direction.

Kb蛆Equivalent moment factor in the yawing direction.
Kc蛆Equivalent moment factor in the rolling direction.

A25 A26
 Calculation of Average Working Load

1-6-2 Calculating the Equivalent Load 1-7 Calculation of Average Working Load
The Linear Guide can bear loads and moments in four directions, including a radial load (PR),
1-7-1 Calculating the Mean Load
reverse-radial load (PL), and lateral load (PT), simultaneously.
!!! An industrial robot grasps a workpiece using its arm as it advances, moving further under
the load. When it returns, the arm has no load other than its tare. In a machine tool, Linear
PR蛆Radial load
PL蛆Reverse-radial load Guide blocks receive varying loads depending on the host-system operating conditions.
PT蛆Lateral load 3
1 3
MA蛆Moment in the pitching direction The service life of the Linear Guides; therefore, P m=
L )!!!*
蚺Ȉ Pn蚺Ln
MB蛆Moment in the yawing direction should be calculated in consideration of such
MC蛆Moment in the rolling direction fluctuations in load. Pm：Mean load (N)
LINEAR GUIDE

Pn：Varying load (N)

The mean load (Pm) is the load under which LC：Total running distance (mm)
the service life of the Linear Guide becomes Ln：Running distance under load Pn (mm)
equivalent to that under the varying loads ʰThis equation and equation (1) below
exerted on the Linear Guide blocks apply in cases in which therolling elements
are balls.ʰ
3
1 3 3 3 Pm：Mean load (N)
Fig 1.6.4 P m=
L ( !!!!!!!!!!!!!!)/////////(1)
P 1炽L 1 + P 2炽L 2炽...+ P n炽L n
Pn：Varying load (N)
LC：Total running distance (mm)
Fig 1.6.3 Directions of the Load and Moment (1) For Loads that Change Stepwise Ln：Running distance under load Pn (mm)
Exerted on the Linear Guide

Q2
When more than one load (e.g., radial and
lateral loads) is exerted on the Linear Guide Qn

Load ( P )
simultaneously, the service life and static Fig 1.6.5 Linear Guide Equivalent Load Q3
safety factors should be calculated using
equivalent load values obtained by converting The equivalent load when a radial load (PR)
all loads involved into radial, lateral, and other and a lateral load (PT) are applied Qo
loads involved. simultaneously can be obtained using the
following equation.
L1 L2 Ln
Equivalent-load equation PE烉(equivalent load) = X蚺PR(L) + Y蚺PT
The equivalent-load equations for the Linear PR烉Radial load Total running distance(L)
Guide differ by guide type. For details, see PT烉Lateral load
the relevant sections. X蚺Y = 1 Fig 1.7.1

A27 A28
 Calculation of Average Working Load

(2) For Loads that Change Monotonous 1-7-2 Mean Load Calculation Example (Ⅰ)
1
Pmɼ ġ
3 )!!!!!!!*/
P + ‡P
min
////////(2)
max
Pmax
(1) Horizontal Installations Subjected to Acceleration and Deceleration

P min烉minimum load (N) Pm

P max烉maximum load (N)

Load ( P )
nh

Pmin
LINEAR GUIDE

V Fig 1.7.6 Fig 1.7.7

2
Į1 = m蚻s
t1
Fig 1.7.5

Total running distance (L)

Fig 1.7.2
(2) Load Applied to the Linear Guide Block
(3) For Loads that Change Sinusoida
1. In uniform motion 2. During acceleration 3. During deceleration
mg m蚺͉1蚺L m蚺͉1蚺L
/////////!!(3) /////////(4)
2 2
P m ɼ 0.65 P max P m ɼ 0.75 P max P1= + Pa = P1+
1 Pd = P1-1
4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 0

mg m蚺͉1蚺L 2 m蚺͉1蚺L 2

P2= + Pa = P2+ Pd = P2+

4 2
2蚺L 0
2
2蚺L 0

Pmax Pmax mg m蚺͉1蚺L 2 m蚺͉1蚺L 2

P3= + Pa = P3+ Pd = P3+

4 3
2蚺L 0
3
2蚺L 0

mg m蚺͉1蚺L 2 m蚺͉1蚺L 2

P4= + Pa = P4+ Pd = P4+

Pm Pm 4 4
2蚺L 0
4
2蚺L 0
Load ( P )

Load ( P )

(3) Mean Load

3 3
1 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
P m 1=
Ls )!!!!!!!!!!!!!!*
P 蚺S + P蚺S + P 蚺S
a
1 1 1 2
d
3
P m 3=
Ls )!!!!!!!!!!!!!!*
P 蚺S + P蚺S + P 蚺S
a
3 1 3 2
d
3 3

3 3
1 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
P m 2=
Ls )!!!!!!!!!!!!!!*
P 蚺S + P蚺S + P 蚺S
a
2 1 2 2
d
2 3
P m 4=
Ls )!!!!!!!!!!!!!!*
P 蚺S + P蚺S + P 蚺S
a
4 1 4 2
d
4 3

Total running distance(L) Total running distance(L)

ʰPan1． Pdn represent loads exerted on the Linear Guide block. The suffix “n”
Fig 1.7.3 Fig 1.7.4
indicates the block number in the diagram above.ʰ

A29 A30
 Calculation Example

Mean Load Calculation Example (Ⅱ) 1-8 Calculation Example

(1) Operating conditions-Installations on Rails. 1-8-1 Calculation Examples (Ⅰ)
!!!!!!(1) Operating conditions-Horizontal installations subjected to high acceleration and
deceleration

2
Model number烉TRH30FE Acceleration烉a1 = 10 m蚻s
2
Basic dynamic-load rating C = 47 kN Acceleration烉a2 = 3.333 m蚻s
Basic static-load rating C0 = 88.329 kN Stroke烉Ls = 1450 mm
2
Gravitational acceleration烉g = 9.8 (m蚻s ) Distance烉L0 = 600 mm
LINEAR GUIDE

Load烉m1 = 6000 N L1 = 400 mm

Load烉m2 = 3800 N L2 = 100 mm
Fig 1.7.8 Velocity烉V = 0.5 m蚻s L3 = 50 mm
Time烉t 1 = 0.05 s L4 = 200 mm
Time烉t 2 = 2.8 s L5 = 400 mm
Time烉t 3 = 0.15 s

Fig 1.7.9

n3
(2) Load applied to the Linear Guide block (3) Mean load
n2

1. At the left of the arm 2. At the right of the arm

mg m g蚺L 1 mg m g蚺L 1 1
PL1= +
4
+
2蚺L 0
P r1 = +
4
-
2蚺L 0
Pm 1=
3 )!!!!!!!!!*
2蚺˵P ˵+˵P r ˵
L1 1

Fig 1.8.1
mg m g蚺L 1 mg m g蚺L 1 1
PL2= +
4
-
2蚺L 0
P r2 = +
4
+
2蚺L 0
Pm 1=
3 )!!!!!!!!!*
2蚺˵P L 2˵+˵P r2˵ Fig 1.8.2
mg m g蚺L 1 mg m g蚺L 1 1
PL3= +
4
-
2蚺L 0
P r3 = +
4
+
2蚺L 0
Pm 1=
3 )!!!!!!!!!*
2蚺˵P ˵+˵P r ˵
L3 3 n 2h

mg m g蚺L 1 mg m g蚺L 1 1
PL4= +
4
+
2蚺L 0
P r4 = +
4
-
2蚺L 0
Pm 1=
3 )!!!!!!!!!*
2蚺˵P ˵+˵P r ˵
L4 4
n 3h

ʰ!PLn．Pm represent loads exerted on the Linear Guide block. The suffix “n” indicates

the block number in the diagram above. ʰ

Ball Screw
Fig 1.8.3

A31 A32
 Calculation Example

(2) Load Exerted on the Linear Guide by the Linear Guide Block 3. During deceleration to the left Load applied in radial direction PnLd

Calculate the load that each Linear Guide block exerts. m1g蚺a3蚺L 5 m2g蚺a3蚺L 4 m1g蚺a3蚺L 5 m2g蚺a3蚺L 4
PALd= PA+ + = 3220.6 N PCLd= PC- - = 1679.4 N
2蚺d 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g

m1g蚺a3蚺L 5 m2g蚺a3蚺L 4 m1g蚺a3蚺L 5 m2g蚺a3蚺L 4

PBLd= PB- - = 2429.4 N PDLd= PD+ + = 2470.6 N
1. In uniform motion Load applied in radial direction Pn. (Base on the first condition of Load 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g

exertedӅplease see page15, No.1ӆ, that’s regarding influence of m1g and m2g.

m1g m1g蚺L 2 m1g蚺L 3 m2g m1g m1g蚺L 2 m1g蚺L 3 m2g !! Load applied in lateral direction PntLd
LINEAR GUIDE

PA= - + + = 2325 N PC= + - + = 2575 N

4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1 4 4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1 4

m1g m1g蚺L 2 m1g蚺L 3 m2g m1g m1g蚺L 2 m1g蚺L 3 m2g m1g蚺a3蚺L 3 m1g蚺a3蚺L 3
PB= + + + = 3325 N PD= - - + = 1575 N PAtLd= = 85 N PCtLd= - = - 85 N
4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1 4 4 2蚺L 0 2蚺L 1 4 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g
m1g蚺a3蚺L 3 m1g蚺a3蚺L 3
PBtLd= - = - 85 N PDtLd= = 85 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g

2. During acceleration to the left Load applied in radial direction PnLa and lateral direction
4. During acceleration to the right Load applied in radial direction PnRa
PntLa (Base on the 8th condition of load exerted˩please see page A18. No.8˪. The load
m1g
should allocate on the central of table, and should be re-placed˩please see page m1g蚺a1蚺L 5 m2g蚺a1蚺L 4 m1g蚺a1蚺L 5 m2g蚺a1蚺L 4
4 PARa= PA+
2蚺L 0蚺g
+
2蚺L 0蚺g
= 4982.1 N PCRa= PC-
2蚺L 0蚺g
-
2蚺L 0蚺g
= - 112.1 N
A15. No.1˪by Pn).
m1g蚺a1蚺L 5 m2g蚺a1蚺L 4 m1g蚺a1蚺L 5 m2g蚺a1蚺L 4
PBRa= PB- - = 637.9 N PDRa= PD+ + = 4262.1 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g
m1g蚺a1蚺L 5 m2g蚺a1蚺L 4 m1g蚺a1蚺L 5 m2g蚺a1蚺L 4
PALa= PA- - = - 362 N PCLa= PC- - = 5262.1 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g

m1g蚺a1蚺L 5 m2g蚺a1蚺L 4 m1g蚺a蚺L 5 m2g蚺a1蚺L 4

PBLa= PB- - = 6012.1 N PDLa= PD- - = 1112.1 N !!Load applied in lateral direction PntLd
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g

m1g蚺a1蚺L 3 m1g蚺a1蚺L 3
PAtLa= = 255.1 N PCtLa= - = - 255.1 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g
m1g蚺a1蚺L 3 m1g蚺a1蚺L 3
PAtLa= - = - 255.1 N PCtLa= - = 255.1 N m1g蚺a1蚺L 3 m1g蚺a1蚺L 3
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g
PBtLa= - = - 255.1 N PDtLa= = 255.1 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g
m1g蚺a1蚺L 3 m1g蚺a1蚺L 3
PBtLa= - = 255.1 N PDtLa= - = - 255.1 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g

A33 A34
 Calculation Example

5. During deceleration to the right Load applied in radial direction PnRd and Load applied !!!!!!(3) Combined radial and thrus load PEn
in lateral direction PntRd

m1g蚺a3蚺L 5 m2g蚺a3蚺L 4 !!!!!!!!1. In uniform motion PE n

PARd= PA- - = 1429.4 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g
P E A = P A = 2325 N P E C = P C = 2575 N
m1g蚺a3蚺L 5 m2g蚺a3蚺L 4
PBRd= PB+ + = 4220.6 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g

m1g蚺a3蚺L 5 m2g蚺a3蚺L 4 P E B = P B = 3325 N P E D = P D = 1575 N

PCRd= PC+ + = 3470.6 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g
!!
LINEAR GUIDE

m1g蚺a3蚺L 5 m2g蚺a3蚺L 4
PDRd= PD- - = 679.4 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g !!!!!!!2. During acceleration to the left PEnLa PEnLa 3. During deceleration to the left PEnLa

P E A L a = P A L a + P A t L a = 617 N P E A L d = P A L d + P A t L d = 3305.6 N
Load applied in lateral direction PntRd

m1g蚺a3蚺L 3 m1g蚺a3蚺L 3 P E B L a = P B L a + P B t L a = 6267.1 N P E B L d = P B L d + P B t L d = 2514.4 N

PAtRd= - = - 85 N PCtRd= = 85 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g

m1g蚺a3蚺L 3 m1g蚺a3蚺L 3
PBtRd= = 85 N PDtRd= - = - 85 N P E C L a = P C L a + P C t L a = 5517.1 N P E C L d = P C L d + P C t L d = 1764.1 N
2蚺L 0蚺g 2蚺L 0蚺g

P E D L a = P D L a + P D t L a = 1367.1 N P E D L d = P D L d + P D t L d = 2555.6 N

!!!!!!!4. During acceleration to the right PEnRa 5. During deceleration to the right PEnLa

P E A R a = P A R a + P A t R a = 5237.2 N P E A R d = P A R d + P A t R d = 1514.4 N

P E B R a = P B R a + P B t R a = 893 N P E B R d = P B R d + P B t R d = 4305.6 N

P E C R a = P C R a + P C t R a = 367.2 N P E C R d = P C R d + P C t R d = 3555.6 N

P E D R a = P D R a + P D t R a = 4517.2 N P E D R d = P D R d + P D t R d = 764.4 N

A35 A36
 Calculation Example

!!!!!!(4) Static Safety Factor !!!!!!!(6) Nominal life Ln (Assume Fw = 1.5)

C 3 C 3
As shown above, it is during acceleration of the B Linear Guide to the left when the ( LA = ) 蚺50 = 115939 km ( LC = )蚺50 = 86113.86 km
f w蚺PmA f w蚺PmC
maximum load is exerted on the Linear Guide. Therefore, the static safety factor (fs) C 3 C 3
( LB = f w蚺PmB ) 蚺50 = 40697 km ( LD = )蚺50 = 349407.7 km
f w蚺PmD
becomes as followsǺ

C0 88329
fs = = = 14.9 !!!!!!! ! ʰFrom these calculations, 40697 km (the running distance of Linear Guide No.8) is
6267.1 6267.1
obtained as the service life of the Linear Guide used in a machine or system under
LINEAR GUIDE

the operating conditions specified above.ʰ

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!!(5) Mean Load Pmn

In the example above, we assume that we have two loads (W1 and W2). If there is only
Unbalanced load at each Linear Guide block will cause during acceleration Uniform motion, one load W1, W2 should be re-calculated by being set as zero. The appropriate formula
determined by condition of loading.
and deceleration mean load (Pmn) is a requirement to find out nominal life. First, calculate

the move distances (S1, S2, S3) during acceleration, uniform motion, and deceleration

of Linear.
1 1 1
S1= t1V= (0.05)(0.5)m=0.0125m=12.5mm S 3= t3V=(0.15)(0.5)m=0.0375m=37.5mm
2 2 2

S2=t2V=(2.8)(0.5)m=1.4m=1400mm Nominal Life Ls=S1+S2+S3=1450mm

The mean load on each LM block is as follows烉

3
1 3 3 3 3 3 3
Pm A = ( PEA a蚺S 1+PEA蚺S2+PEA d蚺S3+PEARa蚺S1+PEA蚺S2+PEARd蚺S3 ) = 2367.3N
2蚺L s

3
1 3 3 3 3 3 3
Pm B = ( PEB a蚺S1+PEB蚺S 2+PEB d蚺S3+PEBRa蚺S1+PEB蚺S2+PEBRd蚺S3 ) = 3355.9N
2蚺L s

3
1 3 3 3 3 3 3
Pm C = ( PEC a蚺S1+PEC蚺S2+PEC d蚺S3+PECRa蚺S1+PEC蚺S2+PECRd蚺S3 ) = 2614N
2蚺L s

3
1 3 3 3 3 3 3
Pm D = ( PED a蚺S1+PED蚺S2+PED d蚺S3+PEDRa蚺S1+PED蚺S2+PEDRd蚺S3 ) = 1638.9N
2蚺L s

A37 A38
 Calculation Example

Example (Ⅱ)
(2) Load Exerted on the Linear Guide by the Linear Guide Block
(1) Operation Conditions-Vertical Installations
Table (L type) has combined blocks weigh w1 and w2. Furthermore, the mass w0 is applied
Base on the third condition of Linear Guide is regarding vertical motion to figure out load
during uniform ascent by Distance 1000mm. After the mass is dropped, empty table is
exerted. 【please see page 16. No.3】. Combined influence by m0g, m1g, m2g.
removed during uniform descent. The table has total four Linear Guide blocks.

1. Load exerted on the Linear Guide in radial direction Pnu by the Linear Guide block.
!!!Model number: TRH30FE
L0 = 300 mm
(dynamic-load rating：C = 47 kN)
(static-load rating：C0 = 88.329 kN)
L1 = 80 mm m1g蚺L4 m2g蚺L5 m0g蚺L3 m1g蚺L4 m2g蚺L5 m0g蚺L3
PAU = + + = 2767N PCU =- - - = -2767N
2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0
Gravitational Acceleration：g = 9.8 (m蚻s )
2 L2 = 50 mm
LINEAR GUIDE

Mass：m0g = 2000 N L3 = 280 mm

m1g蚺L4 m2g蚺L5 m0g蚺L3 m1g蚺L4 m2g蚺L5 m0g蚺L3
Weight of Table1：m1g = 4000 N L4 = 150 mm PBU =- - - = -2767N PDU = + + = 2767N
2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0
Weight of Table2：m2g = 2000 N L5 = 250 mm

Load exerted on the Linear Guide in lateral direction PnTu by the Linear Guide block.

m1g蚺L2 m2g蚺L2 m0g蚺L1 m1g蚺L2 m2g蚺L2 m0g蚺L1

PATU = + + = 767N PCTU =- - - = -767N
2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0
Ball Screw
The mass is applied m1g蚺L2 m2g蚺L2 m0g蚺L1 m1g蚺L2 m2g蚺L2 m0g蚺L1
during ascent only. PBTU =- - - = -767N PDTU = + + = 767N
2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0
It is removed during
descent. 2. Load exerted on the Linear Guide in radial direction PnD by the Linear Guide block.
n 2h
n 2h
n 1h m1g蚺L4 m2g蚺L5 m1g蚺L4 m2g蚺L5
PAD = + = 1833.3N PCD =- - = -1833.3N
n 1h
2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0
n 3h

n 3h m1g蚺L4 m2g蚺L5 m1g蚺L4 m2g蚺L5

PBD =- + = -1833.3N PDD = + = 1833.3N
2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0

!!!!!!!!!Load exerted on the Linear Guide in lateral direction PnTD by the Linear Guide block

m2g蚺L2 m0g蚺L2 m2g蚺L2 m0g蚺L2

Fig 1.8.4 Operating Condition PATD= + =500N PCTD=- - =-500N
2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0

m2g蚺L2 m0g蚺L2 m2g蚺L2 m0g蚺L2

PBTD=- - =-500N PDTD= + =500N
2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0 2蚺L0

A39 A40
 Accuracy

1-9 Accuracy
(3) Combined radial and thrust load PEn
1-9-1 Accuracy Standards
!!!!!!!!!
The accuracy of Linear Guide is stipulated for each type with regard to dimensional
1. During ascent 2. During descent
!!! tolerances for running parallelism, height, and width; height difference among Linear
PEAU = PAD + PATU = 3534N PEAD = PAD + PATD = 2333.3N !!! Guide blocks installed on the same plane and differences in the rail-to-block lateral
!!! distance among Linear Guide blocks installed on the same rail. For details, see the
PEBU = PBD + PBTU = 3534N PEBD = PBD + PBTD = 2333.3N !!! standards tables for the models in question.

!!! Running Parallelism

PECU = PCD + PCTU = 3534N PECD = PCD + PCTD = 2333.3N
!!! When an Linear Guide block runs on a Linear
LINEAR GUIDE

!!! Guide rail bolted to the reference base, if the

PEDU = PDD + PDTU = 3534N PEDD = PDD + PDTD = 2333.3N
!!! Linear Guide block reference surface is not
!!! fully parallel to the Linear Guide rail reference
!!! surface over the entire length of the rail, the
(4) Static Safety Factor
!!! two members have insufficient running
The static safety factor (f s) of a machine or system under the operating conditions shown !!! parallelism. Fig 1.9.1 Running Parallelism
above becomes the following蛆
!!! Difference in Height M among Linear Guide Blocks
C0 88329
fs = = = 24.99 !!! This refers to the difference between the maximum and minimum height (M) of by any Linear
3534N 3534
!!! Guide block installed on the same plane.

(5) Mean Load Pmn

!!! Difference in Rail-to-Block Lateral Distance W2 among Linear Guide Blocks
!!! This refers to the difference between the maximum and minimum rail-to-block lateral
3 3
1 3 3 1 3 3 !!! distance (W2) of by any Linear Guide block installed on a Linear Guide rail.
PmA = )!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!*
PEAU蚺 s+ PEAD蚺 s = 3051.7 N PmC = )!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!*
PECU蚺 s+ PECD蚺 s = 3051.7 N
2 s 2 s
!!! ʰNote.1
3 3
1 3 3 1 3 3 !!! With two or more sets of Linear Guide installed in parallel on the same plane, the tolerances
PmB= )!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!*
PEBU蚺 s+ PEBD蚺 s = 3051.7 N PmD = )!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!*
PEDU蚺 s+ PEDD蚺 s = 3051.7 N
2 s 2 s !!! for the rail-to-block lateral distance (W2) and the differences therein among Linear Guide
!!! blocks apply to the master – rail side only.
(6) Nominal life Ln (Assume f w = 1.2)
!!! ʰNote.2
!!! Accuracy measurements indicate mean values of measurements taken at the center or
!!! central area of each Linear Guide block.
C 3 C 3
LA = )!!!!!!!!!*蚺50km = 105704.7 km LC =)!!!!!!!!!*蚺50km = 105704.7 km
f w蚺PmA f w蚺PmC
!!! ʰNote.3
C 3 C 3 !!! Linear Guide rails are smoothly curved so that when they are installed on a machine they
LB =)!!!!!!!!!*蚺50 km = 105704.7 km LD =)!!!!!!!!!*蚺50km = 105704.7 km
f w蚺PmB f w蚺PmD !!! are easily straightened, and pressing them onto the machine reference base enables the
!!! design accuracy to be achieved. If installed on a base lacking rigidity, such as an aluminum
!!! base, the bend of LinearGuide rails may affect machine precision. In such a case, the
!!! straightness should be set in advance.

A41 A42
 Predicting the Rigidity

1-9-2 Averaging Effect 1-10 Predicting the Rigidity

The Linear Guide incorporates precision balls with high sphericity, enabling a constrained
structure to be created with no clearance. Moreover, in a multiple-axis configuration with the 1-10-1 Determining Radial Clearance and the Magnitude of a Preload Radial Clearance
axes arranged in parallel to one another, the component Linear Guides therein combine to The radial clearance of the Linear Guide is the displacement of Linear Guide block caused
form an entire constrained guideway. by the vertical plane when the block is lightly pushed forward or backward at the longitudinal
center of the Linear Guide rail secured in place.
That is the misalignment of the machine base on which the Linear Guides are installed can
be averaged and absorbed by the constrained structure, regardless of the misalignment – The radial clearance is divided into Slight Clearance. (ZF), No Preload (ZO), Clearance Z1
incomplete straightness levelness, and parallelism due to errors in machining and assembly (under a light preload), Z2 (under a medium preload) and Z3 (under a heavy preload).The
of the machine base. The extent of the averaging effect varies with the degree of misalign-
most appropriate clearance can be selected in accordance with the intended applications.
ment, i.e., errors in length and other dimensions the magnitude of the Linear Guide preload,
LINEAR GUIDE

and the number of axes constrained shows measurements of the motion accuracy of the
table shown ( perpendicularity in the lateral direction ), which were taken by performing
arbitrary misalignment of either of the two rails of the table.The averaging effect illustrated
above makes it easier to create a guideway with a high degree of motion accuracy.
Fine-adjustment table Electric micrometer
The radial clearances and preload values are standardized for each type of Linear Guide.
The radial clearance of the Linear Guide significantly affects its running precision, load-
withstanding performance, and rigidity. It is therefore particularly important to select the
correct clearance for your purpose. In generally, a negative clearance has a favorable effect
Straight edge
on service life and precision, if the Linear Guide is subjected to significant vibration and
Taper pin
impact due to reciprocal motion.
Trigger switch

Preload
DC Servo motor Ball screw Rail j=1 Wedge unit The preload is an internal load exerted on rolling elements in the Linear Guide block, for the

Rail j=2
purposes of increasing the block rigidity and reducing clearances. Clearance symbols for the
Strain gauge Table
Liner Guide, ZF, Z0, Z1, Z2 and Z3 represent negative clearances resulting from a preload
Base Cap screw
and are expressed in negative values. All Linear Guide models (excluding the separate type)
are shipped with their clearances adjusted to user specifications. Therefore, it is not necessary
Fine-adjustment table Straight edge for users to adjust the preload themselves. We will select the clearances best suited to your
Fig 1.9.2 operating conditions. Please contact us.

+30 11.625 mm/div

Misalignment(ȝm )

-30
0 255.75

Fig 1.9.3 Misalignment profile Displacement

Under no preload.
+30 11.625 mm /div
Misalignment(ȝm )

Displacement Under
0 Displacement
preload. Under no preload.
Z =1 2 m Difference between the displacement Displacement Under
-30 ˋ Z =2 8 . 5 m Difference between the displacement under Preload and under no preload. preload.
0 255.75 under Preload and under no preload.
(Horizontal installations)
Fig 1.9.4 Horizontal displacement of the table (vertical installations)

Fig 1.10.1 Relationship Between Preload and Displacement

A43 A44
 Installation of Linear Guide

Table1.10.1 1-11 Installation of Linear Guide

ZF~Z0 Slight Clearance,
Zero Preload.
The loading direction is fixed;
Operating Conditions
Preload 1-11-1 Datum Representation
Jointed rail should be installed by following the arrow sign and ordinal number which is
Z1 Zero Clearance, Z2 Zero Clearance,
Light Preload. Medium preload. marked on the surface of each rail (see Fig1.11.1)蛆
The location in under an The location requires light

impact and vibration are slight;
two axes are installed in
parallel.
Very high percision is not
required and the sliding
resistance must be as low as
LINEAR GUIDE
overhang and a moment load. rigidity and is subjected to
The Linear Guide is used in a vibration and impact.
one-axis configuration.
The location requires a light The application is a heavy-
load and high precision. cutting machine tool or the Marks
like.
S30VN 120618-0001-P

possible.
◆Beam-welding machine. ◆Grinding-machine table feed ◆Machining center.
◆Book-binding machine. shaft. ◆NC lathe. Product Production Accuracy
◆automatic packing machine. ◆automatic painting machine. ◆grinding-machine grinding Code Number Level
Sample Applications

◆general-industrial-machine. ◆industrial robot. -wheel feed shaft.

◆X-and Y-axes. ◆various kinds of high-speed ◆milling machine.
◆automatic sash-bar finishing material feeder. ◆vertical-and horizontal-
machine. ◆NC drilling machine. boring machines.
◆welding machine. ◆general-industrial-machine. ◆tool rest guide.
◆arec cutter. ◆Z-axis. ◆machine-tool Z-axis.
◆tool changer. ◆printed-cricuit-board drilling Block Reference
◆various kinds of maternal machine.
feedeer. ◆electric discharge machine.
◆measuring instrument. 12.
Q
.11xbo
◆precision XY table. 729o!Ubj
231ef!j
WO! Nb
T41

Applied Load and Service Life Considering

When the Linear Guide is used under a preload (medium),
the Linear Guide block receives an internal load. There- Rail
1
ZF~Z0
US4
Displacement amount

fore, the service life should be calculated in consideration

2ȣ0 Ordinary clearance Face !Ubjx
bo
!jo
of the preload. For preload considerations, please contact Z1 Nbe
f

Z2
us, specifying the model numbers you have selected. ȣ0

1-10-2 Rigidity P0 Load 2.8 P0

Z 0蛆preload
When the Linear Guide receives a load, the balls, Linear Reference Side
Guide blocks, and rails undergo elastic deformation within Fig 1.10.2 Rigidtry Data
a permissible range. The ratio of displacement at this
ȣ=
P
͔m
Fig 1.11.1!Datum Representation
deformation to the load received is known as the rigidity K
value. The rigidity of the Linear Guide increases as the ȣƝDisplacement
PƝLoad
preload increases. Fig shows the differences among the
KƝRigidity Value
ordinary clearance Z1 and clearance Z2, Z3. As shown,
in the case of the four-way equal-load type, the effect of
preloading remains valid until the load increases to some 2.8 times the preloadapplied.

A45 A46
 Installation of Linear Guide

1-11-2 Recognizing of Master Rail

Linear rails to be applied on the same plane are all marked with the same serial number,
and "M" is marked at the end of serial number for indicating the master rail, shown as the
figure below. The reference side of carriage is the surface where is ground to a specified
accuracy. For normal grade (N), it has no mark "M" on rail which means any one of rails
with same serial number could be the master rail.

Marks on Linear Guide Position is shifted

®
®
TR30-900-P
Master Rail Made in Taiwan 120618-0888 Model Length P/2 P/2
Accuracy
LINEAR GUIDE

TR30-900-P
P P
Subsidary Rail
®
®
TR30-900-P 120618-0888
Made in Taiwan 120618-0888

Serial Number
Fig 1.11.4

Fig 1.11.2 Recognizing of Master Rail

1-11-4 Mounting Methods

Linear rail is designed to absorb the load of four dimensions; therefore it can be mounted
Combined Use of Rail and Carriage
according to the load and structure of the equipment.
For combined use, the rail and carriage must have the same serial number. When
reinstalling the carriage back to the rail, make sure they have the same serial number and Table 1.11.1
the reference side of carriage should be in accordance with that of rail.
(A)Three-Axis Configuration. (B)Three-Axis Configuration.
1-11-3 For Butt-joint Rail
Accuracy may deviate at joints when carriages pass the joint simultaneously. Therefore,
the joints should be interlaced for avoiding such accuracy problem.

2-1 Joint 2-2 Joint

Driven 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2

shaft

Referen side

Reference
axis 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-2

1-1 Joint 1-2 Joint

Fig 1.11.3 Butt-joint

A47 A48
 Installation of Linear Guide

1-11-5 Common Fastening Method of Linear Guide

Table 1.11.1 Table 1.11.2

Fastened by pressing both Linear Guide blocks
Horizontal Configuration. Two-Axis External Configuration. Fastened by using push screws.
and rail against their respective reference surfaces.

Upword

Downword
LINEAR GUIDE

Fastened by using a hold-down plate. Fastened by using a tapered gib.1

Upside down Configuration. Vertical Configuration.

Upword Upword

Downword Downword
Fastened by using screws. Fastened by using a tapered gib.2

Tilted Configuration. Install on the wall.

Upword Upword

A Seeting Where the Host Machine is Subjected to Impact and Vibration.

Downword Downword

A49 A50
 Installation of Linear Guide

1-11-6 Mounting the Linear Guide

Mounting Procedures
ʰ Sample Installation of the Linear Guide on a Vibration-and-Impact Susceptible Table 1.11.3 Tightening Torque for Hexagonal-Socket Head Bolts UnitƝN-cm
Machine that Requires Rigidity and High Precision. ʰ Tightening Torque
Model No.
Table Iron Casting Aluminum
Linear Guide-Block M2 58.2 39.2 29.4
set screw

M2.3 78.4 53.9 39.2

Linear Guide-rail
set screw
M2.6 118 78.4 58.8
LINEAR GUIDE

Subsidiary Base Master

Side side M3 196 127 98.0

Fig 1.11.5 Mounting the Linear Guide on a Machine Susceptible to Vibration and Impact M4 412 274 206

M5 882 588 441

Mounting the Linear Guide Rail
(A) Prior to assembly, always remove all burrs, dents, M6 1370 921 686
dust, and the like from the mounting surface of the
M8 3040 2010 1470
machine on which the Linear Guide is to be installed.
(Fig 1.11.6) M10 6760 4510 3330
CAUTIONƝThe Linear Guide is delivered with Fig 1.11.6 Checking the Moun- M12 11800 7840 5880
an anticorrosive oil applied. Prior to assembly, ting Surface.
be sure to remove the oil from the reference surface M14 15700 10500 7840
using a wash oil. If the anticorrosive oil is removed,
M16 19600 13100 9800
the surface is likely to rust. The application of a
low-viscosity spindle oil or the like is therefore M20 38200 25500 19100
recommended. M22 51900 34800 26000

(B) Gently place an Linear Guide rail on the base, M24 65700 44100 32800
Fig 1.11.7 Holding an Linear Guide
and temporarily tighten the bolts so that the rail rail against the Refer-
ence Surface M30 130000 87200 65200
lightly contacts the mounting surface. Hold the
line marked side of the Linear Guide rail against
matching the base-side reference surface
(Fig 1.11.7)
CAUTIONƝUse clean bolts to fasten the Linear
Guide. When inserting bolts into the Linear Guide
rail mounting holes, make sure the threads of the
bolt and nut are properly aligned. (Fig 1.11.8) Fig 1.11.8 Checking Bolt Play

A51 A52
 Installation of Linear Guide

(C) Tighten the Linear Guide rail set screws in sequence,

until they lightly contact the rail-mounting side surface ʰʰʰʰʰ!Sample Installation of the Linear Guide without Set Screws on the Master
(Fig 1.11.9). Linear Guide Rail ʰʰʰʰʰ

(D) Using a torque wrench, tightening the mounting bolts Table

Linear Guide-Block Linear Guide-Block
to the specified torque (Fig 1.11.10). set screw set screw
Fig 1.11.9 Tightening Set Screws
CAUTIONƝThe sequence for tightening the Linear
Guide– rail mounting bolts should start from the center
to the end. Following this sequence enables stable
Base
LINEAR GUIDE

accuracy to be achieved. Subsidiary Master

Side side

(E) Following the same procedures for the remaining

Fig 1.11.12 Mounting the Linear Guide without Set Screws on the Master Linear Guide Rail
Linear Guide rails, complete Linear Guide rail
installation. Fig 1.11.10 Full Tightening of Mounting Bolts

Mounting the Master Linear Guide Rail

(F) Drive caps into the bolt holes on the Linear
After temporarily tightening the mounting bolts, use a
Guide rails so that they are flush with the
small device or the like to firmly press the rail to the side,
rail top surface.
against the reference section. Fully tighten the mounting
bolts. Repeat this for each mounting bolt in sequence.
Mounting the Linear Guide Block
(Fig 1.11.13)
(A) Gently place a table on the Linear Guide Fig 1.11.13 Mounting the master
blocks and temporarily tighten the Linear Guide rail
Mounting the Subsidiary Linear Guide Rail
Fig 1.11.11
mounting bolts. To ensure parallelism of the subsidiary Linear Guide rail
with the master Linear Guide rail properly mounted, the
(B) Using set screws, hold the master-rail Linear Guide block against the table reference-side following methods are recommended.
surface, and position the table.
Use a Straight Edge
(C) Fully tighten the mounting bolts on both the master and subsidiary sides. This completes Position a straight edge between the two rails so that it is
Linear Guide block installation. parallel with the master-Linear Guide-rail-side reference
CAUTIONƝTo ensure uniform fastening of the table, tighten the mounting bolts diagonally, surface, and confirm parallelism using a dial gauge. Using
as shown in (Fig 1.11.11) in accordance with the numbers. the straight edge as a reference, confirm subsidiary-rail
straightness from one end to the other, tightening the
Fig 1.11.14 Use a straight edge
The method specified above minimizes the time required to ensure the straightness of the mounting bolts in sequence as you go (Fig 1.11.14).
Linear Guide-rail. Moreover, there is no need to use the fastening knock pins, thereby greatly
reducing the required assembly man-hours.

A53 A54
 Installation of Linear Guide

Move the Table

Fasten two Linear Guide blocks on the master side ʰ!Sample Installation of the Linear Guide without a Reference Section for the

to the]table (or a temporary measurement table). Master Linear Guide Rail. ʰ

Temporary fasten the subsidiary Linear Guide rail

Table
and block to thebase and table. From the dial-gauge
Linear Guide-Block Linear Guide-Block
set screw set screw
stand, have a dial gauge contact the subsidiary-rail Fig 1.11.15 Move the table
Linear Guide block side.Move the table from the rail
end and check the parallelism between the block and
LINEAR GUIDE

the subsidiary Linear Guide rail,fastening the bolts
in sequence as you go. (Fig 1.11.15)
Compare to the Master Linear Guide Rail
Make sure the master Linear Guide rail is properly
installed.Temporarily fasten the subsidiary Linear
Guide rail in place.Place a table on the Linear Guide
blocks mounted on themaster rail and on the
temporarily fastened subsidiaryLinear Guide rail.
Fully tighten the mounting bolts on the two Linear
Fig 1.11.16 Compare to the master
Guide blocks on the subsidiary rail. With the remaining
Linear Guide block on the subsidiary rail temporarily
fastened, correct the position of the subsidiary Linear
Guide rail, fully tightening its mounting bolts insequence
as you go. (Fig 1.11.16)
Method Using a Jig
Using a jig as shown in (Fig 1.11.17) confirm parallelism
between the master-rail-side reference surface and that
of the subsidiary rail at each mounting hole, and fully
tighten the mounting bolt there.
Subsidiary Base Master
Side side
Fig 1.11.18 Installation of the Linear Guide without a Reference
Section for the Master Linear Guide Rail
Mounting the Master Linear Guide Rail
Use a Temporary Reference Surface
Linear Guide-rail straightness from end to end can be
achieved with the aid of a surface temporarily set as the
reference surface near the Linear Guide-rail mounting
Linear Guide rail surface on the base. For this method, however, two
Linear Guide blocks must be fastened together, Fig 1.11.19 Use a Temporary
Reference Surface
positioned on top of each other, while attached to
a measurement plate, as shown in (Fig 1.11.19).
Use a Straight Edge
After temporarily tightening the mounting bolts, use
a dial gauge to check the straightness of the Linear
Guide-rail-side reference surface from end to end,
Fig 1.11.20 Use a Straight Edge
fully tightening the mounting bolts in sequence as
you go, as shown in (Fig 1.11.20).
Fig 1.11.17

To mount the subsidiary Linear Guide rail, follow the

procedures specified in the second paragraph on the
previous page.

A55 A56
 Lubrication

Shoulder Heights and Chamfers 1-1 2 Lubrication

Improper shoulder heights and chamfers of mounting surfaces will cause deviations in accuracy Lubrication
and rail or block interference with the chamfered part. When recommended shoulder heights and For long-term use of a linear motion system under normal conditions, good lubrication
chamfers are used, problems with installation accuracy should be eliminated. is a must. If lubricant is not used, rolling parts wear quickly, and the service life of the
system is shortened considerably.
A lubricant蛆
Linear Guide Rail Linear Guide Block (1) Reduces friction on moving parts, thereby preventing seizure and lessening wear.
(2) Forms an oil film on rolling surfaces, thus decreasing stress that develops on the
surfaces and safeguarding the system against rolling fatigue.
(3) Covers metal surfaces with an oil film, thereby preventing rust.
LINEAR GUIDE

To tap the full functionality of a linear motion system, it is essential to provide lubrication
that best meets the system service conditions.

ʰ That linear motion systems, even if sealed, cannot completely eliminate leakage of
lubricants no matter how negligible the amount of leakage is at any given time. It is
therefore necessary to replenish the lubricant periodically according to the operating
conditions for the lubricant in question. ʰ

Classification of Lubricants
Fig 1.11.21 Primarily grease and sliding surface oil are used as lubricants for linear motion systems.
In general a lubricant must :
Table 1.11.4 Shoulder Heights and Chamfers (1) Form a strong oil film. (5) Be noncorrosive.
(2) Reduce wear as much as possible. (6) Be highly rust-preventive.
Max.chamfers Max.chamfers Max.chamfers Max.chamfers Max.chamfers (3) Have high wear resistance. (7) Be free from dust and some moisture.
Model No. of the rail R1 of the block R2 of the rail E1 of the rail E2 of the block H1 (4) Have high thermal stability. (8) Be free from significant fluctuations in
consistency against repeated agitation
TR15 0.5 0.5 3 4 3.2
of grease.
TR20 0.5 0.5 3.5 5 4.6 Table1.12.1 Lubricants in General Use

TR25 1.0 0.9 5 5 5.8 Lubricant Classification Item

蚶4FB Grease (TBI MOTION)
TR30 1.0 1 5 5 7
Lithium-based grease (JS No.2) Albania Grease No.2 (Showa Shell Sekiyu)
Grease Urea-base grease (JS No.2)
TR35 1.0 1 6 6 7.5 Daphne Eponex Grease No.2
(Idemitsu Kosan) or equivalent.
TR45 1.0 1 8 8 8.9
Super Multi 32 to 68 (Idemitsu Kosan)
Oil
TR55 1.5 1.5 10 10 13 Sliding surface oil or turbine Vactra No.2S (Mobile Oil)
oil ISOVG32~68 DT Oil (Mobile Oil)
TR65 1.5 1.5 8 10 14.3 Tonner Oil (Showa Shell Sekiyu)
or equivalent
ʰġFeeding Should be performed every 100km of travel under normal usage conditions to
prevent incomplete lubrication by exhausted lubrication. ʰ

A57 A58
 The Types of Linear Guide
2. Linear Guide
1-1 3 Precautions of Linear Guide 2-1 The Types of Linear Guide
Handling !!!!!!In an effort to meet customer’s requirement, TBI MOTION offers several different types of
(1) Tilting the linear guideway may cause the carriage falling out from the rail by their guides. Except for TR international standard series, TBI MOTION develops TR series with
own weight. self lubrication system which is designed for environment with high pollution and miniature
(2) Beating or Dropping the linear guideway may cause its function to be damage, even TM series for small machines and semiconductor industry.
if the product looks intact.
Table 2.1.1 !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!Linear guide table with all series
(3) Do not disassemble the carriage, this may cause contamination to enter into the
Type Height of Square Flange Mounting from Above,
carriage or decrease the installation accuracy. Assembly Type Mounting from Below
Lubrication
LINEAR GUIDE

High-Assembly TRH-V TRH-F

(1) Please remove the anti-rust oil.
TR Low-Assembly TRS-V TRS-F
(2) Please do not mix different kinds of lubrication.
Middle-Assembly TRC-V -
(3) Lubrication can be varied, please contact before use. - TM-N -
TM
- TM-W -
Usage
Table 2.1.2!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!Linear Guide - Type & Series
(1) The temperature of the place where linear guideways are used should not exceed
80°C. A higher temperature may damage the plastic end cap, do not exceed 100°c Type Accessory Characteristics End Cap
Standard蛆 Strong Top and Bottom Seal + Wiper
in friction.
U蛆Strong Inner Seal Gouble Type
(2) Using under special conditions, such as constant vibration, high dust or the temperature
UZ蛆Strong Inner Seal+Double end Seals Standard type
exceed our suggested...etc., please contact . DD蛆Strong Bottom Seal+Single-lip end seals
Smooth Movement
UD蛆Strong Inner Seal+Single-lip end seals
XN蛆Strong Bottom Seal+Strong Double-lip end seals
Storage Strong dust-proof
UN蛆Strong Top Seal+Strong Bottom Seal+Double-lip end seals Environment with
When storing the linear guideway, enclose it in a package and store it in a horizontal high pollution
ZN蛆Strong Top Seal+Strong Bottom Seal+Strong Two Double-lip end seals
orientation while avoiding high temperature, low temperature and high humidity. WW蛆Strong Bottom Seal+Felt+Strong Double-lip end seals Self-lubrication0
TR Strong dust-proof
WU蛆Strong Top Seal+Strong Bottom Seal+Felt+Strong Double-lip end seals
Application with
WZ蛆Strong Top Seal+Strong Bottom Seal+Felt+Strong Two Double-lip end seals low rating load Reinforcement
SU：Strong Top Seal+Strong Bottom Seal+Strong Double-lip end seals+Strong Metal Scraper Strong dust-proof 0 Type
Application with
SZ：Strong Top Seal+Strong Bottom Seal+Strong Two Double-lip end seals+Strong Metal Scraper low rating load

DU：Strong Top Seal+Strong Bottom Seal+Strong Double-lip end seals+Felt+Strong Metal Scraper Self-lubrication0
Strong dust-proof 0
Application with low
DZ：Strong Top Seal+Strong Bottom Seal+Strong Two Double-lip end seals+Felt+Strong Metal Scraper rating load

Long effects
BN蛆Strong Bottom Seal+Strong Double-lip end seals+Oiler Self-lubrication/
Strong dust-proof

Standard
- Miniature type
TM Wide
Miniature type
- Miniature type

ʰIf Strengthen seals and Felt is required, please upgrade the block with enhanced end cap.ʰ
ʰStrengthen seals come in blue, if standar seals is required, please order it with code XNA.ʰ

A59 A60
 TRH蚻TRS蚻TRC International Standard Linear Guide

2-2 TRH蚻TRS蚻TRC!International Standard Linear Guide 2-2-3 TR-Series

2-2-1 The Characteristics of TR Series (Block types)

Smooth Movement TBI MOTION offers flange and square types of flange. The assembly height and category
the circulation system of TBI Linear lists as below蛆
Guide Block designed to perform smooth movement.

Table 2.2.2
High Stability
Linear Guide block designed Type Model Shape Height Rail Length Main Application
Fig 2.2.1
under TBI’s exclusive patent can increase Machine Centers.
LINEAR GUIDE

Mounting 28 100
depth of material to improve the strength capacity and prevent from deflection as high stability. from Above NC Lathes.
TRH-V Food Machine.
Grinding Machines.
High Durability TRC-V 90 4000 CNC Machine.
the exclusive contact point design promotes high rigidity. Moreover, self-
Heavy Cutting
aligning balances load rating in all directions. This design also improves performance in
Square Machines.
running accuracy and service life of the Linear Guide. Mounting Punching Machine.
from Above
24 100
Injection Molding
Easy Installation with Interchangeability Machine.
TRS-V Automation
Linear Guide by TBI is easy for installation even without fixture. The design
60 4000
of seal is combinable either for side seal or inner seal to save material. Equipment.
Transportation
2-2-2 The Structure of TR-Series Equipment.
Circulation unit 蛆!!! Mounting
24 100 Sealing machine.
1 from Above ҷ Mounting
9 from Below
1 Block, 2 Rail, 3 End Cap, 3
7
4 Steel Balls, 5 Circulation tube. TRH-F
Lubrication unit蛆!!! 90 4000
2
6 Grease nipple. 5
Anti-Dust Unit 蛆 4 Flange
8
6
7 Wiper, 8 Bottom Seal, Mounting 24 100
from Above ҷ Mounting
9 Mounting Hole Cap. from Below
Fig 2.2.2
Table 2.2.1 Material TRS-F
60 4000
Item Material Hardness

TR-Rail S55C
HRC 58°~62°
TR-Block SCM420H

A61 A62
 Nominal Model Code of TR Type

2-2-4 Nominal Model Code for Non-interchangable TR Type 2-2-5 Nominal Model Code for Interchangable TR Type
TR series can be classified into interchangeable and non- interchangeable types. The !!!! Interchangeable Type of BlockǺ
T R H 20 F N- - N - Z0 + B1
sizes are identical; the only difference between the two types is that the accuracy of
non-interchangeable types could reach up to UP grade since makes the
Nominal Model
linear guide set under strict international regulation. Interchangeable blocks and rails can T
be freely exchanged; however, the accuracy could be up to H grade only due to technical Block Type
RǺStandard XǺSpecial
issue. It is much more convenient for those customers who do not need linear guides with
Height of Assembly Type
very high accuracy to have interchangeable blocks and rails. SǺLow-Assembly CǺMiddle-Assembly HǺHigh-Assembly

Dimension
LINEAR GUIDE

!!!! Non-interchangeable Type codeǺ 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 45, 55, 65

T R H 20 F N - 2 - - 1200 - N - Z0 - ʴ - K + N3 N3 Flange Type

FǺWith Flange VǺWithout Flange

Length of Block
Nominal Model SǺShort NǺNormal LǺLong EǺExtra-Long
T
Accessory Code
Block Type ΩǺStandard (Please refer to page C33)
RǺStandard XǺSpecial
Accuracy Grade
Height of Assembly Type NǺNormal
SǺLow-Assembly CǺMiddle-Assembly HǺHigh-Assembly

Dimension Preload
ZFǺSlight Clearance Z0ǺNo Preload
15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 45, 55, 65

Flange Type Block Surface Treatment

FǺWith Flange VǺWithout Flange SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent

Length of Block
SǺShort NǺNormal LǺLong EǺExtra-Long
!!!!! Interchangeable Type of RailǺ
Number of Block Per Rail
EXǺ2 T R 20 4000 - N - K + B1
Accessory Code
ΩǺStandard (Please refer to page A60)
Nominal Model
Length of Rail T
UnitǺmm
Block Type
Accuracy Grade RǺStandard XǺSpecial
NǺNormal HǺHigh PǺPrecision SPǺSuper-Precision UPǺUltra-Precision
Dimension
Preload
15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 45, 55, 65
ZFǺSlight Clearance Z0ǺNo Preload Z1ǺLight Preload Z2ǺMedium Preload Z3ǺHeavy Preload

Two Sets per Axis Length of Rail

ʴ UnitǺmm

Rail Special Machining Accuracy Grade

KǺTapped-Hole Rail XǺRail with Special Machining NǺNormal

Block Surface Treatment Rail Special Machining

SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent KǺTapped-Hole Rail XǺRail with Special Machining

Rail Surface Treatment Rail Surface Treatment

SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent

A63 A64
 TRH-V Specifications

TRH-V Series Specifications

N L
W L1
QX B J

T1
ØD
H

h
H1
E

W2 W1 Ød
LINEAR GUIDE

Assembly(mm) Block Dimension(mm) Rail(mm) Load Rating Static Permissible Moment Weight
(kgf)
Model No. Model No. Mx(kgf-mm) My(kgf-mm) Mz(kgf-mm) Block Rail
H W2 E W B J L L1 QX T1 Oil Hole N W1 H1 ØD h Ød F C Co Single Block Single Block Double Block Single Block Double Block (kg) (kg/m)
TRH15VN 56.9 39.5 TRH15VN 1206 2206 16,436 14,884 70,960 14,884 70,960 0.13
28 9.5 3.2 34 26 26 M4X8 9.5 M4X0.7 7 15 13 7.5 6 4.5 60 1.32
TRH15VL 65.4 48 TRH15VL 1343 2574 19,175 20,429 95,224 20,429 95,224 0.2
TRH20VN 75.6 54 TRH20VN 2050 3696 37,334 33,268 157,298 33,268 157,298 0.26
36
TRH20VL 30 12 4.6 44 32 80.6 59 M5X7 6.5 M6X1 14 20 16.5 9.5 8.5 6 60 TRH20VL 2125 3891 39,299 36,965 176,924 36,965 176,924 0.29 2.28
TRH20VE 50 99.6 78 TRH20VE 2553 5058 51,089 63,229 284,163 63,229 284,163 0.38
TRH25VN 81 59 TRH25VN 2581 4503 52,239 43,407 207,324 43,407 207,324 0.54
35
TRH25VL 40 12.5 5.8 48 35 93 71 M6X8 11.5 M6X1 14 23 20 11 9 7 60 TRH25VL 2875 5254 60,945 59,579 277,678 59,579 277,678 0.55 3.17
TRH25VE 50 110 88 TRH25VE 3248 6255 72,554 85,112 391,311 85,112 391,311 0.68
TRH30VN 96.3 69.3 TRH30VN 3807 6483 90,722 74,970 355,321 74,970 355,321 0.76
40
TRH30VL 45 16 7 60 40 107 80 M8X10 11 M6X1 14 28 23 14 12 9 80 TRH30VL 4098 7203 100,803 93,100 438,966 93,100 438,966 0.85 4.54
TRH30VE 60 132 105 TRH30VE 4791 9004 126,003 147,000 677,068 147,000 677,068 1.12
TRH35VN 109 79 TRH35VN 5090 8346 142,722 106,070 519,799 106,070 519,799 1.31
50
TRH35VL 55 18 7.5 70 50 123 93 M8X10 15 M6X1 14 34 26 14 12 9 80 TRH35VL 5502 9328 159,512 133,367 656,509 133,367 656,509 1.52 6.27
TRH35VE 72 153 123 TRH35VE 6667 12274 209,885 233,977 1,070,533 233,977 1,070,533 2
TRH45VL 60 140 106 TRH45VL 7572 12808 292,657 220,751 1,030,183 220,751 1,030,183 2.7
70 20.5 8.9 86 60 M10X15 20.5 PT1/8 12.5 45 32 20 17 14 105 10.4
TRH45VE 80 174 140 TRH45VE 8852 16010 365,821 348,554 1,598,703 348,554 1,598,703 3.58
TRH55VL 75 162 118 TRH55VL 14703 21613 571,342 411,729 2,019,184 411,729 2,019,184 3.60
80 23.5 13 100 75 M12X18 21 PT1/8 12.5 53 44 23 20 16 120 16.1
TRH55VE 95 200.1 156.1 TRH55VE 17349 27377 723,699 670,530 3,148,637 670,530 3,148,637 4.70
TRH65VL 70 197 147 TRH65VL 22526 31486 973,074 695,840 3,594,277 695,840 3,594,277 7.76
90 31.5 14 126 76 M16X20 19 PT1/8 12.5 63 53 26 22 18 150 22.54
TRH65VE 120 256.5 206.5 TRH65VE 27895 42731 1,320,601 1,307,568 6,312,759 1,307,568 6,312,759 11.15

ʰThe above standard provided is dedicated to XN, UN, please check table 2.2.17 for detail, if other
accessories is required, please refer to page A90.ʰ

A65 A66
 TRH-F Specifications

TRH-F Series Specifications

N L
W L1
QX B J

T1
ØD
t
H

h
H1
E

W2 W1 Ød
LINEAR GUIDE

Assembly(mm) Block Dimension(mm) Rail(mm) Load Rating Static Permissible Moment Weight
(kgf)
Model No. Model No. Mx(kgf-mm) My(kgf-mm) Mz(kgf-mm) Block Rail
H W2 E W B J t L L1 QX T1 Oil Hole N W1 H1 ØD h Ød F C Co Single Block Single Block Double Block Single Block Double Block (kg) (kg/m)
TRH15FN 56.9 39.5 TRH15FN 1206 2206 16,436 14,884 70,960 14,884 70,960 0.17
24 16 3.2 47 38 30 8 M5X8 5.5 M4X0.7 7 15 13 7.5 6 4.5 60 1.32
TRH15FL 65.4 48 TRH15FL 1343 2574 19,175 20,429 95,224 20,429 95,224 0.2
TRH20FN 75.6 54 TRH20FN 2050 3696 37,334 33,268 157,298 33,268 157,298 0.36
TRH20FL 30 21.5 4.6 63 53 40 10 80.6 59 M6X10 6.5 M6X1 14 20 16.5 9.5 8.5 6 60 TRH20FL 2125 3891 39,299 36,965 176,924 36,965 176,924 0.4 2.28
TRH20FE 99.6 78 TRH20FE 2553 5058 51,089 63,229 284,163 63,229 284,163 0.53
TRH25FN 81 59 TRH25FN 2581 4503 52,239 43,407 207,324 43,407 207,324 0.54
TRH25FL 36 23.5 5.8 70 57 45 12 93 71 M8X12 7.5 M6X1 14 23 20 11 9 7 60 TRH25FL 2875 5254 60,945 59,579 277,678 59,579 277,678 0.62 3.17
TRH25FE 110 88 TRH25FE 3248 6255 72,554 85,112 391,311 85,112 391,311 0.78
TRH30FN 96.3 69.3 TRH30FN 3807 6483 90,722 74,970 355,321 74,970 355,321 1.31
TRH30FL 42 31 7 90 72 52 15 107 80 M10X15 8 M6X1 14 28 23 14 12 9 80 TRH30FL 4098 7203 100,803 93,100 438,966 93,100 438,966 1.42 4.54
TRH30FE 132 105 TRH30FE 4791 9004 126,003 147,000 677,068 147,000 677,068 1.77
TRH35FN 109 79 TRH35FN 5090 8346 142,722 106,070 519,799 106,070 519,799 1.36
TRH35FL 48 33 7.5 100 82 62 15 123 93 M10X15 8 M6X1 14 34 26 14 12 9 80 TRH35FL 5502 9328 159,512 133,367 656,509 133,367 656,509 1.58 6.27
TRH35FE 153 123 TRH35FE 6667 12274 209,885 233,977 1,070,533 233,977 1,070,533 2.11
TRH45FL 140 106 TRH45FL 7572 12808 292,657 220,751 1,030,183 220,751 1,030,183 2.66
60 37.5 8.9 120 100 80 18 M12X18 10.5 PT1/8 12.5 45 32 20 17 14 105 10.4
TRH45FE 174 140 TRH45FE 8852 16010 365,821 348,554 1,598,703 348,554 1,598,703 3.55
TRH55FL 162 118 TRH55FL 14703 21613 571,342 411,729 2,019,184 411,729 2,019,184 3.62
70 43.5 13 140 116 95 29 M14X17 11 PT1/8 12.5 53 44 23 20 16 120 16.1
TRH55FE 200.1 156.1 TRH55FE 17349 27377 723,699 670,530 3,148,637 670,530 3,148,637 4.71
TRH65FL 197 147 TRH65FL 22526 31486 973,074 695,840 3,594,277 695,840 3,594,277 7.96
90 53.5 14 170 142 110 37 M16X23 19 PT1/8 12.5 63 53 26 22 18 150 22.54
TRH65FE 256.5 206.5 TRH65FE 27895 42731 1,320,601 1,307,568 6,312,759 1,307,568 6,312,759 11.35

ʰThe above standard provided is dedicated to XN, UN, please check table 2.2.17 for detail, if other
accessories is required, please refer to page A90.ʰ

A67 A68
 TRS-V Specifications

TRS-V Series Specifications

N L
W L L1
QX B J
L1

T1
ØD
H

H1

h
E

W2 W1 Ød
LINEAR GUIDE

F VS VN VL VE

Assembly(mm) Block Dimension(mm) Rail(mm) Load Rating Static Permissible Moment Weight
(kgf)
Model No. Model No. Mx(kgf-mm) My(kgf-mm) Mz(kgf-mm) Block Rail
H W2 E W B J L L1 QX T1 Oil Hole N W1 H1 ØD h Ød F C Co (kg) (kg/m)
Single Block Single Block Double Block Single Block Double Block
TRS15VS 40.3 22.9 TRS15VS 908 1471 10,957 6,420 33,531 6,420 33,531 0.09
24 9.5 3.2 34 26 M4X5 5.5 M4X0.7 7 15 13 7.5 6 4.5 60 1.32
TRS15VN 26 56.9 39.5 TRS15VN 1206 2206 16,436 14,884 70,960 14,884 70,960 0.15

TRS20VS 49.4 27.8 TRS20VS 1398 2140 21,615 10,700 59,798 10,700 59,798 0.15
28 11 4.6 42 32 M5X6 4.5 M6X1 14 20 16.5 9.5 8.5 6 60 2.28
TRS20VN 32 68.3 46.7 TRS20VN 1896 3307 33,404 26,459 126,998 26,459 126,998 0.23

TRS25VS 57.2 35.2 TRS25VS 1943 3002 34,826 18,725 97,890 18,725 97,890 0.25
33 12.5 5.8 48 35 M6X6.5 4.5 M6X1 14 23 20 11 9 7 60 3.17
TRS25VN 35 81 59 TRS25VN 2581 4503 52,239 43,407 207,324 43,407 207,324 0.39

TRS30VS 67.4 40.4 TRS30VS 2697 3962 55,442 26,950 154,224 26,950 154,224 0.48

TRS30VN 42 16 7 60 40 40 96.3 69.3 M8X8 8 M6X1 14 28 23 14 12 9 80 TRS30VN 3807 6483 90,722 74,970 355,321 74,970 355,321 0.77 4.54

TRS30VL 40 107 80 TRS30VL 4098 7203 100,803 93,100 438,966 93,100 438,966 0.74

TRS35VS 75.7 45.7 TRS35VS 3753 5401 92,349 42,896 235,304 42,896 235,304 0.71

TRS35VN 48 18 7.5 70 50 50 109 79 M8X8 8 M6X1 14 34 26 14 12 9 80 TRS35VN 5090 8346 142,722 106,070 519,799 106,070 519,799 1.15 6.27

TRS35VE 72 153 123 TRS35VE 6667 12274 209,885 233,977 1,070,533 233,977 1,070,533 1.54

TRS45VN 60 20.5 8.9 86 60 60 124.5 90.5 M10X15 10.5 PT1/8 12.5 45 32 20 17 14 105 TRS45VN 6758 10887 248,758 158,011 782,271 158,011 782,271 1.98 10.4

ʰThe above standard provided is dedicated to XN, UN, please check table 2.2.17 for detail, if other
accessories is required, please refer to page A90.ʰ

A69 A70
 TRS-F蚻TRC-V Specifications

TRS-F Series Specifications

N L
W L L1
QX B J
L1

T1
ØD
t
H

H1

h
E

W2 W1 Ød
F FS FN
LINEAR GUIDE

Assembly(mm) Block Dimension(mm) Rail(mm) Load Rating Static Permissible Moment Weight
(kgf)
Model No. Model No. Mx(kgf-mm) My(kgf-mm) Mz(kgf-mm) Block Rail
H W2 E W B J t L L1 QX T1 Oil Hole N W1 H1 ØD h Ød F C Co Single Block Single Block Double Block Single Block Double Block (kg) (kg/m)
TRS15FS 40.3 22.9 TRS15FS 908 1471 10,957 6,420 33,531 6,420 33,531 0.12
24 18.5 3.2 52 41 7 M5X7 5.5 M4X0.7 7 15 13 7.5 6 4.5 60 1.32
TRS15FN 26 56.9 39.5 TRS15FN 1206 2206 16,436 14,884 70,960 14,884 70,960 0.19
TRS20FS 49.4 27.8 TRS20FS 1398 2140 21,615 10,700 59,798 10,700 59,798 0.19
28 19.5 4.6 59 49 9 M6X9 4.5 M6X1 14 20 16.5 9.5 8.5 6 60 2.28
TRS20FN 32 68.3 46.7 TRS20FN 1896 3307 33,404 26,459 126,998 26,459 126,998 0.29
TRS25FN 33 25 5.8 73 60 35 10 81 59 M8X10 4.5 M6X1 14 23 20 11 9 7 60 TRS25FN 2581 4503 52,239 43,407 207,324 43,407 207,324 0.51 3.17

ʰThe above standard provided is dedicated to XN, UN, please check table 2.2.17 for detail, if other
accessories is required, please refer to page A90.ʰ

TRC-V Series Specifications

N L
W L1
QX B J
T1

ØD
H

h
H1
E

W2 W1 Ød
F

Assembly(mm) Block Dimension(mm) Rail(mm) Load Rating Static Permissible Moment Weight
(kgf)
Model No. Model No. Mx(kgf-mm) My(kgf-mm) Mz(kgf-mm) Block Rail
H W2 E W B J L L1 QX T1 Oil Hole N W1 H1 ØD h Ød F C Co Single Block Single Block Double Block Single Block Double Block (kg) (kg/m)
TRC25VL 35 93 71 TRC25VL 2875 5254 60,945 59,579 277,678 59,579 277,678 0.44
36 12.5 5.8 48 35 M6X6.5 7.5 M6X1 14 23 20 11 9 7 60 3.17
TRC25VE 50 110 88 TRC25VE 3248 6255 72,554 85,112 391,311 85,112 391,311 0.55

ʰThe above standard provided is dedicated to XN, UN, please check table 2.2.17 for detail, if other
accessories is required, please refer to page A90.ʰ

A71 A72
 The Standard Length and Maxima Length of Linear Rail蚻Mounting Type of Linear Rail

2-2-6 The Standard Length and Maxima Length of Linear Rail

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!offer our customer standard and customized rail length to meet the requirement
for our customer. TBI suggsts that when ordering customized rail length, to prevent unsstablize
running performance after mounting, the end cap value G should be no greater than 1/2 F.

h
L = [n-1]炽F+2炽G
n[Number of Rail mounting holes]
M E F

L烉Total Length of Rail (mm) L

LINEAR GUIDE

n烉Number of Mounting Holes

G F G Fig 2.2.4 Monting from below
F烉Distance Between Any Two
L
Holes (mm)
G烉Distance from the Center of Fig 2.2.3
the Last Hole to the Edge (mm)
Table 2.2.5 Rail Size Chart Unit烉mm
Table 2.2.3
M h E F
Item TR15 TR20 TR25 TR30 TR35 TR45 TR55 TR65
TR15 M5炽0.8P 8 20 60
F烉Pitch 60 60 60 80 80 105 120 150
TR20 M6炽1P 10 20 60
G蛆Suggested
20 20 20 20 20 22.5 30 35
Distance to End TR25 M6炽1P 12 20 60
L蛆Max. Length 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
TR30 M8炽1.25P 15 20 80

TR35 M8炽1.25P 17 20 80
2-2-7 Mounting Type of Linear Rail
Besides the standard top mounting type, also offers bottom mounting TR45 M12炽1.75P 24 22.5 105
type rails.
TR55 M14炽2P 24 30 120
Table 2.2.4
TR65 M20炽2.5P 30 35 150

Mounting from Above Mounting from Below

A73 A74
 Accuracy Standard

2-2-8 Accuracy Standard

The accuracy standards of TR-Series range, from normal, high, precision, super-precision Table 2.2.7 Unit烉mm
and ultra-precision. It allows our user to choose according to the accuracy standards of the Accuracy Standard
equipment. TR 15 20 TR 25 30 35
Super Ultra Super Ultra
Accuracy Standard Normal High Precision Precision Precision Normal High Precision Precision Precision
Item N H P SP UP N H P SP UP
40
Tolerance 0 0 0 0 0 0
(͔ m) Normal(N) for height M ±0.1 ±0.03 ±0.1 ±0.04
-0.03 -0.015 -0.008 -0.04 -0.02 -0.01
30 High(H)
C Tolerance for height
M difference among 0.02 0.01 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.02 0.015 0.007 0.005 0.003
LINEAR GUIDE

20 Precision(P) Linear Guide Block

D
Super-Precision(SP) Tolerance for 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Ultra-Precision(UP) rail-to-block lateral ±0.1 ±0.03 ±0.1 ±0.04
distance W2 -0.03 -0.015 -0.008 -0.04 -0.02 -0.01
Tolerance for rail-to
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 -block lateral distance
W2 difference among
0.02 0.01 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.03 0.015 0.007 0.005 0.003
Linear Guide Block
Length of Rail(mm)
Running parallelism
of Linear Guide
Block surface c with ΫC, TR Rail Length and Running Accuracy(Fig 2.2.5) ΫC, TR Rail Length and Running Accuracy(Fig 2.2.5)
Fig 2.2.5 Accuracy Standard TR Rail Length and Running Accuracy. respect to surface A

Fig 2.2.6 Running parallelism

of Linear Guide ΫD, TR Rail Length and Running Accuracy(Fig 2.2.5) ΫD, TR Rail Length and Running Accuracy(Fig 2.2.5)
Block surface D with
respect to surface B

Table 2.2.6 TR-Accuracy of Running Parallelism Accuracy Standard

Accuracy(͔m) TR 45 55 TR 65
TR Rail Length(mm) Super Ultra Super Ultra
N H P SP UP Accuracy Standard Normal High Precision Precision Precision Normal High Precision Precision Precision

0~125 5 3 2 1.5 1 Item N H P SP UP N H P SP UP

125~200 5 3.5 2 1.5 1 Tolerance 0 0 0 0 0 0

for height M ±0.1 ±0.05 ±0.1 ±0.07
200~250 6 4 2.5 1.5 1 -0.05 -0.03 -0.02 -0.07 -0.05 -0.03

250~315 7 4.5 3 1.5 1 Tolerance for height

M difference among 0.03 0.015 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.007 0.005
315~400 8 5 3.5 2 1.5 Linear Guide Block

400~500 9 6 4.5 2.5 1.5 Tolerance for 0 0 0 0 0 0

rail-to-block lateral ±0.1 ±0.05 ±0.1 ±0.07
500~630 16 11 6 2.5 1.5 distance W2 -0.05 -0.03 -0.02 -0.07 -0.05 -0.03
630~800 18 12 7 3 2 Tolerance for rail-to
-block lateral distance
800~1000 20 14 8 4 2 W2 difference among
0.03 0.02 0.01 0.007 0.005 0.03 0.025 0.015 0.01 0.007
Lnear Guide Block
1000~1250 22 16 10 5 2.5
Running parallelism
1250~1600 25 18 11 6 3 of Linear Guide
Block surface c with ΫC, TR Rail Length and Running Accuracy(Fig 2.2.5) ΫC, TR Rail Length and Running Accuracy(Fig 2.2.5)
respect to surface A
1600~2000 28 20 13 7 3.5
2000~2500 30 22 15 8 4 Running parallelism
of Linear Guide
Block surface D with ΫD, TR Rail Length and Running Accuracy(Fig 2.2.5) ΫD, TR Rail Length and Running Accuracy(Fig 2.2.5)
2500~3000 32 24 16 9 4.5 respect to surface B
3000~3500 33 25 17 11 5
3500~4000 34 26 18 12 6

A75 A76
 Determining the Magnitude of a Preload蚻Mounting Location

2-2-9 Determining the Magnitude of a Preload Table 2.2.10 The Difference between Interchageability and Non-Interchageability
What’s Preload
Non-Interchangeable Interchangeable
Replacing larger rolling elements helps strengthen the entire rigidity of the carriage
while there exists clearance with in ball circulation. Slight UP SP P H N H N
Clearance

Increasing preload would decrease the vibration and reduce the corrosion caused ZF ZF

by running back and forth. However, it would also add the workload within those Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0
rolling elements. The greater the preload, the greater the inner workload. Therefore, Preload Z1 Z1 Z1 Z1 Z1 Z1 Z1
choosing preload has to consider the effect carefully between vibration and preload. Z2 Z2 Z2 Z2 Z2
LINEAR GUIDE

Z3 Z3 Z3 Z3

Table 2.2.8 Preload Grade C蛆Dynamic load rating 2-2-10 Mounting Location of Grease Nipples
Grade Symbol Preload Force The standard location of the grease nipple is
Slight Clearance ZF 0 at both ends of the block, but the nipple can be
No Preload Z0 0 mounted at each side of block. For lateral installation,

Light Preload Z1 0.02C we recommend that the nipple be mounted at the

Medium Preload non-reference side, otherwise please contact us.

Z2 0.05C
It is possible to perform lubrication by using the
Heavy Preload Z3 0.07C
oil-piping joint.

Fig 2.2.7 Mounting Location

Table 2.2.9 TR Series Radial Clearances Unit烉͔m
Preload ZF Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3 The Lubricant Amountfor a
Model No. Table 2.2.11 Block Filled with Grease Table 2.2.12 Oil Refilling Rate
TR15 5~12 -4~4 -12~-5 -20~-13 -28~-21
Size Grease(cm 3 ) Size
2
Oil refilling rate (cm /hr)
TR20 6~14 -5~5 -14~-6 -23~-15 -32~-24
TR15 1.3 TR15 0.2
TR25 7~16 -6~6 -16~-7 -26~-17 -36~-27
TR20 2.5 TR20 0.2
TR30 8~18 -7~7 -18~-8 -29~-19 -40~-30
TR25 2.5 TR25 0.3
TR35 9~20 -8~8 -20~-9 -32~-21 -44~-33
TR30 7 TR30 0.3
TR45 10~22 -9~9 -22~-10 -35~-23 -48~-36
TR35 9 TR35 0.3
TR55 11~24 -10~10 -24~-11 -38~-25 -52~-39
TR45 1 5 .2 TR45 0.4
TR65 12~26 -11~11 -26~-12 -41~-27 -56~-42
TR55 40 TR55 0.5
TR65 75 TR65 0.6

A77 A78
 Grease Nipples

2-2-11 Grease Nipples

Table 2.2.13 Grease Nipples Table2.2.14 Types of Lubrication Coupler

Model Accessory Coad Code Size

Model TR15 TR20ҷ25ҷ30ҷ35 TR45ҷ55ҷ65
Standard, DD, U, UD, XN, UN SD-020 M4X0.7P
SD-037 SD-038 SD-039

6
UZ, ZN, SU SD-024
M6X0.75P M8X1P 18 M8X1P 18
WZ, DU SD-057 7 10 10 10
TR15 13.5
7
SZ SD-066

10

2 10
8

19.5

20
16.5
DZ SD-067

3
M4X0.7P

4
LINEAR GUIDE

WW, WU SD-074 M4X0.7P

M6X1P PT 1/8
ĭ ĭ
Standard, DD, U, UD, XN, UN SD-021 ĭ
M6X1P
UZ, SU SD-025 SD-029 SD-040
TR20
SZ, DU (TR20) SD-026 12 PT 1/8 12 12 PT 1/8 12

Types of Lubrication Coupler

9
TR25
DZ SD-060
TR30

12

12
ZN, WW, WU SD-075

23.5

25
5
5
WZ, DU (TR25&TR30) SD-076
Standard, D, U, UD, XN, UN SD-021 M6X1P PT 1/8
M6X1P ĭ ĭ
UZ, ZN, WW, WU, SU SD-026
TR35 SD-041 SD-042
WZ, SZ, DU SD-060

10

10
DZ SD-069 PT1/8 M8X1P M8X1P
Standard, DD, U, UD, XN, UN SD-011

3 10

2 10
UZ, ZN, WW, WU, SZ, DU SD-027

19.5

20
TR45
WZ, DZ SD-059 21
M6X1P PT 1/8
SU SD-068 ĭ ĭ
Standard, DD, U, UD, XN, UN SD-011 SD-043 SD-044

12
11
UZ, ZN, WW, WU SD-027
TR55 PT 1/8 PT 1/8
WZ, SZ SD-059

12
SU SD-068 PT1/8

12
23.5

25
Standard, DD, U, UD, XN, UN

5
SD-011

5
UZ, ZN, WW, WU SD-027 M6X1P PT 1/8
TR65 ĭ
WZ, SU SD-059 ĭ

SZ SD-058

A79 A80
 J-Flow System蚻Strong Dust-proof蚻Self-Lubricating Linear Guide Series Accessory

2-2-12 J-Flow System 2 -2-13 Strong Dust-proof蚻Self-Lubricating Linear Guide Series Accessory
When the linear guide sets up on the side mount as the figure shows. It is hard to equally Linear Guide with Double-lip End Seal
distributed the lubrication on the race groove due to gravity. The common way to solve this Characteristics of Dust-proof End Seal
1. Seal Function : Seal design from single-lip to double-lips to prevent more dust go into
is to grease from the side of the block; however such method is almost impossible when the
the block.
application is already space limited. TBI Motion provides an unique solution to overcome the 2. Hardness : Heat treatment for end seals to make hardness higher in order to absorb high
dilema by implement the J-Flow System. The J-Flow System is equipped with two optional impact when operation.
screw-tightening lubrication spot on both ends of linear block with the special internal 3. Environment : Better solution for dust-proof when using double seals in environment with
high pollution.
lubricating path which allows the lubrication to travel in both direction by simply tightenning
4. Lifetime Extension : Double-lip seal prevents dust go into the block and provides a solution
or losenign the lubrication screw. for block damage due to dust issue.
LINEAR GUIDE

J-Flow System Characteristics of Metal Scraper

The scraper removes high-temperature iron chips or dust entering the block.

Characteristics of Self-Lubricating Lubricating lips

Linear Guide Series
There is a Felt accessory between end cap and
seals. Felt with oil will lubricate the rail when
operating; grease nipple is not needed. The
Lock the screw design is shownas below.

Example Fig 2.2.11

WZ ( Top Seal+Bottom Seal+Two Double-lip

Fig 2.2.8 J-Flow System end seals+Felt )

The oil flows upward Top Seal

Bottom Seal
Oil tank

When stop, Felt

slowly shed
Double-lip end seals

Fig 2.2.9 The oil sail against the
gravity to lubricate the
circulation path
Spacer
Fig 2.2.10 The Oil flows downward
Double-lip end seals
through optional screwin
spot when the feeding
stops Fig 2.2.12

A81 A82
 Self-Lubricating Linear Guide Series Accessory

Lifetime Comparison Instructions of Self-Lubricating Block Felt

As shown in the chart, the lifetime of self-lubricating blocks is one time longer than that The felt has already filled in with lubrication when it is ready to use. It is suggested to soak
of standard series blocks. the wool felt in the oil tank for more than 8 hours before using. The wool felt can be refilled
with any approved lubrication oil depending on the requirement ( ISOVG 32 ~ 68 ).
Table 2.2.Test

Control Group Experiment Group Characteristics of Suggested Oil :

Test Environment Standard Self-Lubricating (1) Form a strong oil film.

(2) Reduce wear as much as possible.
Dimension TRH20VL TRH20VL
(3) Have high wear resistance.
Rating Load 1000 kg 1000 kg
LINEAR GUIDE

(4) Have high thermal stability.

Speed! PPLQ PPLQ
%HQRQFRUURVLYH
Travel Length 600 mm 600 mm
(6) Be highly rust-preventive.

ɈġNo more grease is added during the test for both standard series (7) Be free from dust and some moisture.

and self-lubricating series. Characteristics of Block Felt

(1) Easy Assembly and Removal - Only screws are needed when assemble and
Control Group Experiment Group
disassemble the accessory.
(2) Environmentally Friendly - No need of grease nipple and other equipment to
Load(kg)

save energy.
1100
(3) Low Maintenance - Optimized oil usage prevents leaking, making it the ideal
900 solution for clean working environments. Self-lubricating block is maintenance
free in most applications.
700
(4) Strong Dust-proof - With dust-proof accessory, lifetime will be extended.

0 1 2 3 4  6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14  16 The Suggested Operating Temperature
Day
The suggested operating temperature is between -10ʿ to 60ʿ. If operating temperature

is over suggested criteria, please contact .

Instructions of Self-Lubricating Block

Use grease

0 Km .P 100 Km .P 200 Km

A83 A84
 Self-Lubricating Linear Guide Series Accessory

!!!!!!!Self-Lubricating Linear Guide Oil Cassette Unit

!!!!!! Applications
!!!!!! Self lubrication system is designed with lubrication mechanism between end capand wiper. (1) Machine Tool
!!!!!! The structure unit is shown asfollow. The Cassette unit is comprised with fluid channel which (2) Industrial Automation : Plastic and rubber manufacture, Typography, Paper, Textiles, Food.
!!!!!! is soaked with oil and act to release the lubricants thoroughly during operation. With this (3) Electronic and Component manufacturing : Semiconductor, X-Y Platform, Measurement,
!!!!!! smart and simple design, the linear guide can be lubricated without extra oil feeding units Equipment
!!!!!! thus minimize unnecessary parts and waste which triggers higher cost and higher risk in (4) Others : Medical Equipment, Conveyers
!!!!!! mounting error.
Characteristics of Lubrication Oil
The Self lubrication cassette is filled in with Synthetic Hydro Carbon oil (SHC). The performance
LINEAR GUIDE

of the oil is list as follows :

(1) Solvent refined oil without wax and impurity.
(2) High grade of consistency in extreme temperature.
(3) Corrosion free to metal and high polymer.
(4) Unique weaven texture provides oil film on the contact point to prevent wear.
Oil Revervoir (5) High chemical stability and durability.
Stablizer
Fluid Channel

Fig 2.2.13 Installation Method Fig 2.2.14 Cassette Unit Table 2.2.16

Character Color Clear Yellow

Ratio 15／4 °C 0.860
100°C 137.47
Viscosity cSt
!!!!!! Characteristics of Self-Lubricating Linear Oiler Unit 40°C 1570.68

!!!!!! (1) No extra oil feeding unit is required. Viscosity Index 120
!!!!!! (2) Harsh demand in cleanness of operational environment. Fluid °C -30
!!!!!! (3) For applications requiring long service life without relubrication for long interval. Flash Point °C 243
!!!!!! (4) Equal distribution in lubrication release in all direction. Evaporation Rate 100°Cx24H r <0.15%
!!!!!! (5) Optional lubricants is avalible to fits individual demand.
Copper Corrosion Test 100°Cx24H r Pass
!!!!!! (6) Enhanced wiping ability when equipped with optional seals.
80°Cx24H r
Resin Test Pass
Polystyrene
Operation Temperature(°C) -30~160

A85 A86
 Dust-Proof Accessory

2 -2-14 Dust-proof Accessory Table 2.2.17 Codes of Accessories

If the following accessories are needed,
No symbol : Standard Protection (End Seals+Bottom Seals) SU (Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Top seals+
XN (Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals)
please add the code followed by the DD (Single-lip end seals+Bottom seals) Metal Scraper)

model number. Special Option烉Steel

end seal, Steel end cap, Cover Strip,
contact Commissioner.

Top Seal
Stndard Accessories :
End seal and Bottom seal Bottom seal
Bottom seal
LINEAR GUIDE

To prevent life reduction caused by iron Single-lip end seal Double-lip end seal

chips or dust entering the block.

U (End Seals+Bottom Seals+Top seals) Bottom seal
UN (Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Top seals)
UD (Single-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Top seals)
Double-lip end seal
Other Accessories : Spacer

Top Seal Metal Scraper

Efficiently avoid dust from the surface of Top Seal

Top Seal

rail or tapping hole getting inside the SZ (Two Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Top seals+
Metal Scraper)
block.
Bottom seal
Bottom seal
Double end seal Single-lip end seal Double-lip end seal

Enhances the wiping effect, foreign

UZ (Double end seals+Bottom seals+Top seals) ZN (Two Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Top seals) Top Seal
matter can be completely wiped off.

Double-lip end seals

Top Seal
Double-lip end seal is suitable for Top Seal
Bottom seal

environment with high pollution. Double-lip end seal

Spacer
Double-lip end seal
Bottom seal
Characteristics of Metal Bottom seal Spacer

Single-lip end seal Double-lip end seal Metal Scraper

Scraper Spacer Spacer
Single-lip end seal Double-lip end seal
The scraper removes high-temperature
iron chips or dust entering the block. ※After selection of different accessories increase BN (Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Oiler)
the overall length of the slider, see table 2.2.18
Felt
Double-lip end seal is suitable for environment with high pollution. Felt lubricates the ball track
of the railto increase the lifetime. This accessory is suitable for light rating load environment.

Oiler Bottom seal

Oiler
After installation can enhance the long lubricating effect. Double-lip end seal

A87 A88
 Dust-Proof Accessory

Table 2.2.18 TR Type Block Length of Accessories Unit烉mm

DU (Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Top seals+ Double-lip end seals (DD, U, UD, UZ)
WW (Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Felts)
Felts+Metal Scraper)
Type
Length TR15 TR20 TR25 TR30 TR35 TR45 TR55 TR65
of Block Code
S 39.3 47.8 56.2 66.4 74.7 蚹 蚹 蚹
TRS(66.7)
N 55.9 80 95.3 108 124.5 蚹 蚹
TRH(74)
Top Seal L 64.4 79 92 106 122 140 163 197
E 蚹 98 109 131 152 174 201.1 256.5
LINEAR GUIDE

Oil tank Bottom seal

Felt
Double-lip end seal Two Double-lip end seals (ZN)
Bottom seal

Type
Oil tank+Felt
Length TR15 TR20 TR25 TR30 TR35 TR45 TR55 TR65
Double-lip end seal of Block Code
Spacer
WU (Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Top Seals+Felts)
Metal Scraper
S 47.9 58.4 65.6 76.4 84.7 - - -
TRS(77.3)
N 64.5
TRH(84.6)
89.4 105.2 118.2 134.5 - -
L 73.2 89.6 101.4 116 132 150 173 208
Top Seal E - 108.6 118.4 141 162 184 211.1 267.5

DZ (Two Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Top seals+ Double-lip end seals+Felt (WW, WU)
Felts+Metal Scraper)
Type
Oil tank Bottom seal Length TR15 TR20 TR25 TR30 TR35 TR45 TR55 TR65
Felt of Block Code
Double-lip end seal
S 51.8 60.9 68.7 78.9 87.2 - - -
TRS(79.8)
N 68.4
TRH(87.1)
92.5 107.7 120.7 136 - -
WZ (Two Double-lip end seals+Bottom seals+Top Seals+
Top Seal
Felts) L 76.9 92.1 104.5 118.5 134.5 151.5 - -
E - 111.1 121.5 143.5 164.5 185.5 - -
Bottom seal
Top Seal
Two Double-lip end seals+Felt (WZ)
Oil tank+Felt
Type
Double-lip end seal
Length TR15 TR20 TR25 TR30 TR35 TR45 TR55 TR65
Spacer of Block Code
Double-lip end seal

Oil tank
Bottom seal
Spacer S 59.4 69.9 77.1 87.9 96.2 - - -
Felt Metal Scraper
TRS(88.8)
Double-lip end seal
Spacer
N 76
TRH(96.1)
100.9 116.7 129.5 146 - -
Double-lip end seal
L 84.5 101.1 112.9 127.5 143.5 161.5 - -
E - 120.1 129.9 152.5 173.5 195.5 - -

A89 A90
 Dust-Proof Accessory蚻Friction

Table 2.2.19 TR Type Block Length of Accessories UnitǺmm

Double-lip end seals+Metal Scraper (SU) Double-lip end seals+Oiler (BN)

Type Type
Length TR15 TR20 TR25 TR30 TR35 TR45 TR55 TR65 Length TR15 TR20 TR25 TR30 TR35 TR45 TR55 TR65
of Block Code of Block Code

S 47.5 57.4 65.5 75.8 80.7 - - - S 55.6 66.4 74.2 84.4 92.7 - - -

TRS(76.3) TRS(85.3)
N 64.1 89 99.3 114 133.5 - - N 71.7 98 113.3 126 145 - -
TRH(83.6) TRH(92.6)
L 72.6 88.6 101 115.4 128 149 172 208 L 80.7 97.6 110 124 128 160.5 - -

E 87.6 107.6 118 140.4 158 183 210.1 267.5 E 95.7 116.6 127 149 170 194.5 - -
LINEAR GUIDE

Two Double-lip end seals+Metal Scraper (SZ) Dustproof Rails

Once the Linear Guide in the cutting machine is in operating, dust and foreign matter that
Type TR15 TR20 TR25 TR30 TR35 TR45 TR55 TR65
Length enter the Linear Guide may cause abnormal wear and shorten the service life.
of Block Code

S 55.1 66.4 73.9 84.8 89.7 - - -

TRS(85.3) Linear Guide rail mounting-hole cap蛆
N 71.7 97.4 108.3 123 143.5 - -
TRH(92.6) Chips and foreign matter clogging the
L 80.2 97.6 109.4 124.4 137 159 183 219 mounting holes of a Linear Guide rail
E 95.2 116.6 126.4 149.4 167 193 221.1 278.5 may enter the Linear Guide block. To
prevent from this situation, the mounting
Double-lip end seals+Felt+Metal Scraper (DU)
holes must be closed with dedicated
Type TR15 TR20 TR25 TR30 TR35 TR45 TR55 TR65 caps, which must be installed to flush
Length
of Block Code with the Linear Guide rail top surface.
S 59 68.9 77 87.3 92.2 - - - Fig 2.2.15 Dust-proof
To insert a dedicated cap into a mounting
TRS(87.8)
N 75.6 100.5 110.8 125.5 145 - - hole, drive the cap in using a plastic hammer with a flat metal pad placed on the cap until it
TRH(95.1)
is flush with the Linear Guide rail top surface.
L 84.1 100.1 112.5 126.9 139.5 160.5 - -
E 99.1 119.1 129.5 151.9 169.5 194.5 - -
Rail with tapped holes蛆 Table 2.2.20 End Cap friction rate Unit : kgf
Two Double-lip end seals+Felt+Metal Scraper (DZ) Fixing a rail with tapped hole is different
Model No. End Cap friction rate(Max)
from fixing a standard one. A major
Type TR15 0.25
Length TR15 TR20 TR25 TR30 TR35 TR45 TR55 TR65 strength of it is the shape of the tapped
of Block Code TR20 0.35
hole ; dust and chippings would not TR25 0.4
S 66.6 77.9 85.4 96.3 101.2 - - -
TR30 0.5
TRS(96.8) enter.
N 83.2 108.9 119.8 134.5 155 TR35 0.7
TRH(104.1) - -
TR45 1.3
L 91.7 109.1 120.9 135.9 148.5 170.5 - - 2-2-15 Friction TR55 1.6
TR65 2
E 106.7 128.1 137.9 160.9 178.5 204.5 - - The figure showed in the chart is the
maximum friction.
A91 A92
 Structure and Benefits of Ball Spline
1. About Ball Spline
1- 1 Structure and Benefits of Ball Spline 1-1-3 Features of Ball Spline
High Load-Carrying Capacity
1-1-1 Basic Structure of Ball Spline
Every groove on the TBI Spline shaft is precision ground to form a perfect 40° angular
The design of TBI Ball spline is to utilize the friction force through the contact of steel balls
contact point. The concept of 40° contact design is to increases the load carrying capacity
within in the Spline Nut and the grooves on the Spline Shaft. With TBI MOTION’s unique
and rigidity so that it is able to handle a greater moment load.
40° angular contact design which enables the Ball spline delivers high sensitivity and
extreme high load carrying capacity. The concept is optimal for the application involve
Zero Angular Clearance蚻Backlash
with high speed, vibrates, impacts of loading and precise positioning requirements. Also
Every groove on the TBI Spline shaft is precision ground to form a perfect 40° angular
when the Ball spline is used to function as linear bushing, the Ball spline provides ten
contact point which is called the Gothic arch. The Gothic design eliminates clearance that
times loading capacity than the linear bushing in the like dimensioned but with a compact
could generate deflections and therefore best suited for the applications that requiring
profile. Namely, Durability and reliablility is the reason for choosing TBI Ball spline in your
maximum precision.
application.
BALL SPLINE

High Sensitivity
1-1-2 Nut Design and Shaft Specifications
The unique TBI 40° angular contact is design to drive with the minimum of friction
!!!!!Spline Nut is available in two different designs: SLF (Flange design) and
force while the design performs not only the highest sensitivity but also the rigidity.
SLT (Non-flange design). Point of contacts on the Spline shaft is provided in two grooves
(180°) (SLF蚻SLT6~20) and four grooves (70°) (SLF蚻SLT25~50) base on the diameter
High Rigidity
of the Spline shaft. Also TBI provides Hollow Spline shaft for alternative.
A wide contact angle and an appropriate level off preload are combined to provide high
torque and moment rigidity.
Spline Nut
Mount-Simple on Design
TBI Ball spline is low and simple maintenance designed, therefore even if disassembly is
required. When the Spline Nut is necessary to remove for the spline shaft due to the ball
retaining design the steel balls will not fall apart like the traditional Nut design.
Load ball track
Spline shaft

Unload ball track

Dust Seal蚻Circulator

Fig 1.1.1

B01 B02
 The Procedure of Select Ball Spline

1-1-4 Ball Spline Type and Feature 1- 2 The Procedure of Select Ball Spline
Spline Nut
7DEOH1.2.1
6/76271RQIODQJHG6SOLQH1XW 6/))ODQJHG6SOLQH1XW
Steps Description

Ɣ6WURNH/HQJWK：/V Ɣ8VHRIWKHHQYLURQPHQW
Ɣ9HORFLW\：9 Ɣ6HUYLFHOLIHH[SHFWDQF\
1.Set the Operational conditions Ɣ7KH$SSOLHG/RDG：W Ɣ$FFXUDF\
Ɣ6L]H Ɣ)UHTXHQF\RIXVHORDGF\FOH
Ɣ,QVWDOODWLRQ Ɣ5LJLGLW\

6/76276SOLQHQXWLVZLWKDVWUDLJKWF\OLQGULFDOVKDSHZLWKRXW )ODQJHQXWLVVLPSOHUWRLQVWDOOEHFDXVHLWRQO\UHTXLUHVDURXJK
IODQJH7KHVWDQGDUGPRGHRIPRXQWLQJDF\OLQGULFDOQXWLVE\ ERUHDQGPRXQWLQJKROHVGULOOHGDQGWDSSHGWRVHFXUHWKH
2.Select a Type Ɣ5HIHUWR7\SH6KDIW6SHFWRGHWHUPLQHWKH\RXU%DOOVSOLQH
%$//63/,1(

XVLQJDNH\7KHF\OLQGULFDOQXWZLOOKDYHDNH\ZD\DQG IODQJHWRWKHKRXVLQJ
VHSDUDWHNH\$PDWFKLQJNH\ZD\PXVWEHERUHGLQWRWKH Ɣ6SOLQH6KDIW'LDPHWHU
KRXVLQJRUEORFNWKDWZLOOEHPRXQWHGRQWKHF\OLQGHUQXW7KH
W\SH6/7627LVWKHPRVWFRPSDFWSURILOH6SOLQHQXWLQ7%, Ɣ6SOLQH6KDIW/HQJWK
&DOFXODWLQJWKHVWUHQJWKRI
Ball Spline product line.
Ɣ(QG)L[LW\
Spline shaft
6=))ODQJHG6SOLQH1XWZLWK5HLQIRUFHG(QG&DSV 62)6TXDUH)ODQJHG6SOLQH1XW Ɣ7KHSHUPLVVLEOHORDGRI%DOOVSOLQH
Ɣ7KHGLVSODFHPHQWXQGHUWRUTXHDQGGHOHFWLQJ

&DOFXODWLQJ7%,%DOOVSOLQH
,) VHUYLFHOLIHH[SHFWDQF\E\XVLQJ
H[SHFWDQF\IRUPXOD
6HUYLFHH[SHFWDQF\
NO 125HTXLUHGVHUYLFHOLIH

7KHQXWZLWKUHLQIRUFHGHQGFDSVLVVXLWDEOHIRUWKHRSHUDWLRQ 7KHQXWZLWKVTXDUHIODQJHLVHDV\WREHLQVWDOOHGWRWKH
HQYLURQPHQWZLWKKLJKSROOXWLRQ7KLVLVWKHGHVLJQWRDYRLG KRXVLQJWKURXJKPRXQWLQJKROHVDQGZLOOEHDSSOLHGWR&
GLUWJRLQJLQWRWKHEDOOVSOLQH LQGXVWU\DQGVHPLFRQGXFWRULQGXVWU\ 'HWHUPLQHGWKHSUHORDG Ɣ'HWHUPLQHGWKHSHUPLVVLEOHD[LDOFOHDUDQFHEDFNODVK

Spline Shaft 'HWHUPLQHWKH$FFXUDF\*UDGH Ɣ$FFXUDF\*UDGHV

Standard Precision Spline Shaft
The Standard precision Spline shaft is
SUHFLVHO\JURXQGWRUHDFKKLJKDFFXUDF\
DQGVPRRWKQHVV
B03
+ROORZ6SOLQH6KDIW+7\SH &XVWRP0DFKLQLQJ6SOLQH6KDIW
Ɣ/XEULFDWLRQ
Ɣ/XEULFDWLRQPHWKRGV
7.Operational condition
Ɣ6XUIDFHWUHDWPHQW
Ɣ'XVWSUHYHQWLRQPHWKRGV
7%,KDVWKHFDSDELOLW\WRPDQXIDFWXULQJ
FXVWRPPDGH6SOLQHVKDIWE\PDFKLQLQJLW
WRPHHWWKHUHTXLUHPHQWVRIVSHFLDO6SOLQH
Selected
+ROORZ6SOLQHVKDIWLVRSWLRQDOIRUWKHFXVWRPHU 6KDIWVKDSH)RUH[DPSOHDVKDIWZLWKD
WRFKRRVHIRULWVDSSOLFDWLRQ+ROORZ6SOLQH ELJJHUGLDPHWHURQERWKHQGVRURQWKH
VKDIWLVGHVLJQWRUHGXFHZHLJKWDFFRPPRGDWH FHQWHURI6SOLQHVKDIWFDQEH
SLSHVYHQWLODWLRQ PDQXIDFWXUHGXSRQUHTXHVW
B04
 The Strength of Spline Shaft
2.Technical Information
2-1 The Strength of Spline Shaft 2-1-3 Both Bending Moment and Twisting Moment Applied Simultaneously on the Spline Shaft
To calculate the figure for both bending (M )and twisting moments (T) applied on the
The Spline shaft is designed to absorb radial load and torque during operation. Therefore,
Spline shaft via equation (3) and (4) in order to get the equivalent bending moment (Me)
the strength of Spline shaft must be taken into consideration when the Ball spline operates
and equivalent twisting moment (Te). Adopt the greater value from equation (3) and (4)
under extreme loading ortorque.
to determine the ideal Spline-shaft length.

2-1-1 The Bending Load Applied on the Operating Ball Spline Equivalent Bending Moment
The maximum of bending moment (M)
2 2
M+ M+T M
蚜!! M 蚝
T 2
can be attributed to multi factors such Me = = 1+ 1+( ) .....(3)
as the end fixity methods, length of Spline 2 2
M：
shaft, load capacity, etc. Equation (1) is Bending !!!!!!M e = ͚ʬZ
equipped to help the user to obtain the Moment
BALL SPLINE

ideal length of the Spline shaft in order to Equivalent Twisting Moment

be the reference of obtaining the ideal
strength of Ball spline. Fig 2.1.1 2 2 T 2
Te = M + T = Mʬ! 1+( ) .....(4)
M
M
M = ͚ʬZ and Z = .....(1)
͚ Te = ͛aʬZ P
M蛆Bending moment (N-mm)
͚蛆Shaft permissible bending stress (98 N蚻mm2 ) 2-1-4 Rigidity of the Spline Shaft
Z蛆Shaft section modulus (mm 3 )
The rigidity of the Spline Shaft is expressed
※See Table 2.1.3, 2.1.4※
in torsion angle caused by twisting moment.
The twisting angle should be limited to no
2-1-2 The Torque Applied on the Operating Ball Spline
further than 0.25° per 1000 mm.
The maximum torque applied on the Spline T：Torsion Moment
shaft can be calculated through maximum TʬL
͐ = 57.3• .....(5) Fig 2.1.3
twisting moment (T). Equation (2) is equipped GʬIp
to help the user to obtain the ideal length of
͐ 1°
the Spline shaft in order to be the reference Shaft Rigidity = Torsion Angle蚻Unit Length = ＜
4
of obtaining the ideal strength of Ball spline.
!!!!!!͐ ：Torsion Angle ( °)
Fig 2.1.2
T L ：Shaft Length (mm)
T = ͛aʬZP and ZP = .....(2)
͛a 4 2
G：Transeverse Elastic Modulus (7.9•10 N蚻mm )
T蛆Maximum twisting moment (Nʬmm)
：Unit Length (1000mm)
͛a蛆Shaft permissible twisting Stress (49 N蚻mm2 ) 4
Ip：Polar Moment of Inertia Ip (mm )
Zp蛆Shaft polar section modulus (mm 3 )
※See Table 2.1.3, 2.1.4※
※See Table 2.1.3, 2.1.4※

B05 B06
 The Strength of Spline Shaft

2-1-5 Deflection and Deflection Angle of the Spline Shaft Table 2.1.2 Deflection and Deflection-Angle Equation
These should be calculated using equations satisfying the relevant operating conditions.
End Deflection-Angle
Tables 2.1.1 & 2.1.2 present the operating conditions and the corresponding equations. Specification Conditions Deflection Equation
Fixity Equation
Tables 2.1.3 & 2.1.4 presents the cross-section factors (Z) and cross-section secondary

i
moments (I). Through the use of the Z , I values given in these tables, the strength and

One Ends Free

2
P
degree of displacement (deflection) of Ball spline model can be obtained. 3 1=
2EI
i
P
͌max =
3EI 2= 0
Table 2.1.1 Deflection and Deflection-Angle Equation

End Deflection-Angle
Fixity Specification Conditions Deflection Equation Equation

One Ends Fixed

Uniform Load P
i P
3

i
Both Ends Free

1=
BALL SPLINE

4 6EI
i
P
3 1= 0 ͌max =
i
P 8EI 2= 0
͌max = P
2
48EI 2=
16EI

Both Ends Free

Couple M0
Both Ends Fixed

1=

3 i 1= 0 ͌max =
3 M0
216EI
2

i
12EI
M0
i
P 2=
͌max = 24EI
192EI 2= 0

Both Ends Fixed

i
Couple
Both Ends Free

M0
2 1=
Uniform Load P M0 16EI

i
͌max =
i
4 3
5P P 216EI
͌max = 2= 2= 0
384EI 24EI

͌max蛆Maximum Deflection (mm) p蛆Uniform Load (N蚻mm)

i
Both Ends Fixed

1蛆Deflection Angle at a Loading Point (deg) 蛆Span (mm)

Uniform Load P
i I蛆Geometrical Moment of Inertia (mm )
4

i
4
2蛆Deflection Angle at a Supporting Point (deg)
P
͌max = 2= 0 M 0 蛆Moment (N-mm) E蛆Longitudinal Elastic Modulus
384EI 5 2
P蛆Concentrated Load (N) (2.06蚺10 N蚻mm )

B07 B08
 The Strength of Spline Shaft

2-1-6 Critical Speed of Spline Shaft 2-1-7 Spline-Shaft Cross-Section

When an operating Ball spline reaches critical speed, the mechanical resonance occurs
Table 2.1.3
and no further operation can be performed under mechanical resonance. Namely, to keep
Ball Spline under ideal operational, the speed limit must be kept under monitor. Therefore, 4 4 3 3
Nominal Diameter I(mm ) Ip(mm ) Z(mm ) Z p(mm )
to set an ideal operational speed for safety factor must be settled as 80% of critical speed
as shown on equation (6) Solid 63.49 119.23 18.58 39.74
SL 006
Hollow 62.70 117.33 18.32 39.22
Critical Speed Solid 200.93 387.53 46.65 96.88
Fixed Free SL 008
2 3 Hollow 196.96 379.57 45.65 94.89
60͓ E蚺10蚺I
Nc = 蚺 蚺0.8 .....(6) Solid 490.25 933.29 86.61 186.66
2͘蚺 2b ͋蚺A
SL 010
Hollow 477.68 908.16 86.10 181.63
BALL SPLINE

-1 Fixed Free
Nc蛆Critical Shaft Speed (min ) Solid 1400.81 2691.54 198.57 414.08
b蛆Center Distance (mm) Fig 2.1.4 SL 013
Hollow 1282.96 2455.82 180.44 377.82
5 2
E蛆Young’s Modulus (2.06蚺10 N蚻mm ) Solid 3215.60 6242.70 378.39 780.34
4 SL 016
I：Moment of Inertia of the Shaft (mm )
Simple Simple Hollow 3014.53 5840.57 353.25 730.07
Solid 7851.80 15336.59 748.48 1533.66
͘ 4
I= d d1：Diameter (mm) SL 020
64 1 Hollow 7360.93 14354.84 699.39 1435.48
Solid 18466.30 36932.60 1477.30 2954.61
!!!!!!͋蛆Density(Specific Gravity) Simple!!!!Simple SL 025
-6 3
Hollow 15981.25 31962.50 1278.50 2557.00
(7.85蚺10 kg蚻mm ) Fig 2.1.5
Solid 33122.31 77392.48 2579.75 4416.31
SL 030
͘ 2 Hollow 29905.32 70958.50 2365.28 3987.38
A= d d1蛆Diameter (mm) Fixed Simple
4 1 Solid 50322.85 100645.70 3145.18 6290.36
SL 032
2 Hollow 36586.19 73172.38 2286.64 4573.27
A：Spline-Shaft Cross-Sectional Area (mm )
Solid 120667.43 241334.90 6033.37 12066.74
!!!!!!͓：Installation-Method-Dependent Factor SL 040
Fixed!!!!Simple
Hollow 112813.45 225626.90 5640.67 11281.35
(Fig 2.1.4) Fixed-Free ͓= 1.875
Fig 2.1.6 Solid 297123.73 594247.50 11884.95 23769.90
(Fig 2.1.5) Supported-Supported ͓= 3.142 SL 050
(Fig 2.1.6) Fixed-Supported ͓= 3.927 ⢉⴩!!!!㚾㒐 Hollow 274691.98 549384.00 10987.68 21975.36
Fixed Fixed 4 4
(Fig 2.1.7) Fixed-Fixed ͓= 4.73 I蛆Geometrical moment of inertia (mm ) Ip蛆Polar moment of inertia (mm )
Z蛆Section modulus (mm 3 ) Zp蛆Polar section modulus (mm 3 )

Fixed!!!!Fixed

Fig 2.1.7

B09 B10
 Service Life Expectancy

2-2 Service Life Expectancy

Pc N
Table 2.1.4 2-2-1 Nominal Life Tc
TBI define the nominal life of Ball Spline as 90 % of the N.m
Nominal Diameter I(mm4 ) Ip(mm4 ) Z(mm 3 ) Zp(mm3 ) average running distance before flaking within in the
Ball Spline on the same manufacture cycle. Please
Solid 200.95 389.81 47.22 97.45
SO 008 note that therefore the nominal life expectancy is only
Hollow 196.97 381.86 46.22 95.46
for reference use.
Solid 490.68 956.77 93.22 191.35
SO 010
Hollow 478.11 931.64 90.71 186.33 2-2-2 Calculating Nominal Life Fig 2.2.1
Solid 1017.67 1998.75 163.51 333.13 The factors which influence the service life for Ball Splines can be attributed to three main
SO 012
Hollow 954.05 1871.52 152.91 311.92 aspects, the torque, radial load and moment. The influence of each aspect can be
BALL SPLINE

SO 015 Solid 1678.22 3241.10 212.50 476.63 calculated through equations (7) to (10).
SO 020 Solid 5382.92 10422.07 553.75 1145.28 Under a Torque Under both a torque and radial load applied
simultaneously
SO 025 Solid 12796.48 24659.94 1048.86 2182.30 3
f T蚺!f c CT In this case, calculate the equivalent radial
4 4 L= 蚺 蚺50 .....(7)
I蛆Geometrical moment of inertia (mm ) Ip蛆Polar moment of inertia (mm ) fw Tc load to determine service life by equation. (9)
Z蛆Section modulus (mm 3 ) Zp蛆Polar section modulus (mm 3 ) 3

i
Under a Radial Load 4蚺Tc蚺10
PE = Pc + .....(9)
蚺BCD蚺cos͉

f T蚺!f c
3 P E蛆Equivalent radial Load (N)
C
L= ． ．50 .....(8) cos͉蛆Contact Angle
i
fw Pc
蛆Number of Loaded Rows of Balls
L蛆Nominal Life (km) BCD：Ball Center-to-Center Shaft Diameter (mm)
C T蛆Basic Dynamic-Torque (N-m) (See Table 3.1.1)
T c蛆Calculated Torque Applied (N-m) Under a moment on one spline nut or two closely
C蛆Basic Dynamic-Load Rating (N) linked to one another

P c蛆Radial Load (N)
f T蛆Temperature (See Fig 2.2.2)
f c蛆Contact (See Table 2.2.1)
f w蛆Load Factor (See Table 2.2.2)
Under both a moment and radial load
applied simultaneously
Calculate the service life from the sum of the radial load and the equivalent radial load.
Obtain the equivalent radial load using the equation,
and determine the service life by equation.(10)
Pu = KʬM .....(10)
Pu蛆Equivalent Radial Load (N)(Moment Applied)
K蛆Equivalent Factor (See Table 2.1.3)
M蛆Applied Moment (N-mm)
Hower, M should be within the range of the stacic
permissible moment.

B11 B12
 Service Life Expectancy

Calculating Nominal Life 2-2-3 Calculating the Average Applied Load

Once the nominal life (L) is obtained, if the stroke length and the number of reciprocal operations The Applied load fluctuates during the operation of Ball Spline, For example, the applied
are consistent, the service life in hours can be obtained by using the following equation. load during the activities of an industrial robotic arm is different before holding a workpiece
Lh：Service Life in Hours (h) and reurn without it In a machine tool, the spline nut of the Ball Spline receives varying
3
L蚺10 loads. Therefore, variables of the applied which influence the to calculate the service life of
Lh = .....(11) S：Stroke Length (m)
2蚺 s蚺n1蚺60 -1
n1：Number of Reciprocal Operations per Minute (min ) Ball Spline under on the hose-system operating conditions. The service life of the Ball Spline
Temperature Factor ( f T) should therefore be calculated in consideration of such fluctuations in load. The mean load
When the Ball Spline operates in an environment 1.0 ( Pm ) is the load under which the service life of the Ball Spline becomes equivalent to that

Temperature Factor)!!f U!*

which the temperature reaches 100°C or higher, 0.9 under varying loads exerted on the spline nut while in operation.
considering that the heat may adversely affect the 0.8 The Equation is as below
operation of the Ball Spline. To avoid malfunction Pm蛆Mean Load (N)
0.7
under extreme temperature, Fig 2.2.2 should be Pn蛆Fluctuating Load (N)
BALL SPLINE

0.6 n
1
taken into account. In addition that the material of
0.5
Pm = 3 Ȉ
L n =1
3
蚺 ( Pn蚺Ln ) L蛆Total Running Distance (mm)
Ball Spline should be heat resistant and custom
Ln蛆Running Distance Under Load Pn (mm)
made when use under extreme environment. 100±C 150±C 200±C
ʰPlease inform TBI sales for upgrading the material for the operation Raceway Temperature
For Loads That Change Stepwise For Loads That Change Monotonically
environment exceeds 80°C for the reason that the materials of seal and
retainers should be upgraded to sustain the high-temperature.ʰ Fig 2.2.2 Temperature Factor ( f T)

Contact Factor ( f c) 1 3 3 3 1
Table 2.2.1 Contact Factor ( f c) Pm = 3 ( P1蚺L1 + P2蚺L2 .....Pn蚺Ln ) Pm ̂ ( Pmin + 2蚺Pmax )
When one or multiple Spline nuts mounts on the L 3
Spline shaft closeley , their linear motion is No. of Spline nuts Linked fc Pm：Mean Load (N) Pmin：Minimum Load (N)
affected by moments and mounting accuracy, 2 0.81 Pn：Fluctuating Load (N) Pmax：Maximum Load (N)
resulting in nonuniform load distribution. When
3 0.72 L：Total Running Distance (mm)
closely linked spline nuts are used, multiply the
basic load rating ( C or Co ) by one of the contact 4 0.66 Ln：Running Distance Under Load Pn (mm)
factors specifiedbelow. 5 0.61
ʰIf a non-uniform load distribution is expected, as in large equipment, In Normal Use 1.0
take the contact factor explained in Table 4 into account.ʰ P1
Pmax
Load Factor ( f w) Table 2.2.2 Load Factor ( f w)
Pm Pm
The operation of reciprocal machines is likely to
Vibration Impact Velocity(V) fw
cause vibration and impact. It is difficult to P2
Minor velocity Load (P)

Load (P)
determinethe rating of vibration and impact in Minor 1-1.2
the event of vibration and repeated impact during V̆0.25 m/s
high speed operation and triggering and ceasing Low velocity
Little 1.2- 1.5 Pn
of operation.Therefore, when loads exerted on a 0.25蛈V̆1.0 m/s
Pmin
linear-motion or operation velocity and vibration is Medium Velocity
Medium 1.5- 2.0
1.0蛈V̆2.0 m/s L1 L2 Ln
extreme.Take the basic load rating (C or Co) and
multiply the figure shown in table 2.2.2 High velocity
Heavy 2.0- 3.5
V蛊2.0 m/s Total Running Distance (L) Total Running Distance (L)

Fig 2.2.3 Fig 2.2.4

B13 B14
 Calculating the Service Life

For Loads That Change Sinusoidal 2-3 Calculating the Service Life
(a) Pm ̂ 0.65 Pmax Horizontal Application
(b) Pm ̂ 0.75 Pmax
A 300 mm long Ball Spline supported by two fixed nuts on each end setup for an
Pmax Pmax horizontal application, the load of the Spline falls vertically downward on the fixed
side with 30 mm away from the center of ball spline with the gravity force of
W = 30 kg. The figure is shown as Fig 2.3.1
Pm Pm
Lmax=400

Load (P)
Load (P)

Lmin=100
Spline nut A

A
BALL SPLINE

W 200
Pa Spline nut B
30

Total Running Distance (L) Total Running Distance (L)

Fig 2.2.5 Fig 2.2.6
W
2-2-4 Equivalent Factor Fig 2.3.1
Table 2.2.3 Equivalent Factor A.Calculates the Spline Shaft Strength
Equivalent Factor蛆K Equivalent Factor蛆K Equivalent Factor蛆K The present structure of ball spline is an extended bridge, it is designed to absorb
Model No. Model No. Model No.
One Spline Two Spline One Spline Two Spline One Spline Two Spline torque, therefore the maxima bending load occurs on Spline nut A :
Nut Nuts Nut Nuts Nut Nuts
Maxima Bending Moment M = 30蚺9.81蚺400 = 117720 N-mm
SL 06 0.577 0.065 SZ 06 0.747 0.086 SO 08 0.400 0.061
Maxima Torsion Moment T = 30蚺9.81蚺30 = 8829 N-mm
SL 08 0.577 0.059 SZ 08 0.710 0.077 SO 10 0.308 0.052
For Ball Spline shafts subjected to the simultaneous application of torsion and bending
SL 10 0.418 0.047 SZ 10 0.616 0.062 SO 12 0.253 0.046 loads, thus the calculation should include Equivalent Bending Moment, Me and
SL 13 0.360 0.043 SZ 13 0.454 0.057 SO 15 0.219 0.040 Equivalent Torsion Moment Te蛆
SL 16 0.229 0.033 SZ 16 0.294 0.041 SO 20 0.186 0.031 2 2
M+!M+T 2 2
Me =!!!!!!!!!!!!= 117885 N-mm Te =!!!M +T = 118051 N-mm
SL 20 0.201 0.029 SZ 20 0.248 0.037 SO 25 0.154 0.026 2
SL 25 0.154 0.023 SZ 25 0.192 0.029 Te蛊Me

SL 30 0.126 0.021 SZ 30 0.163 0.026 Te =IJa蚺Zp

3
SL 32 0.114 0.019 SZ 40 0.138 0.020 ˾ Zp = Te蚻IJa = 118051蚻49 = 2409.2 mm
According to figure of cross section showed on the spline ( Table2.1.3, 2.1.4 ), the minimum
SL 40 0.110 0.016 SZ 50 0.130 0.017
of 25 mm in diameter is required to in order to gain enough of strength for Ball Spline,
SL 50 0.109 0.013
therefore SLF25 matches the requirement above thus choose SLF25.

B15 B16
 Calculating the Service Life

B.Calculating the Mean Load Vertical Application

!!When the bridge extension reached Lmax = 400mm, it reaches it’ maxima load ( Pmax ) A 1200mm long ball spline with stroke of 1000 mm is mounted on a working platform
When it retrieved back to Lmin = 100mm, it absorbed the minimum of load ( Pmin ) supported by two fixed nuts on both end. The geometry is shown as Fig 2.3.2.
According to mechanics it allows us to find out the maxima and minimum Radial Load
of Nut A and nut B : The point of drive force F is X1 = 50 mm from the center of Ball Spline, The weight
platform W1 is 27 kg, The center of the weight is X2 = 300 mm away from the center
PAmax = 30蚺9.81蚺(400+200)蚻200 = 882.9 N PBmax = 30蚺9.81蚺400蚻200 = 588.6 N
of ball spline, The working cycle of platform is a carriage of W2 = 5 kg with a downward
PAmin = 30蚺9.81蚺(100+200)蚻200 = 441.5 N PBmin = 30蚺9.81蚺100蚻200 = 147.2 N movement for 5 sec hold for 10 sec and elevation for 5 sec hold for 10 sec to unload the
!!!!! carriage repeatedly. The center of gravity of carriage is X3 = 500 mm from the center
!!When the movement of Ball Spline occurs, the load on the spline is gradual and repeated, of ball spline, The travelling of velocity is shown as Fig 2.3.2.
according to Fig 2.2.4 the equation of the load on ball spline is shown as :
BALL SPLINE

PAm = 1蚻3 ( PAmin + 2PAmax ) = 735.8 N PBm = 1蚻3 ( PBmin + 2PBmax ) = 441.5 N

!!The nuts receive both torsion and bending load simultaneously, therefore assuming that
the torsion lies equally on the nuts. The equation for torsion is shown as T :

T蚳= T蚻2 = 30蚺9.81蚺30蚻2 = 4414.5 N-mm Acceleration蚻Deceleration X1

2
a = 0.25 m蚻s

!!The equivalent factor Pe ( B12, equation (9) ) :

(m/sec)
Loading cycle
4 蚺T蚳
Pe = Pm +
i 蚺dp蚺cos͉
0.25
X1
4蚺4414.5 4蚺4414.5 W1
PAE = 735.8 +!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!= 990.2 N PBE = 441.5 +!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!= 695.9 N
4蚺27蚺cos50± 4蚺27蚺cos50±

1 3 1 t(sec) W2
C.Service Life Ball Spline Drive F
Factors 5 Force
3
!f T蚺!f C C X2
Nut A life LA =!!!!!!!!!!蚺!!!!!!蚺50 = 14518 km f T蛆Temperature = 1
fw PAE Veloci X3
f C蛆Friction = 1
3
f T蚺f C C f W蛆Load = 1.5
Nut B life L B =!!!!!!!!!!蚺!!!!!!蚺50 = 41829 km
fw PBE C蛆Coa = 9835 N Fig 2.3.2

The service life of Ball Spline is correlated with Nut A and the of service life is estimated
as 14518 km.

B17 B18
 Calculating the Service Life

A. Analysis on Different Stage of Exertion B. The Calculation of Spline Strength

Inertial force occurs when a platform is in working modes, drive force is the source of the
inertial force.
2
Inertial force of a m蚻s in acceleration ascent and deceleration decent : F = W蚺(9.81+a)
Inertial force of Constant velocity in acceleration and deceleration : F = W蚺(9.81a)
2
Inertial force of a m蚻s in acceleration decent and deceleration ascent : F = W蚺(9.81-a)
!!˾ Z = M蚻ıD 蚻98 = 1252.4 mm
Below are the equations of the bending force absorb by the nuts during acceleration,
constant velocity, deceleration while ball ascent and decent.
(1) (Without carriage)Acceleration while decent
BALL SPLINE
The present structure of ball spline is supported by two fixed nuts on both ends with an bridge of
absorbing bending in the middle. it designed to absorb torque. According to mechanics the
maxima bending load occurs on the supporting end. The Maxima Bending Moment should occur
on at the end of acceleration.
Maxima Bending Moment M = 122732 N-mm
3
According to figure of cross section showed on the spline, the minimum of 25 mm in diameter is
required to in order to gain enough of strength for Ball Spline, therefore SLF25 matches the
requirement above thus choose SLF25.

Mda = W1蚺(9.81-a)蚺300 + W1蚺(9.81-a)蚺50 = 90342 N-mm C. Calculating the Mean Load

The nuts and spline mainly affect by the force of bending, therefore represent ( B12, equation (10) )
(2) (Without carriage)constant velocity while decent
by converting the force of bending into radial load.
Mdc = W1蚺(9.81)蚺300 + W1蚺(9.81)蚺50 = 92704.5 N-mm

Pn = K蚺M
(3) (Without carriage)deceleration while decent
Mdd = W1蚺(9.81+a)蚺300 + W1蚺(9.81+a)蚺50 = 95067 N-mm
According to Table 2.1.6, when joint two SLF25 nuts, The equivalent factor K = 0.023
(4) (With carriage)acceleration while ascent
Maa = W1蚺(9.81+a)蚺300 + W1蚺(9.81+a)蚺50+ W2蚺(9.81+a)蚺500 + W2蚺(9.81+a)蚺50 Pda = 0.023蚺90342 = 2078 N Paa = 0.023蚺122732 = 2822.8 N
= 122732 N-mm Pdc = 0.023蚺92704.5 = 2132.2 N Pac = 0.023蚺119682 = 2752.7 N
Pdd = 0.023蚺95067 = 2186.5 N Pad = 0.023蚺116632 = 2682.5 N
(5) (With carriage)constant velocity while ascent
Mac = W1蚺(9.81)蚺300 + W1蚺(9.81)蚺50+ W2蚺(9.81)蚺500 + W2蚺(9.81)蚺50
= 119682 N-mm The average load in every time peroid can be calculate as Pm :

(6) (With carriage)deceleration while ascent Pm蛆Average Load (N)

Mad = W1蚺(9.81-a)蚺300 + W1蚺(9.81-a)蚺50+ W2蚺(9.81-a)蚺500 + W2蚺(9.81-a)蚺50 n
Pn 蛆Load in variable (N)
1 蚺!! (Pn3蚺Ln)
= 116632 N-mm Pm =! 3
͂
L n=1
L 蛆Total service distances (mm)
Ln 蛆PnService distances (mm)
under loading

1 3 3 3 3 3
Pm = 3 {125蚺2078 + 750蚺(2132.2) +125蚺(2822.8) +750蚺(2752.7) +125蚺(2682.5)
1000

= 2481.6 N

B19 B20
 Determining the Preload

D. Analysis of Ball Spline Service Life 2-4-3 Operating Conditions and Determination of the Preload Level
4 Table 2.4.1 presents guidelines for determining the appropriate clearance in the rotational
Service Life L = !f U蚺!f D蚺!!!!D direction for the given operating conditions. The rotational clearance of the Ball Spline
fx Qn
!!!!!!! significantly affects the accuracy and rigidity of the Spline nut. Therefore, it is critical to
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!蚺 NP select the clearance best suited for the intended uses of the Ball Spline. Normally, the
Ball Spline in use is preloaded. When it is subjected to repeated swiveling and reciprocal
f T 蛆Temperature = 1
linear motion, a system receives heavy vibration and impact. In such an environment,
f C 蛆Friction = 1
preloading prolongs the service life and improves accuracy.
f W蛆Load = 1.5
C蛆Coa = 9835 N Table 2.4.1 Guidelines for Determining an Appropriate Ball Spline
Clearance according the Rotational Direction.
Fig 2.4.1
Preload Operating conditions Applications
2- 4 Determining the Preload
BALL SPLINE

Ɣ&RQVWUXFWLRQZRUNYHKLFOH
The preload a significant factor toward ƔHigh rigidity is required. Vibration
Medium steering shaft.
the accuracy, load resistance and rigidity and impact are severe.
2i0 Preload P0 Preload Ɣ6SRWZHOGLQJPDFKLQHVKDIW
ƔThe moment load must be borne
Angle of Rotation

Ɣ$XWRPDWLFODWKHWRROUHVW

Clearance in the Rotational Direction

of Ball Spline during operation. Therefore, P2
Preload P1 by a single spline nut. indexing shaft.
it is very important to determine the most
Preload P2
appropriate size of the clearance for your i0 ƔIndustrial robot arm Various
ƔHanging loads and moments are automatic.
purpose of use. The size of the clearance Light applied. Ɣloaders.
is standardized for each type, enabling the preload ƔHighly reproducible accuracy is ƔAutomatic-painting-machine
Torque ( N蚺m ) guide shaft.
P1 required.
one best-suited for operating conditions to
TO蛆Preload ƔAlternate loads are applied. ƔElectric-discharge-machine spindle.
be selected. ƔPress die-set guide shaft.
Fig 2.4.2 ƔDrilling-machine spindle.

2-4-1 Clearance in the Rotational Direction Ɣ9DULRXVPHDVXULQJLQVWUXPHQWV

Ɣ Smooth movement should be Ɣ$XWRPDWLFGUDIWLQJPDFKLQH
With the Ball Spline, the sum of clearances in the circumferential direction is standardized Ɣ6KDSHPHDVXULQJLQVWUXPHQW
No achieved with only a low magnitude
as the clearance in the rotational direction. Clearance in the Rotational Direction (BCD) preload of force. Ɣ'\QDPRPHWHU
Ɣ:LUHZLQGHU
P0 Ɣ Torque is continually applied in a
Ɣ$XWRPDWLFDUFFXWWHU
2-4-2 Preload and Rigidity given direction.
Ɣ+RQLQJPDFKLQHVSLQGOH
The preload is the load applied to balls prior to use for the purposes of eliminating angular Ɣ$XWRPDWLFSDFNLQJPDFKLQH

EDFNODVKFOHDUDQFHLQWKHURWDWLRQDOGLUHFWLRQDQGLPSURYLQJULJLGLW\7KHDSSOLFDWLRQRID

Table 2.4.2 Ball spline Clearance in the Rotational Direction Unit蛆͔m
SUHORDGFDQHOLPLQDWHDQJXODUEDFNODVKLQWKH%DOO6SOLQHLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHOHYHORI
applied preload, and can improve rigidity. Fig 2.4.2 shows the amount of displacement in Nominal Preload No preload P0 Slight preload P1 Medium Preload P2
the rotational direction when a rotational torque is applied. As shown, the effect of preloading Diameter

continues until the torque becomes Fig 2.4.2 times greater than the preload applied. 6 8 10 12 13 -2 ~ +1 -6 ~ -2 -

Compared with a setting without a preload, displacement at the same rotational torque is half 15 16 20 -2 ~ +1 -6 ~ -2 -9 ~ -5

that under a preload or less, and the rigidity is twice as great. 25 30 -3 ~ +2 -10 ~ -4 -14 ~ -8
40 50 -4 ~ +2 -16 ~ -8 -22 ~ -14

B21 B22
 Accuracy

2- 5 Accuracy Table 2.5.2 The Maximum Perpendicularity of Spline Shaft End on the Journal Ends UnitƝ͔m
2-5-1 Accuracy Grade Accuracy
Nominal Normal (N) High (H) Precision (P)
The accuracy of the Ball Spline is determined by the callout of the spline-nut and Diameter
thus divided into three accuracy grades of Normal(N), High(H), and Precision(P). 6 8 10 22 9 6
12 13 15 16 20 27 11 8
25 30 33 13 9
Table 2.5.1 A B
Table 2.5.2 A Table 2.5.2 B 40 50 39 16 11
Nut body
Table 2.5.3 A A B Table 2.5.3 B

Table 2.5.3 The Maximum Radial Call Out on the Attach Surface UnitƝ͔m
Part-mounting Part-mounting
Spline Accuracy
BALL SPLINE

portion portion
Supporting Nominal Normal (N) High (H) Precision (P)
portion Table 2.5.4 A B
Supporting Diameter
portion
6 8 33 14 8
10 41 17 10

2-5-2 Accuracy Specifications 12 13 15 16 20 46 19 12

Tables 2.5.2~2.5.5 indicates the the measurement items of the Ball Spline. 25 30 53 22 13
40 50 62 25 15
Table 2.5.1 The Maximum Call Out of Spline Nut on the Support Unit UnitƝ͔m
Nominal
Diameter 6, 8 10 13, 16, 20 25, 30 40, 50 Table 2.5.4 The Perpendicularity of Flange on the Attach Surface
Length UnitƝ͔m
Above Below N H P N H P N H P N H P N H P Accuracy
Nominal Normal (N) High (H) Precision (P)
- 200 72 46 26 59 36 20 56 34 18 53 32 18 53 32 16 Diameter
200 315 133 89 57 83 54 32 71 45 25 58 39 21 58 36 19 6 8 17 11 8
315 400 185 126 82 103 68 41 83 53 31 70 44 25 63 39 21 10 13
12 13 33 13 9
400 500 236 163 108 123 82 51 95 62 38 78 50 29 68 43 24 15 16 20 25 30 30 16 11
500 630 - - - 151 102 65 112 - - 88 57 34 74 47 27 40 50 46 19 13
630 800 - - - 190 130 85 - - - 103 68 42 84 54 32

Table 2.5.5 The Accuracy Level on the Effective Length Accuracy UnitƝ͔m

Accuracy Normal (N) High (H) Precision (P)

Permissible 33 13 6
ʰMeasurement according to any 100mm on the Spline shaft.ʰ

B23 B24
 Lubrication蚻Material and Surface Treatment蚻Precautions of Ball Spline蚻Mounting

2-6 Lubrication 2-8-2 Lubrication

The spline nut is prelubricated prior to shipment for immediate use and the maintenance
period is varied according to the operating conditions. TBI suggested that under normal
operation condition re-lubricate your TBI Ball Spline after 100 kilometer or 6-12 months
of operation. Apply lubricant within the nut body or on the groove of Spline shaft.
(1) Remove anti-dust oil before seal the ball spline with grease.
(2) Prevent mix different kind of grease, it will cause unexpected chemical deform.
(3) Please contact certified engineer for consulting the use of grease when
the ball spline is designed to operates under frequently vibrates, vacuum, extreme high
and low temperature condition.

2- 7 Material and Surface Treatment (4) Please contact certified engineer for consulting the use NON
certified grease.
provides customize material and surface treatment in order to meet extreme
(5) When using of motor oil to serve the purpose of lubrication, it might cause performance
operation condition. Please contact service window for customized surface
declining due to the un-proper installation. Please contact certified
treatment and material.
engineer for consulting.
BALL SPLINE

2-8 Precautions of Ball Spline 2-8-3 Storage

2-8-1 General Maintenance Prevent extreme temperature and humidity when store ball spline, also use
(1) Disassemble ball spline without supervise of certified engineer will certified seal and storage and it in a horizontal position.
casue malfunction on the ball spline.
(2) Gravity causes the spline nut slides when lining the ball spline, handle with care.
(3) DO NOT hammering, freefall the ball spline such action will damaging the ball spline 2- 9 Mounting
and might hinder the performance of ball spline. 2-9-1 Tolerance on Support Unit
(4) Prevent debris, scraps from intervene the ball spline cause it will decrease the Ball spline nut and its support unit is bore to minimize the clearance. If high accuracy
performance to ball spline or lead to malfunction. is not required, then a clearance fit can be used.
(5) Prevent the ball spline operates under extreme condition. Contact
service window when the TBI ball spline is intend to use under extreme condition.
Table 2.9.1
(6) Coolant might casue malfunction on the ball spline, please contact
certified engineer for consulting the use of coolant. Condition Tolerance within Support Unit
(7) Clean attached debris and scraps before relubrication.
General Operation
(8) Please contact certified engineer for consulting when the ball spline H7
Condition
is designed to operates under frequently vibrates, vacuum, extreme high and low
Operation Under
temperature condition. Minimize J6
of Axial Clearance
(9) Please contact certified engineer for consulting when mounting a
through hole on the flanged ball spline.

B25 B26
 Mounting

2-9-2 Installation of Ball Spline 2-9-3 Installation of Spline Nut

The installation of the ball spline is shown as Fig 2.9.2 Though the strength of mounting When intalling a spline nut into the spline shaft, use a jig like Fig 2.9.1 to insert the

is not strictly standard, but it has to be certain that the the spline shaft has to be firmly spline but with care.

fixed on the support unit.

Table 2.9.2 Sample of Spline-Nut Assembly

C-Ring

SLT-SOT
(C-Ring Type)
BALL SPLINE

SLF
(Flange One
-Stage Type)

Fig 2.9.1

Table 2.9.3 Specifications of the jig Unit : mm

SOF
(Flange One Nominal
-Stage Type) Model Diameter 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 30 40 50

SL, SZF di 5.0 7.0 8.5 11.5 14.5 18.5 23 28 37.5 46.5

Nominal
Model Diameter Ɛ 8 10 12 15 20 25 Ɛ Ɛ Ɛ

SO di Ɛ 7.0 8.5 10.5 11 16 20.5 Ɛ Ɛ Ɛ

SZF
(Flange One
-Stage Type)

B27 B28
 Nominal Model Code of Ball Spline SL, SZ Series
3. Ball Spline
3- 1 Nominal Model Code of Ball Spline SL, SZ Series Nominal Model Code for Interchangable SL, SZ Type
3-1-1 Nominal Model Code Interchangeable Type of Spline NutǺ
ball Splines can be classified into interchangeable and non- interchangeable SLF 006 T2 N + N3
Spline Nut
types. Their dimensions are the same; the only difference between the two types is that for SLFǺFlanged
non-interchangeable series, will finish every process in the production line and SLTǺCylindrical
SZFǺDust-proofed
hit customers' demands for preload and accuracy. Interchangeable nuts and shafts can be
freely exchanged and the standard of the preload is P0. Customers could adjust the preload Nominal Diameter
UnitǺmm
by changing the steel balls inside of the nut by themselves. It is very convenient for
Groove
customers to have ball splines in inventory and make the preload and end T2Ǻ2 Rows T4Ǻ4 Rows

machining by themselves. is proud of internal quality control process which is Flange Type
NǺRound (No Symbol When It is Without the Flange)
under strict international regulation.
BALL SPLINE

Nut Surface Treatment

Non-interchangeable Type Code蛆 SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent

SLF 006 T2 N N S - 500 - P0 - B2 + N3 N3

Interchangeable Type of Spline ShaftǺ
Spline Nut
SLFǺFlanged SC 006 T2 N S - 500 + N3
SLTǺCylindrical
SZFǺDust-proofed

Nominal Diameter Nominal Model Code

UnitǺmm

Groove Nominal Diameter

UnitǺmm
T2Ǻ2 Rows T4Ǻ4 Rows

Flange Type Groove

NǺRound (No Symbol When It is Without the Flange) T2Ǻ2 Rows T4Ǻ4 Rows

Accuracy Grade of Spline Shaft !!!!! Accuracy Grade of Spline Shaft !!!!!
NǺNormal HǺHigh PǺPrecision NǺNormal

Spline Shaft Type Spline Shaft Type

SǺSolid HǺHollow SǺSolid HǺHollow

Overall Length of Spline Shaft Overall Length of Spline Shaft

UnitǺmm UnitǺmm

Preload Value
Shaft Surface Treatment
P0ǺNo preload P1ǺLight preload P2ǺMedium preload
SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent

Number of Spline Nut

(Leave blank if only one nut is required) ExǺTwo install two spline nuts in a shaftǺB2

Nut Surface Treatment

SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent

Shaft Surface Treatment

SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent

B29 B30
 SLF, SLT, SZF Spline Shaft Cross-Sectional Shape

3-1-2 SLF, SLT, SZF Spline Shaft Cross-Sectional Shape

Table 3.1.1, 3.1.2 indicates the cross-section of spline shaft. When the shaft end is round
pillar type the minor diameter must not be greater than the diameter of groove ridge.

ØD

ØD
) )

Ød
(H (H
ØD
Ø
d ØD
Ød Ød
ØBC ØBC
D D
ØBCD ØBCD

70°

70°
BALL SPLINE

D ≦ 20 D ≧ 25 D ≦ 20 D ≧ 25

Solid Spline Shaft Hollow Spline Shaft

Table 3.1.1 Solid Spline Shaft Cross-Sectional Shape UnitǺmm Table 3.1.2 Hollow Spline Shaft Cross-Sectional Shape UnitǺmm
Nominal Nominal
Diameter 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 30 40 50 Diameter 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 30 40 50
Stats Stats

Inner Diameter 5.25 7.27 8.97 11.82 14.72 18.63 23.43 28.53 37.3 47.05 Inner Diameter 2 3 4 7 8 10 15 16 20 26
Ød Ød
Outer Diameter Outer Diameter
6 8 10 13 16 20 25 30 40 50 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 30 40 50
ØD h7 ØD h7

Mass(kg/m) 0.22 0.39 0.6 1.03 1.56 2.44 3.8 5.49 9.69 15.19 Mass(kg/m) 0.177 0.33 0.506 0.872 1.25 1.82 2.92 3.93 6.75 11.4

Ball Center 6.75 8.77 11.35 14.6 17.5 21.8 27 32.1 43.65 54.2 Ball Center 6.75 8.77 11.35 14.6 17.5 21.8 27 32.1 43.65 54.2
ØBCD ØBCD
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Tolerance ͔m Tolerance ͔m
-15 -15 -18 -18 -18 -21 -21 -25 -25 -30 -15 -15 -18 -18 -18 -21 -21 -25 -25 -30

B31 B32
 SLF Specifications

SLF Series Specifications

45° 45° 45° 45°

4-ØX through hole 4-ØX through hole

ØY Hole depth Z ØY Hole depth Z

ØW
ØA

ØD
Ød
2-ØQ 2-ØQ
BALL SPLINE

< Two row > < Four row > B F

Shaft diameter d ≦ 20 Shaft diameter d ≧ 25 L

Static Permissible
Diameter Spline Nut Dimension Basic Load Rating Basic Torsion Mass
Moment

Model No. Model No. C C0 CT C0TMA1 MA2 Spline Nut Spline Shaft
d Row Oil Mounting Hole
D L A B F W kgf kgf kgfǷm kgfǷm kgfǷm kgfǷm g kg/m
h7 Q XǷYǷZ
SLF006 137 225 0.46 0.76 0.39 3.48 36.7 0.22
SLF006 6 2 14 25 30 6 7.5 1 22 3.4Ƿ6.5Ƿ4.5
SLF008 137 225 0.60 0.99 0.39 3.82 47 0.39
SLF008 8 2 16 27 32 8 7.5 1.5 24 3.4Ƿ6.5Ƿ4.5
SLF010 10 2 21 33 42 9 10.5 1.5 32 4.5Ƿ8Ƿ4 SLF010 285 397 1.62 2.25 0.95 8.53 100 0.60
SLF013 13 2 24 36 44 9 11 1.5 33 4.5Ƿ8Ƿ4.5 SLF013 396 540 2.89 3.94 1.50 12.46 117 1.03
SLF016 16 2 31 50 51 10 18 2 40 4.5Ƿ8Ƿ6 SLF016 545 849 4.77 7.43 3.71 26.09 226 1.56
SLF020 20 2 35 56 58 10 18 2 45 5.5Ƿ9.5Ƿ5.4 SLF020 724 1109 7.90 12.09 5.53 38.00 303 2.44
SLF025 25 4 42 71 65 13 26.5 3 52 5.5Ƿ9.5Ƿ8 SLF025 1003 1593 21.99 43.01 10.35 68.59 458 3.80
SLF030 30 4 47 80 75 13 30 3 60 6.6Ƿ11Ƿ8 SLF030 1160 1980 30.26 62.93 15.68 93.27 633 5.49
SLF040 40 4 64 100 100 18 36 4 82 9Ƿ14Ƿ12 SLF040 2972 4033 105.37 176.05 36.59 246.34 1430 9.69
SLF050 50 4 80 125 124 20 46.5 4 102 11Ƿ17.5Ƿ12 SLF050 4086 5615 179.89 304.35 51.58 428.72 2756 15.19

B33 B34
 SLT Specifications

SLT Series Specifications

b b

2-ØQ 2-ØQ L1

ØD

Ød
BALL SPLINE

S
L

< Two row > < Four row >

Shaft diameter d ≦ 20 Shaft diameter d ≧ 25

Static Permissible
Basic Load Rating Basic Torsion Moment Mass
Diameter Spline Nut Dimension Keyway Dimensions
Model No. Model No. C C0 CT C0T MA1 MA2 Spline Nut Spline Shaft
d Row Oil b t
D L S L1 kgf kgf kgfǷm kgfǷm kgfǷm kgfǷm g kg/m
h7 Q H8 +0.05
~0 SLT006 137 225 0.46 0.76 0.39 3.48 14 0.22
SLT006 6 2 14 25 16.7 10.5 1 2.5 1.2
SLT008 137 225 0.60 0.99 0.39 3.82 16 0.39
SLT008 8 2 16 27 15.7 10.5 1.5 2.5 1.2
SLT010 285 397 1.62 2.25 0.95 8.53 37 0.60
SLT010 10 2 21 33 20 13 1.5 3 1.5
SLT013 396 540 2.89 3.94 1.50 12.46 52 1.03
SLT013 13 2 24 36 23 15 1.5 3 1.5
SLT016 16 2 31 50 34 17.5 2 3.5 2 SLT016 545 849 4.77 7.43 3.71 26.09 130 1.56

SLT020 20 2 35 56 39.7 29 2 4 2.5 SLT020 724 1109 7.90 12.09 5.53 38.00 188 2.44
SLT025 25 4 42 71 50.3 36 3 4 2.5 SLT025 1003 1593 21.99 43.01 10.35 68.59 285 3.80
SLT030 30 4 47 80 60 42 3 4 2.5 SLT030 1160 1960 30.26 62.93 15.68 93.27 395 5.49
SLT040 40 4 64 100 70 52 4 6 3.5 SLT040 2972 4033 105.37 176.05 36.59 264.34 843 9.69
SLT050 50 4 80 125 91 58 4 8 4 SLT050 4086 5615 179.89 304.35 51.58 428.72 1758 15.19

B35 B36
 SZF Specifications

SZF Series Specifications

45° 45° 45°

45°

4-ØX through hole 4-ØX through hole

ØW
ØA

ØD
Ød
BALL SPLINE

2-ØQ 2-ØQ

E B F

< Two row > < Four row > L

Shaft diameter d ≦ 20 Shaft diameter d ≧ 25

Spline Nut Dimension Static Permissible

Diameter Basic Load Rating Basic Torsion Moment Mass
Model No. Row Oil Mounting Model No.
d D L A B E F Hole C C0 CT C0T MA1 MA2 Spline Nut Spline Shaft
W
h7 Q X kgf kgf kgfƑm kgfƑm kgfƑm kgfƑm g kg/m
SZF006 6 2 14 25 30 3 5.7 4 1 22 3.4 SZF006 100 142 0.34 0.49 0.19 1.65 25 0.22
SZF008 8 2 16 27 32 3 7.2 4 1.5 24 3.4 SZF008 100 142 0.44 0.62 0.20 1.86 28 0.39
SZF010 10 2 21 33 42 4 8 5 1.5 32 4.5 SZF010 233 314 1.32 1.78 0.51 5.04 64 0.60
SZF013 13 2 24 36 44 5 8 6 1.5 33 4.5 SZF013 342 463 2.50 3.38 1.02 8.08 87 1.03
SZF016 16 2 31 50 51 5 9.5 12 2 40 4.5 SZF016 469 728 4.10 6.37 2.48 17.79 179 1.56
SZF020 20 2 35 56 58 5 9.7 15 2 45 5.5 SZF020 653 951 7.12 10.37 3.84 26.00 240 2.44
SZF025 25 4 42 71 65 6 11.9 20 3 52 5.5 SZF025 943 1517 20.68 40.97 7.89 53.18 385 3.80
SZF030 30 4 47 80 75 6 12 24 3 60 6.6 SZF030 1089 1868 28.39 59.95 11.49 72.54 529 5.49
SZF040 40 4 64 100 100 8 17 27 4 82 9 SZF040 2854 3842 101.19 167.72 27.87 190.46 1151 9.69
SZF050 50 4 80 125 124 10 19.5 40 4 102 11 SZF050 4086 5615 179.89 304.35 43.03 323.43 2348 15.19

B37 B38
 Nominal Model Code of Ball Spline SO Series

3- 2 Nominal Model Code of Ball Spline SO Series Nominal Model Code for Interchangable SO Type
3-2-1 Nominal Model Code Interchangeable Type of Spline NutǺ
SOF 013 T2 D + N3
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!ball Splines can be classified into interchangeable and non- interchangeable
Spline Nut
types. Their dimensions are the same; the only difference between the two types is that for SOFǺFlanged
non-interchangeable series, will finish every process in the production line and SOTǺCylindrical

hit customers' demands for preload and accuracy. Interchangeable nuts and shafts can be Nominal Diameter
UnitǺmm
freely exchanged and the standard of the preload is P0. Customers could adjust the preload
by changing the steel balls inside of the nut by themselves. It is very convenient for Groove
T2Ǻ2 Rows
customers to have ball splines in inventory and make the preload and end
Flange Type
machining by themselves. is proud of internal quality control process which is DǺFlange cutting (No Symbol When It is Without the Flange)
BALL SPLINE

under strict international regulation. Nut Surface Treatment

SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent

Non-interchangeable Type Code蛆

SOF 008 T2 D N S - 500 - P0 - B2 + N3 N3
Interchangeable Type of Spline ShaftǺ
Spline Nut
SOFǺFlanged
SOTǺCylindrical
SK 008 T2 N S - 500 + N3
Nominal Diameter
UnitǺmm

Groove
T2Ǻ2 Rows
Nominal Model Code

Flange Type Nominal Diameter

UnitǺmm
DǺFlange cutting (No Symbol When It is Without the Flange)

Accuracy Grade of Spline Shaft !!!!! Groove

T2Ǻ2 Rows
NǺNormal HǺHigh PǺPrecision

Spline Shaft Type Accuracy Grade of Spline Shaft !!!!!

NǺNormal
SǺSolid HǺHollow

Spline Shaft Type

Overall Length of Spline Shaft
SǺSolid HǺHollow
UnitǺmm

Preload Value Overall Length of Spline Shaft

UnitǺmm
P0ǺNo preload P1ǺLight preload P2ǺMedium preload

Number of Spline Nut Shaft Surface Treatment

SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent
(Leave blank if only one nut is required) ExǺTwo install two spline nuts in a shaftǺB2

Nut Surface Treatment

SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent

Shaft Surface Treatment

SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent

B39 B40
 SOF, SOT Spline Shaft Cross-Sectional Shape

3-2-2 SOF, SOT Spline Shaft Cross-Sectional Shape

)
ØD d ØD (H
Ø Ød

ØBCD ØBCD
BALL SPLINE

Solid Spline Shaft Hollow Spline Shaft

Table 3.2.1 Solid Spline Shaft Cross-Sectional Shape UnitƝmm Table 3.2.2 Hollow Spline Shaft Cross-Sectional Shape UnitƝmm
Nominal Nominal
Diameter 8 10 12 15 20 25 Diameter 8 10 12
Stats Stats

Inner Diameter 7 8.9 10.9 11.6 15.7 19.4 Inner Diameter 3 4 6

Ød Ød
Outer Diameter Outer Diameter
8 10 12 13.6 18.2 22.6 8 10 12
ØD h7 ØD h7

Mass(kg/m) 0.39 0.605 0.875 1.11 2.02 3.1 Mass(kg/m) 0.33 0.51 0.66

Ball Center 9.3 11.6 13.6 15 20 25 Ball Center 9.3 11.6 13.6
ØBCD ØBCD
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Tolerance ͔m Tolerance ͔m
-15 -18 -18 -18 -21 -21 -15 -18 -18

B41 B42
 SOF Specifications

SOF Series Specifications

45° 45°

4-ØX through hole

ØD
Ød
H

ØW
BALL SPLINE

ØA

E B
L

Diameter Spline Nut Dimension Basic Load Rating Basic Torsion Static Permissible
Moment Mass
Model No. Row Mounting Model No.
d D L A B E F W Hole C C0 CT C0T MA1 MA2 Spline Nut Spline Shaft
h7 X kgf kgf kgfƑm kgfƑm kgfƑm kgfƑm g kg/m
SOF008 8 2 15 25 28 3.8 5.2 22 22 3.4 SOF008 121 136 0.56 0.63 0.34 2.24 23.5 0.39
SOF010 10 2 19 30 36 4.1 5.9 28 28 4.5 SOF010 192 219 1.11 1.27 0.71 4.23 45 0.61
SOF012 12 2 21 35 38 4 6 30 30 4.5 SOF013 222 274 1.51 1.87 1.08 6.02 59 0.88
SOF015 13.6 2 23 40 40 4.5 6.5 31 32 4.5 SOF016 426 619 3.19 4.65 2.83 15.49 77 1.11
SOF020 18.2 2 30 50 46 5.5 8.5 35 38 4.5 SOF020 673 922 6.73 9.22 4.95 29.36 150 2.02
SOF025 22.6 2 37 60 57 6.6 10.4 43 47 5.5 SOF025 1142 1458 14.17 18.14 9.46 56.17 255 3.10

B43 B44
 SOT Specifications

SOT Series Specifications

b
L1

ØD

Ød
BALL SPLINE

S
< Two row >
L
Shaft diameter

Diameter Spline Nut Dimension Keyway Dimensions Basic Load Rating Static Permissible
Basic Torsion Moment Mass
Model No. d Row b t Model No. C C0 CT C0T MA1 MA2 Spline Nut Spline Shaft
D L S L1 +0.05
h7 H8 ~0 kgf kgf kgfǷm kgfǷm kgfǷm kgfǷm g kg/m
SOT008 8 2 15 25 14.6 8.5 2.5 1.5 SOT008 121 136 0.56 0.63 0.34 2.24 15.9 0.39
SOT010 10 2 19 30 18.2 11 3 1.8 SOT010 192 219 1.11 1.27 0.71 4.23 31.5 0.61
SOT012 12 2 21 35 23 15 3 1.8 SOT012 222 274 1.51 1.87 1.08 6.02 44 0.88
SOT015 13.6 2 23 40 27 20 3.5 2 SOT015 426 619 3.19 4.65 2.83 15.49 59.5 1.11
SOT020 18.2 2 30 50 33 26 4 2.5 SOT020 673 922 6.73 9.22 4.95 29.36 130 2.02
SOT025 22.6 2 37 60 39.2 29 5 3 SOT025 1142 1458 14.17 18.14 9.46 56.17 220 3.10

B45 B46
 Features of Ball Screw
1. About Ball Screw
1- 1 Features of Ball Screw (3) High Rigidity and Preload
When axial play is minimized in conventional
(1) High Reliability (2) Smooth Operation
screw-nut assemblies, the actuating torque be-
has very stringent quality The high efficiency of ball screw is vastly
comes excessive and the operation is not smoo-
control standards covering every produ- superior to conventional screws as shown
th. The axial play in precision ball
ction process. With proper lubrication in Fig1.1.1. The torque required is less
screws may be reduced to zero by preloading
and use, trouble-free operation for an than 30%. Linear motion can be easily
and a light smooth operation is still possible. The-
estented period of time is possible. changed from rotary motion.
refore, both low torque and high rigidity can be
obtained simultaneously. ball Fig 1.1.2 Groove Shape of
screws have gothic arch groove profiles (Fig1.1.2) Precision Ball Screw
100 100
which allow these conditions to be achieved.
90 90

Ball Screw (4) Circulation Method

80 Ball Screw 80
Fig1.1.3 is ball return tube method. Fig1.1.4 is ball defelector method.
EfficiencyȦġ1 (%)

EfficiencyȦ2 (%)
BALL SCREW

70 70

60 60

50 50
Conventional Screw

40 40

30 30

20 20
Conventional Screw Fig 1.1.3 Ball Return Tube method Fig 1.1.4 Ball Deflector method
10 10

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Lead Angle (Degrees) Lead Angle (Degrees) (5) High Durability

Rigidly selected materials, inten-
Normal usage (to convert rotary Special usage (to convert linear motion sive heat treating and processing techniques, ba-
motion to linear motion) to rotary motion) cked by years of experience, have resulted in the
most durable ball screws manufactured. (See
ȫġ: friction coefficient Table1.1.1 & Fig1.1.5)

Table1.1.1 Material and Heat Treatment

P炽 P炽
T= T = Torque kgf炽cm T= T = Torque kgf炽cm
2ȯȦ1 2ȯȦ2 ITEM MATERIAL HARDNESS
P = Force kgf P = Force kgf
SCM450
= Lead cm = Lead cm SCREW HRC 58ʨ62ʨ
~
S55C

Ȧ1 = Efficiency Ȧ2 = Efficiency
NUT SCM415H HRC 58ʨ62ʨ
~
STELL Fig 1.1.5 Heat Treatment
Fig 1.1.1 Mechanical Efficiency of Ball Screws BALL SUJ2 HRC 60ʨUP

C01 C02
 Ball Screw Selection Precedure蚻Accuracy

1- 2 Ball Screw Selection Precedure 1-3 Accuracy

1-2-1 Condition 1-3-1 Lead蚻Travel Accuracy
Lead accuracy of ball screws (grade CO~C5) is specified in 4 basic terms
Load, speed acceleration, max. travel length, positioning (E, e, e300, e2͘). There are defined in Fig1.3.1 Tolerance of deviation (Ʋ E) and variation (e)
accuracy, required life, load condition (vibration, impact, of accumulated reference travel are shown in Table1.3.1~1.3.3.
atmosphere), lubrication.
Accumulated travel deviations for grade C7 and C10 are specified only by the allowable
Travel Accuracy value per 300 mm measured within any portion of the thread length. They are 0.05mm
for C7 and 0.21mm for C10.

Accuracy(C04) Precision Ball Screw Industrial Ball Screw Travel Length

Nominal Travel
Screw Shart Length of Shaft Shaft Dia & Lead 0
Design(C10) Specified Travel

Lead Deviation
T
Shart End Design Drive Torque Shart End Design
BALL SCREW

Drive Torque(C16) e 2͘
1Rev E
Travel Length of Shaft
(2͘rad)
Nut Design(C17) Acutual Travel e
Nut Dimension e300 300mm
Mean Travel
Rigidity(C20)
Rigidity Accuracy
Fig 1.3.1 Diagram of Lead Accuracy

Positioning
Positioning Accuracy Table1.3.1 Definition of terms for Lead Accuracy
Accuracy(C23)
Terms Reference Definition Allowable
Forecast of Life Travel compensation is the difference between specified and nominal travel
with in the useful travel. A slightly smaller value compared to the nominal
Life Design(C25) Travel travel is often selected by the customer to compensate for an expected elon-
T gation caused by temperature rise or externalload. Therefore ” T ” is usually a
Luvrication!Dust Proofing Compensation
negative value.
Note : if no compensation is needed, specified travel is the same as nominal travel.
Lubrication and
Actual Travel Actual travel is the axial displacement of the nut relative to the screw shaft.
safety design(C31) Mean travel is the linear best fit line of actual. This could be obtained by the
Mean Travel least squares method. This line represents the tendency of actual travel.

Mean Travel E
Mean travel deviation is the difference beteen mean travel and specified travel
Table1.3.2
Deviation within travel length.
Travel variations is the band of 2 lines drawn parallel to the mean travel, on
e the plus and minus side. Table1.3.2
Travel Maximum width of varation over the travel length.
e300 Actual width of variation for the length of 300mm taken anywhere within the
Table1.3.3
Variations
e 2͘ travel length.Wobble error, actual width of variation for one revolution Table1.3.3
(2ȯ radian)

C03 C04
 Accuracy

Table1.3.2 Mean Travel Deviation(Ʋ E)and Travel Variation(e) (JIS B 1192) Unit :ȫm Table1.3.5 Guidelines for selecting Accuracy, Preload, Axial Play, Nut and Screw shaft

Grade C0 C1 C2 C3 C5 C7 C10 Accuracy Preload and Axial Play Nut Type Screw Shaft Type
C10 P0(With Axial Play) Single Nut Rolled screw shaft
Over Incl. ƲE e ƲE e ƲE e ƲE e ƲE e Ʋe e
(P1 or P0) According to the Rolled or Ground
C7 stand is(P1) demand 01 ( standard is Ground)
100 3 3 3.5 5 5 7 8 8 18 18
100 200 3.5 3 4.5 5 7 7 10 8 20 18 According to the demand According to the Rolled or Ground screw shaft with
200 315 4 3.5 6 5 8 7 12 8 23 18 C5 of customers. If no idea, demand 01 lead error inspection certificate
standard is (P2)
Travel Length (mm)

315 400 5 3.5 7 5 9 7 13 10 25 20

400 500 6 4 8 5 10 7 15 10 27 20 According to the demand According to the Ground screw shaft with
500 630 6 4 9 6 11 8 16 12 30 23 C3 of customers. If no idea, demand 01 lead error inspection certificate
630 800 7 5 10 7 13 9 18 13 35 25 standard is (P2)
800 1000 8 6 11 8 15 10 21 15 40 27
1000 1250 9 6 13 9 18 11 24 16 46 30 Excessive preload increase the friction torque and generates heat which reduce the life
1250 1600 11 7 15 10 21 13 29 18 54 35 ±50/300mm ±210/300mm expectancy. However, insufficient preload reduces stiffness and increase the possibility of
1600 2000 18 11 25 15 35 21 65 40
2000 2500 22 13 30 18 41 24 77 46 lost motion. recommends that the preload force applied on CNC machine tolls
2500 3150 26 15 36 21 50 29 93 54 should not bigger than 8% of the dynamic load; 5% for industrial automation X-Y table.
3150 4000 30 18 44 25 60 35 115 65
4000 5000 52 30 72 41 140 77 Table1.3.6 The reference spring force of (P2)
5000 6300 65 36 90 50 170 93
BALL SCREW

6300 8000 110 60 210 115 Model No. Spring Force (Kg) Single(Kg) Spring Force(Kg) Double Nut(Kg)
8000 10000 260 140
10000 12500 320 170 1605 0.1~0.3 0.3~0.6
2005 0.1~0.3 0.3~0.6
2505 0.2~0.5 0.3~0.6
3205 0.2~0.5 0.5~0.8
Table1.3.3 Varation per 300mm(e300)and Wobble Error(e2ȯ)(JISB1192) Unit :͔m
4005 0.2~0.5 0.5~0.8
Grade C0 C1 C2 C3 C5 C7 C10
2510 0.2~0.5 0.5~0.8
e300 3.5 5 7 8 18 50 210
3210 0.3~0.6 0.5~0.8
e2͘ 2.5 4 5 6 8 4010 0.3~0.6 0.5~0.8
5010 0.3~0.6 0.8~1.2
6310 0.6~1.0 0.8~1.2
1-3-2 Axial Play 8010 0.6~1.0 0.8~1.2
Accuracy grade and axial play of 炶
s precision ball screw is shown in
Table1.3.4 Table1.3.7 Axial Play (P0)
Clearance in the Axial Direction of Rolled and Ground Ball Screw Unit : mm
Table1.3.4 Combination of Accuracy Grade and Axial Play Rolled Ball Screw Ground Ball Screw
Nominal Diameter Clearance in the Axial Clearance in the Axial
Grade P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 Direction (max.) Direction (max.)
Axial Play Yes No No No No Ø04~Ø14 miniature ball screw 0.05 0.015
Preload No No Light Medium Heavy
Ø15~Ø40 middle size of ball screw 0.08 0.025

Ø50~Ø100 big size of ball screw 0.12 0.05

C05 C06
 Technical Commentary

1-3-3 Definition of Mounting Accuracy and Tolerance on Ball Screw 1-3-4 Preload Torque
To use a ball screw properly dimensional accuracy and tolerances are most important. Terms in relation to the preload torque generated during the rotation of the preload ball
will help you determine the tolerance factors as they are subject to change screws are shown in Fig1.3.8
according to accuracy grade.
Actual starting torque
(1) Periphery run-out of the supporting part of the screw shaft to tha scraw groove. Negative variation values
of actral torque(5)
(2) Concentricity of a mounting portion of the shaft to the adjacent ground portion of tha Actual torque(3)

Forward
scraw shaft. Torque variation values(2)
(+)
(3) Perpendicularity of the shoulders to the adjacent ground portion of tha scraw shaft.
Average actual
torque(4)
(4) Perpendicularity of the nut flange to the axis of the screw shaft. (-)

Friction Torque
Reference
(5) Concentricity of the ball nut diameter to the screw groove. torque(1)
Effective moving distance of nut
Actral torque(min.)
(6) Parallelism of the mounting surface of a ball nut to the screw groove. Average actual torque(4)
0
Effective moving distance of nut
(7) Total run-out of the screw shaft to the axis of the screw shaft.
Reference Actual torque
All ball screws are manufactured, inspected and guaranteed to be torque(1) (max.)

within specifications.
BALL SCREW

Reverse
Actual torque(3)
Positive variation values
of actual torque(5)
Torque variation values(2)
Average startind torque

(2) (1) (5) (7) (1)

F A A G A (6) Fig 1.3.3 Descriptions of preload torque
C
Glossary
(1) Preload (5) Torque variation rate
(3) The stress generated inside the screws when The rate of variation values in relation to the
F F E G C
(3) (4) (3)
inserting a set of steel balls of one gage referance torque.
A
F G E (approximately 2ȫ) larger into the nut or using (6) Actual torque
them on the 2 nuts which exercise mutual The actually measured preload dynamic torque
displacements along the screws axis in order to of the ball screws.
Fig 1.3.2 Mounting Accuracy and Tolerance eliminate the gaps of the screw or upgrade the (7) Average actual torque
rigidity of the screw. The arithmetic average of the maximal and
(2) Pewload dynamic torque minimal actual torque values measured when
The dynamic torque required for continuously the nuts are exercieing reciprocating movements.
rotating the screws shaft or the nuts under (8) Actual torque variation values
unload condition after the speci1ied preload The maximal variation values measured within
the effective length of the threads when the
has been applied upon the ball screws.
nuts are exercising reciprocating movements,
(3) Reference
the positive or negative values rerlative to the
The targeted preload dynamic torque Fig1.3.3-(1).
actual torque are adopted.
(4) Toque variation values
(9) Actual torque variation rate
The variation values of the targeted preload
The rate of actual torque variation values in
torque variation rates are specilied generally relation of the average actual torque.
based on JIS standards as indicated in Table.
C07 C08
 Screw Shaft Design

Table1.3.8 Permissible ranges of toque variation rates 1-4 Screw Shaft Design
Effective threading length mm
1-4-1 Mounting Methods
Reference torque Below 4000 4000~10000
kgfǸcm Slenderness 1: below 40 Slenderness1:40~1:60 - Both the critical speed and column bucking load depend upon the method of mounting and
Grade Grade Grade the unsupported length of the shaft, the most common mounting methods for ball screws
Over Incl. C0 C1 C2, C3 C5 C0 C1 C2, C3 C5 C1 C2, C3 C5 are shown in Fig1.4.1~1.4.8.

2 4 ±35% ±40% ±45% ±55% ±45% ±45% ±55% ±65% - - -

4 6 ±25% ±30% ±35% ±45% ±38% ±38% ±45% ±50% - - - (Mounting Screw and Nut)
6 10 ±20% ±25% ±30% ±35% ±30% ±30% ±35% ±40% - ±40% ±45%
Slide Slide
10 25 ±15% ±20% ±25% ±30% ±25% ±25% ±30% ±35% - ±35% ±40%
25 63 ±10% ±15% ±20% ±25% ±20% ±20% ±25% ±30% - ±30% ±35%
63 100 - - ±15% ±20% - - ±20% ±25% - ±25% ±30%
Remarks : 1. Slenderness is the value of dividing the screws shaft outside diameter with the Fixed Fixed Fixed Simple
screws shaft threading length. Fig 1.4.1 Fig 1.4.5
2. For reference torque less than 2 kgfǸcm, specifications will apply.
BALL SCREW

Slide Slide
Calculation of Reference Torque Tp
The formula for computing reference torque of the ball screws is given in following :
Free
FaoǸ
-0.5
Simple
TP = 0.05 (tan͊) Ǹ 2͘ Fixed Simple
Where, Fao = Preload (kgf) Fig 1.4.2 Fig 1.4.6
͊ = Lead angle
= Lead (cm)
Slide
Slide
Measurement Conditions
Load
The preload dynamic torque Tp is determined first by
adopting the following measurement conditions together Free
Simple
with the method illustrated in Fig1.3.4 for measuring the L Simple
force (F) needed to rotate the screws shaft without bringing Fixed
the nuts to rotate along with the shaft after the screws shaft F Fig 1.4.3 Fig 1.4.7
has started rotating, then multiplying the measured value
of (F) with the arm of force L, the product is Tp. Slide
Slide
Slide
Tp = FʬL
Measure conditions
(1) Measurment is executed under the condition of not LOAD CELL
Free
attaching with scraper. Fixed Fixed Fixed
(2) The rotating speed during measurement maintains at
100 rpm. Fig 1.3.4 Preload dynamic Fig 1.4.4 Fig 1.4.8
torque measuring
(3) According to JSK2001(industrial lubrication oil viscosity) method
be in compliance standard), the lubrication oil used
should be in complience with IS0 VG68.

C09 C10
 Screw Shaft Design

(Mounting Methods) 1-4-2 Allowable Axial Load

(1) Buckling Load
2 4
Nȯġ E dr 3
The safety of the screw shaft against buck- P = Ƞ炽ġġġġġġġġġġġġġġ=
2
m 2
炽10
L L
ling needs to be checked when the shaft is Where
expected to receive buckling loads. Ƞ= Safty Factor (Ƞ= 0.5)
Fig1.4.16 shows a diagram which summa- E 烉Vertical elastic modules
4 2
rizes the allowable compressive load for (E = 2.1蚺10 kgf蚻mm )
buckling for each nominal outside diameter I 烉Min.seecondary moment of screw
of screw shaft. (Calculate with the equation shart sectional area
ȯ
Fig 1.4.9 Fig 1.4.11 shown right when the nominal outside dia- I = dr 4 (mm 4 )
64
meter of the screw shaft exceeds 125mm.) dr烉Screw shaft root diameter (mm)
L 烉Mounting distance (mm)
Select the graduation of allowable axial m, NǺCoefficient determined from
load according to the method of ball screw mounting method of ball screw
BALL SCREW

support. Simple-Simple m = 5.1 (N = 1)

Fixed-Simple m = 10.2 (N = 2)
(2) Allowable Tensile蚻Buckling Load Fixed-Fixed m = 20.3 (N = 4)
Check the allowable tensile蚻buckling load Fixed-Free m = 1.3 (N = 1蚻4)
Fig 1.4.10 Fig 1.4.12
(the formula shown below) and allowable
load of the ball groove regardless of the
mounting method when the mounting
(Most Common Mounting Methods for Ball Screws)
distance is short.
P = ȱA = 11.8 dr (kgf)
Where,
ȱ : Allowable tensile compressive stress (kgf蚻mm 2)
A : Sectional area (mm 2 ) of screw shaft root bottom
diameter
dr : Screw shaft root diameter (mm)

Thread adjust

Shim adjust Thread adjust

Fig 1.4.13 Fig 1.4.14 Fig 1.4.15

C11 C12
 C14
Screw Shaft Design

4
10
8
6 Ø125
Ø100
4 Ø80
Ø63
Fig 1.4.17 Critical Speed vs. Nominal Diameter

2
Mounting Distance(mm)

Ø50
3
10 Ø40
8 Ø32
6 Ø25
Ø20
4
Ø16
Ø12
2 Ø10
Ø8
2
10
Fixed-Simple : E
2 4 6 8 10 3 2 4 6 8 10 4
Fixed-Simple : F
2 4 6 8 10 3 2 4 6 8 10 4
Fixed-Fixed : G
4 6 8 10 3 2 4 6 8 10 4 2
Fixed-Free : H
4 6 8 10 2 2 4 6 8 10 3 2
Mounting Method Speed (rpm)
4
10
8
Ø125
6
Ø100

Fig 1.4.16 Buckling Load vs. Nominal Diameter and Length

4 Ø80
Ø63
2 Ø50
Mounting Distance(mm)

Ø40
3
10 Ø32
8 Ø25
6 Ø20
Ø16
4
Ø12
Ø10
2 Ø8
2
10
Fixed-Simple : A
2 4 6 8 10 3 2 4 6 8 10 4 2 4 6 8 10 5
Fixed-Simple : B
4 6 8 10 3 2 4 6 8 10 4 2 4 6 8 10 5 2
Fixed-Fixed : C
6 8 10 3 2 4 6 8 10 4 2 4 6 8 10 5 2 4
Fixed-Free : D
4 6 8 10 2 2 4 6 8 10 3 2 4 6 8 10 4 2
Mounting Method Axial Load (kgf)

C13
BALL SCREW
 Driving Torque

1-4-3 Critical Speed 1-5 Driving Torque

(1) Dangerous speed (2) Load torque TP
1-5-1 Driving torque Ts of the transmission shaft PǷ
It is necessary to check if the ball screw rotation speed is resonant with the natural fre- TP = (kgfǷcm)
TS = TP + TD + TF (in fixed speed) 2͘͏1
quency of the screw shaft. has determined 80% or less of this critical P = F + ͔Mg
TS = TG + TP + TD + TF (when accelerationg)
speed as an allowable rotation speed. Fig1.4.17 shows a diagram which summarizes PǺAxial load (kgf)
TGǺAcceleation torque (1)
the allowable rotation speed for shaft nominal diameters up to outside diameter of the ǺLoad (cm)
TP ǺLoad torque (2)
screw shaft exceeds 125mm.) Select the graduation of allowable rotation speed accord- ͏1ǺPositive efficient
TD ǺPreload torque (3)
ing to the method of supporting the ball screw. Where the working rotation speed pre- The efficient when rotating motion
TF ǺFriction torque (4)
sents a problem in terms of critical speed, it wouldbe best to provide an intermediate is altered to linear motion
support to increase the natural frequency of the screw shaft. FǺCutting force (kgf)
(1) Acceleration TG
͔ǺFriction
TG = J͉(kgfǷcm)
(2) dmǷn value 2͘n MǺMass of moving object (kg)
͉= (rad蚻s 2 )
The allowable rotation speed is regulated also by the dmǷn value (dm : diameter of 60Ɇt gǺAcceleration of gravity (9.8 m蚻s )
2
JǺMoment of inertia (kgfǷcmǷs 2 ) PǷ Ƿ͏2
central circle of steel ball, n : Revolution speed, rpm) which expresses the peripheral TP = (kgfǷcm)
BALL SCREW

͉ǺAngular acceleration (rad蚻s 2 ) 2͘

speed.
Generally,
For precision
(accuracy grade C7 to C0)
dmǷn ɩ!70,000
For general industry (C10)
dmǷn ɩ!50,000
Product exzceeding the above
limits can be product, contact
. AǺScrew shaft sectional area (A = ͘dr 蚻4 mm )
ʰParticular consideration is
necessary for manufactur-
ing with the screw length蚻
shaft dia. Ratio isȤɧ70,
In such anevent, contact
. Fixed-Free f = 3.4 (͓ = 1.875)
-1 ͏2ǺReverse efficiency
nǺRevolutions (min )
The efficiency when linear motion
2 ɆtǺStarting time (sec)
60͓ Elg dr 7
n = ͉Ƿ 2 =f Ƿ10 (rpm) returns to rotating motion
2͘L ͋A L2
Where F (3) Preload torque TD
͉ǺSafty factor (͉ = 0.8) KǷPPLǷ
4 2 TD =!!!!!!!!! (kgfǷcm)
EǺVertiacl elastic modules (E = 2.1Ƿ10 kgf蚻mm ) tanȠǷ2ȯ
IǺMin.secondary moment of screw shart sectional area M KǺlbternak ciefficient
͘
I= dr 4 (mm 4 ) M (0.05 is usually adopted)
64
drǺScrew shaft root diameter (mm) PPLǺPreload (kgf)
3 2
gǺAccellration of gravity (g = 9.8Ƿ10 mm蚻s ) ǺLead (cm)
-6 3
͋ǺDensity (͋ = 7.8Ƿ10 kgf蚻mm ) ȠǺLead angle
2 2 Fig 1.5.1 Momentof inertia of load
(4) Fricition torque TF
LǺMounting distance (mm)(mm) TF = TB + TO + TJ (kgfǷcm)
f ,͓ǺCoefficient determined from the ball screw 【For reference】Moment ot inertia of load TBǺFriction torque of bracing shaft
(Fig1.5.1) TOǺFriction torque of free shart
mountung metnod
J = JBS + JCU + JW + JM TJǺFriction torque motor shaft
Simple-Simple f = 9.7 (͓ =͘)
The friction torque of the bracing shaft
Fixed-Simple f = 15.1 (͓ = 3.927) JBSǺMoment of inertia Ball screws shaft would be affected by the lubrication oil. Or
Fixed-Fixed f = 21.9 (͓ = 4.730) JCUǺMoment of inertia Coupler special attention has to be paid to unex-
JWǺMoment of inertia Linear motion part pected excessive friction torque which
JMǺMoment of inertia Roller shaft part of may be generated when oil seal is overly
motor shaft tight, or may result in temperrature rise.

C15 C16
 Nut Design

Table1.5.1 Conversion formula for moment of ͙蛆Density (kg蚻m 3 ) !͙!= 7.8蚺10 3 1-6-2 Nut Types
inertia of load L蛆Cylinder length (m) U, I, M - Type Nut
Formula D蛆Cylinder (m) In this type, the steal balls mova along the
Moment of J
inertia converted
from motor shaft M蛆Mass of the linear motion part (kg) grooves of the internal circulator, diagonally
4
͙͘LD V 蛆Velocity of the linear moving object pass over the tooth tops of the scraws,than
Cylinder load
32 (m蚻min) return to the origin point. It generally posse-
-1
M V 2 M P 2 NM蛆Motor shaft revolutions (min ) sses one roll of steel balls and one single
Linearly moving object ( )= ( )
4 ͘蚺N M 4 ͘
P蛆The moving magnitude of the linearly pass circulation. (as per Fig1.6.1) It is gene-
2
Unit kg蚺m moving object per every rotation of the rally provideed with several rolls of steel
motor (m) balls and a single pass circulation tube, both Fig 1.6.1 U, I, M - Type Nut
Moment of inertia J 2
during deceleration J M =( )蚺 J N!蛆Rotations in longitudinal moving
NM roung type and projecting tube type of profile
-1
direction (min )
may be adopted.
J!蛆Moment of inertia in load direction
1- 6 Nut Design
JM蛆Moment of inertia in motor direction
K - Type Nut
BALL SCREW

1 -6-1 Selection of Nut

(1) Series
When making selection of series, please
take into consideration of demanded
accuracy, intended delivery time, dimensions
(the outside diameter of the screw, ratio
of lead蚻the outside diameter of the
screw,) preload load, etc.
(2) Circulation type
Selection of circulation type : Please fo-
cus on the economy of space for the nut
installation portion.
Table1.6.1 Circulation type
Model
Circulation type
Single Nut Double Nuts
(3) Number of loop circuits
Performance and life of service should be
considered when selecting number of loop
circuits.
(4) Shape of flanges (FLANGE)
Please make selection based on the avail-
able space for the installation of nuts.
(5) Oil hole
Oil hoIes are provided for the precision ball
screws, please use them during machine
assembling and regular furnishing.
Characteristic
It applies the similar circulation as that of I-type,
but circulation takes place in key slots of identi-
cal angle for different circulation. (as per Fig1.6.2)
Fig 1.6.2 K - Type Nut
V - Type Nut
The recycle way of V - type is similar with T - type. Besides maintaining the advantages
of T - type, the design of circulation of the steel ball is also along the direction of tangent
of helix and can decrease the sound from the hitting between stell ball and the direction
of tangent of helix and increase the smooth of recyle. V - type nut is suitable for the high-
speed and heavy-load situations specially. (as per Fig1.6.3)

SFU BSH Ɣ:LWKQXWVRIILQHO\FUDIWHGRXWVLGHGLDPHWHU

DFU
SFI SFNI (occupying small space)
Internal circulation type DFI
SFM SFNU Ɣ$SSOLFDEOHWRWKRVHZLWKVPDOOHUOHDGWKHRXWVLGH
DFM
SFK diameter of the screw
SFV ƔEconomy
Externa circulation type XSV DFV ƔSuitable for mass production
BSH ƔApplicable to those withODUJHUOHDGWKHRXWVLGH

End-caps circulation SFS

SFY DFS Ɣ6XLWDEOHIRUKLJKVSHHGSRVLWLRQLQJ
type SFH Fig 1.6.3 V - Type Nut

C17 C18
 Rigidity

Y, H - Type Nut 1-7 Rigidity

Type Y ball nut is dimensionally interchangeable
Excessively weak rigidity of the screw’speripheral structure is one of the primary causes
with type E ball nut and type H ball nut shares the
that result in lost motion. Therefore in order to achieve excellent positioning accuracy for
dimension with Type S ball nut. Both of the above
the precison machines such as NC working machines, etc., axial rigidity balance as well
ball nuts adopt the same design in circulation
as torsional rigidity for the parts at various portions of the transmission screw have to be
system. Moreover, type Y and H ball nut is designed
taken into consideration at time of designing.
to strengthen the performance by introducing the
thin-flex material for better performance in wiping
Static Rigidity K
ability and higher rigidity in circulation with reinforced
Fig 1.6.4 Y, H - type nut The axiaql elastic deformation and rigidity of the transmission screw system can be
circulation parts.
determined form the formula below.

P
K =!!!!!(kgf蚻mm)
S - Type Nut e

The steel balls of this type of nut forward along the P烉Axial load (kgf) borne by the transmission screw system
BALL SCREW

groove between the screw and nut, and recycle through the circulators on both sides. The e烉Axial flexural displacement (mm)
circulation way is similar with E - type. Hence, this way is the design of the circulation of the 1 1 1 1 1
= + + + (mm蚻kgf)
steel ball along the direction of tangent of helix, and there are sound-insulated and dust-free K KS KN KB KH
apparatuses on both sides of nut so the noise volume will be diminished. In addition, the KSǺAxial rigidity of screw shaft (1)
assembly space is small so the S type nut is suitable for the high-speed and light-Ioad KNǺAxial rigidity of nut (2)
situations specially. (as per Fig 1.6.5)
(1) Axial rigidity Ks and displacementȣs
P PL
Ks = (kgf蚻mm) ͌SF =!!!!!(mm)
͌S 4AE
PǺAxial load (kgf)
For places of Fixed - Fixed installation For places other than Fixed - Fixed installation

PL0
͌SS!>!!!!!(mm)
AE
ȣSS = 4ȣSF
ȣSFǺDirectional displacement at places of fixed-fixed
ȣSSǺDirectional displacement at places other than fixed-fixed installation
AǺCross-sectional area of the screw shaft tooth root diameter (mm 2 )
4 2
EǺLongitudinal elastic modulus (2.1Ƿ10 kgfʏmm )
LǺDistance between installations (mm)
Fig 1.6.5 S -Type Nut
L0ǺDistance between load applying points (mm)

C19 C20
 Rigidity

(2) Axial rigidity KN and displacement͌N (3) Axial rigidity KB and displacement ͌B of
P support shaft
KN =!!!!(mm蚻kgf)
͌S 2 P
3 KB = (kgf蚻mm)
!!!(a) In case of single nut (b) In case of double nuts !!!͌0!= aPPL 2
͌B
1 3
2 !!!while displacements of nuts A, B are͌A = aPPL The rigidity of the assemble diagonal thrust
K Q 3 1 P
͌NS =!!!!!!!!!!!!蚺!!!(mm) PB PA !!!since displacements of nuts A, B generated due bearind that is used as the support bearing
sin͊ d ͎
Nut B PPL PPL Nut A
P !!!to exertion of external force P are equal, therefore IRUWKHEDOOVFUHZDQGLVZLGHO\XQLOL]HGLQ
Q =!!!!!!!!!(kgf)
n蚺sin͊ !!!͌A -͌0 =!͌0 -͌B the field of precision machines can be found
D0͘m !!!or if P is the only external force P applied on nuts from the following formula.
n =!!!!!!!!!(each)
d 1
!!!!! Fig 1.7.1 Preloaded for the double nuts !!!A, B, if PA increases 2 3
2 Q
!!!Q蛆Load of one steel ball (kgf) !!!PA - PB = P ͌B =
sin͊ d
When an axial load P of approximately 3 times !!!͌B = 0
!!!n蛆Number of steel ball
of preload load PPL is exerted, for the purpose P
!!!k蛆Constant setermined based on material, !!!for preventing the external force applied on nut B Q = n蚺sin͊ (kgf)
of eliminating the preload PPL on nut B, please
shape, dimensions !!!being abosorbed by nut A thus decreaseing, so
BALL SCREW

-4 set the preload load PPL at no more than 1/3 of

!!!!!!k ̂ 5.7蚺10 !!!when ͌B = 0 QǺLoad of one steel ball (kgf)
the maximal preload. (0.25Ca should be taken 2 2 2
!! ͊蛆Angle of contact (45°) 3 3 3 nǺNumber of steel balls
as the standard maximal preload load) With aPA - aPPL = aPPL
!!!P蛆Axial load(kgf) !! ͊ǺAngle of contact (45°)
respect to the sidplacement malue, it should 2 2
!!!d蛆Steel ball diameter (mm) 3 3 PǺAxial load (kgf)
be of 1/2 of the single nut displacement when PA = 2PPL
!!!͎蛆Accureacy, internal structure coefficient dǺSteel ball diameter (mm)
axial load is 3 times of the preload. !PA = !8 PPL ̂!3PPL
!!!m蛆Effeective number of balls !!! aǺEffective stroke
!or based on ͌A - ͌0 = ͌0
!!!Do蛆Steel ball center diameter (mm) P 3PPL 6PPL
KN = = = (kgf蚻mm) ͌A
!!!!!!!! ͌NW ͌NS/2 ͌NS ͌0 = (4) Axial rigidity K+ and displacement of
2
Do =
!!!!!! tan͉蚺͘ ͌NSǺDisplacement of single nut(mm) !! thus it can also be judged from Fig1.7.3 that, ͌+portions of nuts and bearings. In early
!!!!!蛆Lead (mm) !!!with 1/2 displacement, the rigidity is 2 times stage of machine development, special
͌NWǺDisplacement of doulbe nuts(mm)
!!!͉蛆Lead angle !!!as high. attentions should be paid to the require-
͌ (Explancement of the rigidity of double nuts) ͌ ment of high rigidity for the installation
portion.
X1 As show in Fig1.7.1 and 1.7.2, when a preload
͌A ͌A
X Nut A PPL is applied on the 2 nuts A, B, both nuts A, t P
͌0 Nu K+ = (kgf蚻mm)
le ͌+
͌B
X2 B would produce flexural deformations that will ub
Nut B ͌A Do
reach point X. If an external force P is exerted 3
P t
Nu
from here, nut A would move from point X to point gle
Sin
X1, while nut B would move from X to X2.
PB P0 PA P PPL 3PPL P

Then, based on the computing formula for dis-

Fig 1.7.2 Fig 1.7.3
placement͌NS of the single nut, we can obtain :
C21 C22
 Positioning Accuracy

1- 8 Positioning Accuracy 1-8- 2 Countermeasure Against Thermal Displacement

Thermal displacement of the screw shaft results in deterioration of the positioning accur acy.
Among the factors that cause feed accuracy errors, lead storoke accouracy and feed
The magnitude of the thermal displacement is calculated as follows :
system rigidity are the key points for review, while other factors such as heat deformation
due to temperature rise as well as assenbly accuracy for the guiding surface, etc. should
Ɇ = ĮǷɆ tǷL (mm)
also be into consideration.
Ɇ!!ǺThermal displacement (mm)
͉ǺCoefficient of thermal expansion
1-8-1 Accuracy Selection
Ɇ tǺTemperature rise (deg) at screw shaft
Table1.8.1 shows the recommended application ranges for various ball screws accuracy
LǺScrew shaft length (mm)
classes based on different.

Table1.8.1 Examples of ball screws accuracy classes for different uses Namely, the screw shaft develops elongation of 12͔m per 1m when the temperature rises
Accuracy Grade by 1°C. The ball screw, which lead has been machined to high accuracyPD\IDLOWRPHHW
Application
C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
X ż ż ż ż ż ż KLJKOHYHOUHTXLUPHQWVEHDFXVHRIWKHWKHPDOGLVSODFHPHQWGXHWRWHPSHUDWXUHULVH
Lathe Y ż ż ż
Milling Machine XY ż ż ż ż ż $VWKHEDOOVFUHZLVRSHUDWHGDWKLJKHUVSHHGVWKHKHDWJHQHUDWLRQJURZVWRLQFUHDVH
BALL SCREW

Boring Machine Z ż ż ż ż
XY ż ż ż ż WKHLQIOXHVFHRIWHPSHUDWXUH
Machine Center Z ż ż ż
Y ż ż
NC Machine Tools

Jig Borer Z ż ż The themal displcaement contermeasures for ball screws include the following :
XY ż ż ż
Drilling Machine (1) Control of heat generation
Z ż ż
X ż ż ż ż ż ż
Grinding Machine Ɣ2SWLPL]DWLRQRISUHORDG
Z ż ż ż ż ż
Electro-discharge XY ż ż ż ż ż
Machine (EDM) (Z) ż ż ż ż
Ɣ&RUUHFWVHOHFWLRQDQGVXSSO\RIOXEULFDQW
Y ż ż ż Ɣ,QFUHDVHLQEDOOVFUHZOHDGZLWKUHGXFHGURWDWLRQVSHHG
Wire Cut (EDM)
UV ż ż ż ż ż
Punching Press XY ż ż ż
ż ż
Laser Cutting XY
Mathine Z
ż ż (2) Forced cooling
ż ż ż ż
Wood Working Machine
Machines of General use and special Use ż ż ż ż ż ƔHollow screw shaft to allow cooling fluid to flow through
Explosure Equipments ż ż
Semiconductor

Chemical Treatment ż ż ż ż
ƔCooling of screw shaft exterior with cooling oil or air
Machines

Wire Bonder ż ż ż
Prober ż ż ż ż
Inserter ż ż ż ż (3) Aviod influence of temperature rise
PCB Driller ż ż ż ż ż
As’sy ż ż ż ż ż +LJKVSHHGZDUPLQJXSIRUXVHLQDWHPSHUDWXUHVWDELOL]HGVL]H
Orthogonal Type
Industrial
Robots

Others ż ż ż
As’sy ż ż ż Ɣ2SHUDWHVDIWHUWKHWHPSHUDWXUHEHFRPHVWDEOH
Muliti-joints Type
Others ż ż ż
ƔPre-tension od screw shaft
SCARA Type ż ż ż ż
Machines for Steel molding ż ż ż ƔNegative travel compensation of cumulative lead
Injection Molding Machines ż ż ż
Three-Dimensonal Measuring Machines ż ż ż ƔUse of closed loop
Business Machines ż ż ż
Pattem Image Macines ż ż
Rod Control ż ż ż
Nuclear
Mechnaical Snubber ż ż
Aircrafts ż ż

C23 C24
 Life Design

Pn
1- 9 Life Design
P3
2Pmax + Pmin
1-9-1 Life of Ball Screws P2
Pe Pe = (kgf)
3

Load P
Even the ball screw id used under correct conditions, it would stillfail after a period of time
due to deteriotation. The elapse of timr unyil id out of service is called the service life of the P1
PmaxǺ Maximal axial load (kgf)
screw, which is generally classified into the fatigue life when delamination phenomenon Pmin Ǻ Minimal axial load (kgf)
L1 L2 L3 Ln
occurs and the accuracy deterioation life caused by wear-out, etc. L
Traveling distance
Fig A Fig B
1-9-2 Basic Static Load Rating Coa Fig 1.9.1 Pmax Pmax

The basic load rating is an axial static load which will produce a permanent combines
Pe Pe

Load P

Load P
(2) When load changes according to sine
deformation at comtact points of the balls to ball grooves equal to 0.01% of ball diameter.
curve Fig1.9.2)
Pe ɭ 0.65 Pmax ..... (Fig A) L L
1-9-3 Basic Dynamic Load Rating Ca Pe ɭ 0.75 Pmax ..... (Fig B) Travelling distance Travelling distance
BALL SCREW

The basic dynamic load rating is an axial load which allow 90% of a group of identical ball Fig 1.9.2
6
1-9-5 Calculation of Life
screws (rotated under the same condition) to rotate without flaking for 10 revolutions. The fatigue life is generally espressed by the total number of revolutions. The total rotation
This basic dynamic load rating is shown in the table of dimensions. hours or total travel distance may also be used to express life. The fatigue life is calualated
3
1 as follow :
Relation berween load and service life LȠ = LǺService life PǺLoad 3
P Ca 6 L LǷ
L= Ƿ10 Lt = Ls = 6
PaǷfw 60n 10
1-9-4 Fatigue Life Where
Average load Pe LǺRated fatigue life (rev) f wǺLoad factor (Factor depending nǺRotating speed
(1) When axial load keeps changing from time, please calcuate in order to find out the average LsǺLife in travel distance (km) on operation conditions) (rpm)
load for the equivalent fatigue life under different load condition changes. (as per Fig1.9.1) PaǺAxial (kgf) LtǺLife in hours (h) ǺLead (mm)
1 CaǺBasic dynamic load rating (kgf)
3 3 3 3
P1n1t1 + P2n2t2 +...+ Pnnntn
Pe = (kgf) Table 1.9.2 Load Factor (fw) Table 1.9.3 Factor of Safety (fs)
n1t1 + n2t2 +...+ nntn
Vibration Usage Operation fs
and Velocity (V) fw
Axial Load (kgf) Rotating Speed (min )
-1
Time(%) impact Industrial Normal operation 1.0ǡ1.3
Table 1.9.1 Service Life in Different Very Low machines Operation with impact
2.0ǡ3.0
1~1.2 and vibration
Application. Very Slight
P1 n1 t1 V≦0.25m/s Normal operation 1.0ǡ1.5
P2 n2 t2 Usage Life in hours (h) Work machines
Low Operation with impact
2.5ǡ7.0
   Slight 1.2~1.5 and vibration
   Working machines 20000 0.25＜V≦1m/s
  
General industrial
Pn nn tn machines 10000 Medium Basic Dynamic Load Rating Ca
Moderate 1.5~2
Automatic control
15000 1＜V≦2m/s Ca = PeǷfs
machines
Measurement 15000 High Basic Static Load Rating Coa
But, t1 + t2 + t3 +...+ tn = 100 machines Strong 2~3.5
V＞2m/s
Coa = PmaxǷfs

C25 C26
 Life Design

Key Points for Ball Screws Selection Calculation for Ball Screws Selection Key Points for Ball Screws Selection Calculation for Ball Screws Selection

2.Ball screw lead stroke (mm) 2.Ball screw lead stroke (mm)
When ball screws are subjected to selection, it
Fast feed stroke (mʏmin)Ƿ1000 10000
= (mm) = = 10(mm)
is a most fundamental rule that you must first Max. Rotating speed (min-1) of motor 1000
clearly find out what the operation conditions
10mm
are before going ahead with the final design. Minimal disassembly = = 0.01 mmʏstroke
1000 stroke

Moreover, the elements of your selection include Design conditions

1.Working table weight 300 Kg 3. Computation of average load Pe (kgf) 3.Computation of average load Pe (kgf)
load weight, stroke, torque, position determination 1
1
2.Working object weight 400 Kg 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
P1n1t1 + P2n2t2 +...+ Pnnntn 70Ƿ1000Ƿ10 + 170Ƿ600Ƿ50 + 270Ƿ200Ƿ30 + 370Ƿ100Ƿ10
accuracy, tracking motion, hardness, lead stroke, 3.Maxima 700 mm Pe = Pe = 1000Ƿ10 + 600Ƿ50 + 200Ƿ30 + 100Ƿ10
n1t1 + n2t2 +...+ nntn
1
4.Fast feed speed 10 m/min 13
nut inside diameter, etc., all elements are mutually 2Pmax + Pmin 31.7Ǹ10
3
0LQLPDOGLVDVVHPEO\DELOLW\ȝPVWURNH =
Pe = 4
related, any change to one of the elements will 6.6.Driving motor DC motor (MAX 1000 min ) 3 4.7Ǹ10
7.Guiding surface friction coefficient (͔= 0.05~0.1) Peɭ 0.65 Pmax !!ɭ 189 kgf
lead to the changes of other elements, special
8.Running rate 60 %
Pe ɭ 0.75 Pmax
attention should always be paid to the balance 9.Accuracy review items
BALL SCREW

10.Inertia generated during acceleration/deceleration can be

among the elements. neglected because the time periods involved are mparatively
small.
4.Average number of rotations nm 4.Average number of rotations nm
1.Setting of operation conditions 1.Setting of operation conditions
n1t1 + n2t2 +...+ nntn 1000Ǹ10 + 600Ǹ50 + 200Ǹ30+ 100Ǹ10
(a) Machine servoce life time reckoning of H(hr) (a) Machine service life time reckonig of H(hr) nm = nm =
100 100
4
H= X X X
4.7Ǹ10 -1
hours/day days/ year life years Running H = 12 hrǷ250 daysǷ10 yearsǷ0.6 Running = = 470 min
100
(b) Mechanical conditions = 18000 hr
calculation
Date Cutting Sliding Time (b) Mechanical conditions 5.Calculation of required dynamic rated load Ca 5. Calculation of required static rated load Coa Ca
Speed/rotations
Difference resistance resistance used
Operations
-1 calculation Ca = PeǸfs Ca = 189Ǹ5 = 945 (kgf)
Fast feed mʏminʏmin kgf kgf % Date Cutting Sliding Time
Difference
Speed/rotations resistance resistance used
Light cutting ʏ Operations
-1
Medium cutting ʏ Fast feed mʏminʏmin 0 kgf 70 kgf 10 %
Light cutting 6ʏ600 100 70 50 6.Calculation of required static rated load Coa 6.Calculation of required static rated load Coa
Heavy cutting ʏ
Medium cutting 2ʏ200 200 70 30
Coa = PmaxǸfs Coa = 369Ǹ5 = 1845(kgf)
(c)Position determination accuracy Heavy cutting 1ʏ100 300 70 10

Feed accuracy error factor includes load Sliding resistance = (300 + 400)Ƿ0.1 = 70 kgf
7.Selection of nut type 7.Selection of nut type
accuracy and system rigidity.Thermal
Caɧ945 Coaɧ1845 Choose SFI 12510 on the catalogue
displacement due to heat generation and
Select the nut types with basic dynamic rated load and Ca = 2954(kgf)
positional error of the guide system is also
and basic static rated load as specified above. Coa = 7295(kgf)
important factors.

C27 C28
 Cautions About Use of Ball Screws

1-10 Cautions About Use of Ball Screws 1-10-2 Dust Proof蚻Prevention

Any foreign matter or water, if allowed to enter the ball screw, may increase friction
!!!!!!!Ball screw assemblies are delicate components
and cause damage.For example, the entry of chips or cutting oil may be expected with
therefore; extra care must be taken to prevent the
machine tools depending on the work environment. Where entry of foreign matter is
ball track from small particle and damages that
anticipated, use a bellows or telescopic cover as shown in Fig 1.10.2, to cover the screw
caused by edged component or tools. Disassembling
shaft completely.
ball screw assembly without guidance or over travelling
are strongly prohibited, if dismantle occurs, permanent
damage will take place, please contact TBI Motion for
Fig 1.10.1 Error intallation
after service.(as per Fig 1.10.1)

If disassembling is required, use the mandrel attached to ensure that steel balls does
not fall. (Please refer to page C33)
BALL SCREW

1-10-1 Lubrication
!!!!!!!Adequate lubrication must be provided when ball screw is used, insufficient lubrication
will result in contact of metal, which in turn leads to increase of friction and friction loss, Fig 1.10.2 Dust proof Method by Telescopic Cover and Bellows
thus cause failure or shortening of service life.
1-10-3 Offset!Load
Lubricants applied to ball screws can be divided into 2 types, namely lubricating oil and
!!!!!!!When offset load phenomenon occurs, screw life and noise tend to be directly affected,
consistent grease. In general speaking, in respectof maintenance, consistent grease will
which would usually be accompanied with hand feel of rough running. In the event unload
lead to increase of dynamic friction torque linearly along with increase of rotating speed,
running and running right after assembling demonstrate different degree of cases, this
hence oil lubrication is deemed the better way when speed exceeds 3-5 m/min; however,
should be ascribed to the poor assembly accuracy which will produce offset load
don't forget the fact that there have been examples that using grease has been capable
phenomenon as shown in Fig 1.10.3
of achieving speed of 10 m/min, with respect to the equipment.

Table 1.10.1 Inspection of lubrication and interval of refill

Method Interval Check Item Replenish or Change Interval

Auto. Oil level, Add at each check, as required
Interminttent Weekly
oil supply contamination depending on tank level

nitially 2~3 Contamination replenish yearly or according to the

Grease on entry of
months inspection result.
chip
To be determined according to
Oil bath Daily Oil level
consumption
Fig 1.10.3 Offset Load

C31 C32
 Cautions About Use of Ball Screws

1-10-4 Assembling the Ball Screws 1-10-5 Machining Specifications

If ball nut is shipped un-assembled please follow the procedure as below. (1) For the Ball Screws with internal ball circulation ball nut, it is required to have at
least one end with complete thread to the end of screw, it is also required to have
the journal area is with diameter to be smaller than the diameter of thread root as
Table 1.10.2 Procedure
Fig.1.10.4 shown.

(2) The thread on screw shaft are hardened by induction hardening. It shall cause
about 10~20mm at both ends journal purpose. The un hardened area will be labeled.

(1) Remove the band. (2) Attached the mandrel towards machine
ends.
＞Root
BALL SCREW

Root diameter
diameter
Ødr
Ødr

Fig 1.10.4 For Internal Circulation!

(3) Rotate the ball nut into the screw along (4) Ensure that the ball nut is fully inserted
the thread. before remove the mandrel.

Fig 1.10.5 Harden Area

C33 C34
 Nominal Model Code of Ball Screw蚻Precision Ground Ball Screw Series
2. Ball Screw
2- 1 Nominal Model Code of Ball Screw 2-2 Precision Ground Ball Screw Series
SFU R 025 05 T4 D G C5 - 600 - P1 - B2 + N3 N3 2-2-1!!!!!!!!!!!!!!Nut of Precision Ground Ball Screw Type

Nominal Model Nut Type Flange Type

SǺSingle nut SFNI
S
DǺDouble nut
FǺ!With flange NI
F

(Strong dust-proof type)

CǺ!Without flange
NI ǺNI type nut
NU Ǻ!NU type nut
H Ǻ!H type nut
Y Ǻ!Y type nut
S Ǻ DIN nut
U V Ǻ V type nut
I Ǻ I type nut
UǺ DIN nut
MǺ M type nut C41
BALL SCREW

K Ǻ K type nut
SFNU
Threading Direction
RǺRight L ǺLeft NU

(Strong dust-proof type)

Nominal Diameter
UnitǺmm

Lead
UnitǺmm

Number of Turns (TurnǷRow)

TurnǺ TǺ1 AǺ1.5 ( or 1.701.8 ) BǺ2.502.8 CǺ3.5 DǺ4.8
exǺ( 2.5Ƿ2 = B2 )

d̆32 ḋ40
Flange Type
NǺNot cutting SǺSingle cutting DǺDouble cutting
C42
Product Code
GǺGround FǺRolled SFH
H
Accuracy Grade

(High Speed/Strong dust-proof type)

C0, C1, C2, C3, C5, C7, C10

Overall Length of Shaft

UnitǺmm

Axial Clearance and Preload Value

P0,P1,P2,P3,P4

Number of Nut
(Leave blank if only one nut is required) Ex : Two install two nuts in a shaft Ǻ B2

Nut Surface Treatment

SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent Model No.̆3232 Model No.̇4005
Shaft Surface Treatment
SǺStandard B1ǺBlack Oxidation N1ǺHard Chrome Plating PǺPhosphating N3ǺNickel Plating N4ǺRaydent C43

C35 C36
 Precision Ground Ball Screw Series

Nut Type Flange Type Nut Type Flange Type

Y SFY SFI
(High DM-N Rating)

C44 I

(Standard)
SFS
C49
S DFI
(High Speed / Low Noise type)
BALL SCREW

C45
DFS

C50
Model No.̆3232 Model No.̇4005
SFU

C46
SFV
V
(High Load External Circulation type)

(DIN Standard)
C51
DFU
C47
DFV
d̆32 ḋ40

C48 C52

C37 C38
 Precision Ground Ball Screw Series

Nut Type Flange Type Nut Type Flange Type

SFM SCI (No-Flange)

(Standard)
No-Flange

M
(Design for Milling)

C53 C55
DFM BSH

d̆12
BALL SCREW

BSH No-Flange

ḋ14
C53
SFK C56

XSV XSV

(Design for factory automation)

(SFK01004)
(SFK02002)
(SFK02502)
K
(Miniature type)

C54
SFK
C57~61
ʰThe information is for standard production, if other needs please contact ʰ
Table 2.2.1 Preload Chart

Preload I, U, M-type H, S-type Y-type V-type BSH-type K-type

P0
P1
C54
P2
P3
P4

C39 C40
 Precision Ground Ball Screw蚻SFNI, SFNU Specifications

SFNI Series Specifications SFNU Series Specifications

45° 30°
15°
Q )Oil hole*
30
Q)Oil hole* Z 22.5° 8-X)uis/* °
6-X)uis/*
Q)Oil hole*

X
ØW

ØW
ØD

ØD
ØA
Ød

Ød
B
60° B
H ØA L H H L
Unit;mm d≦32 d≧40 Unit;mm

Dimension Load Rating Dimension Load Rating

K K
Model No. d I Da kgf/͔m Model No. d I Da kgf/͔m
Ca Coa Ca Coa
D A B L W H X Y Z Q n (kgf) (kgf) D A B L W H X Q n (kgf) (kgf)
BALL SCREW

SFNI01605-4 5 3.175 30 49 10 45 39 34 4.5 8 4.5 M6 1x4 1380 3052 33 SFNU01605-4 5 3.175 28 48 10 45 38 40 5.5 M6 1x4 1380 3052 32
16
16
SFNI01610-3 10 3.175 34 58 10 57 45 34 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x3 1103 2401 27 SFNU01610-3 10 3.175 28 48 10 57 38 40 5.5 M6 1x3 1103 2401 26

SFNI02005-4 20 5 3.175 34 57 11 51 45 40 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1551 3875 39 SFNU02005-4 20 5 3.175 36 58 10 51 47 44 6.6 M6 1x4 1551 3875 39

SFNI02505-4 5 3.175 40 63 11 51 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 1x4 1724 4904 45 SFNU02505-4 5 3.175 40 62 10 51 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 1724 4904 45
25
25
SFNI02510-4 10 4.762 46 72 12 80 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M6 1x4 2954 7295 51 SFNU02510-4 10 4.762 40 62 12 80 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 2954 7295 50

SFNI03205-4 5 3.175 46 72 12 52 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 52 SFNU03205-4 5 3.175 50 80 12 52 65 62 9 M6 1x4 1922 6343 54
32 32
SFNI03210-4 10 6.35 54 88 15 85 70 62 9 14 8.5 M8 1x4 4805 12208 62 SFNU03210-4 10 6.35 50 80 12 85 65 62 9 M6 1x4 4805 12208 61

SFNI04005-4 5 3.175 56 90 15 55 72 64 9 14 8.5 M8 1x4 2110 7988 59 SFNU04005-4 5 3.175 63 93 14 55 78 70 9 M8 1x4 2110 7988 63
40 40
SFNI04010-4 10 6.35 62 104 18 88 82 70 11 17.5 11 M8 1x4 5399 15500 72 SFNU04010-4 10 6.35 63 93 14 88 78 70 9 M8 1x4 5399 15500 73

SFNI05010-4 50 10 6.35 72 114 18 88 92 82 11 17.5 11 M8 1x4 6004 19614 83 SFNU05010-4 50 10 6.35 75 110 16 88 93 85 11 M8 1x4 6004 19614 85

SFNI06310-4 63 10 6.35 85 131 22 93 107 95 14 20 13 M8 1x4 6719 25358 95 SFNU06310-4 63 10 6.35 90 125 18 93 108 95 11 M8 1x4 6719 25358 99

SFNI08010-4 80 10 6.35 105 150 22 93 127 115 14 20 13 M8 1x4 7346 31953 109 SFNU08010-4 80 10 6.35 105 145 20 93 125 110 13.5 M8 1x4 7346 31953 109

C41 C42
 Precision Ground Ball Screw蚻SFH, SFY Specifications

SFH Series Specifications SFY Series Specifications

22.5° 45° Q )Oil hole* 15°
Q)Oil hole* 30° Q )Oil hole*
30
°

ØW

ØD
ØA

Ød
ØD
ØA

Ød
6-X)uis/* 8-X)uis/* 4-X)uis/*
60°
E B E B
H H L H L
Model No.≦SFH03232 Model No.≧SFH04005
Unit;mm Unit;mm

Dimension Load Rating K Dimension K

Large Lead Ca Coa
Model No. d I Da kgf/ d I Da kgf/
Ca Coa Model No. (kgf) (kgf)
D A E B L W H X Q n ͔m D A E B L W H X Q n ͔m
(kgf) (kgf)

SFH01205-2.8 12 5 2.5 24 40 5 10 30 32 30 4.5 2.8x1 661 1316 19 SFY01616-3.6 16 2.778 32 53 10.1 10 45 42 34 4.5 M6 1.8x2 1073 2551 31
BALL SCREW

16
SFY01616-5.6 16 2.778 32 53 10.1 10 61 42 34 4.5 M6 2.8x2 1568 3968 47
SFH01605-3.8 5 2.778 28 48 5 10 37 38 40 5.5 M6 3.8x1 1112 2507 30 SFY02020-3.6 20 3.175 39 62 13 10 52 50 41 5.5 M6 1.8x2 1387 3515 37
20
SFY02020-5.6 20 3.175 39 62 13 10 72 50 41 5.5 M6 2.8x2 2029 5468 56
SFH01610-2.8 15 10 2.778 28 48 5 10 45 38 40 5.5 M6 2.8x1 839 1821 23
SFY02525-3.6 25 3.969 47 74 15 12 64 60 49 6.6 M6 1.8x2 2074 5494 45
25
SFH01616-1.8 16 2.778 28 48 5 10 45 38 40 5.5 M6 1.8x1 552 1137 14 SFY02525-5.6 25 3.969 47 74 15 12 89 60 49 6.6 M6 2.8x2 3032 8546 69
SFY03232-3.6 32 4.762 58 92 17 12 78 74 60 9 M6 1.8x2 3021 8690 58
SFH02005-3.8 5 3.175 36 58 7 10 37 47 44 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1484 3681 37 32
SFY03232-5.6 32 4.762 58 92 17 12 110 74 60 9 M6 2.8x2 4417 13517 88

SFH02010-3.8 10 3.175 36 58 7 10 55 47 44 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1516 3833 40 SFY04040-3.6 40 6.35 73 114 19.5 15 99 93 75 11 M6 1.8x2 4831 14062 70
20 40
SFY04040-5.6 40 6.35 73 114 19.5 15 139 93 75 11 M6 2.8x2 7065 21874 106
SFH02020-1.8 20 3.175 36 58 7 10 54 47 44 6.6 M6 1.8x1 764 1758 19 SFY05050-3.6 50 7.938 90 135 21.5 20 117 112 92 14 M6 1.8x2 7220 21974 86
50
SFY05050-5.6 50 7.938 90 135 21.5 20 167 112 92 14 M6 2.8x2 10558 34182 131
SFH02505-3.8 5 3.175 40 62 7 10 37 51 48 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1650 4658 43
Dimension K
Twin Lead Ca Coa
SFH02510-3.8 25 10 3.175 40 62 7 12 55 51 48 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1638 4633 45 d I Da kgf/
Model No. (kgf) (kgf)
D A E B L W H X Q n ͔m
SFH02525-1.8 25 3.175 40 62 7 12 64 51 48 6.6 M6 1.8x1 843 2199 22
SFY01632-1.6 32 2.778 32 53 10.1 10 42.5 42 34 4.5 M6 0.8x2 493 1116 11
16
SFH03205-3.8 32 5 3.175 50 80 9 12 37 65 62 9 M6 3.8x1 1839 6026 51 SFY01632-3.6 32 2.778 32 53 10.1 10 74.5 42 34 4.5 M6 1.8x2 989 2511 23
SFY02040-1.6 40 3.175 39 62 13 10 48 50 41 5.5 M6 0.8x2 653 1597 15
SFH03210-3.8 10 3.969 50 80 9 12 57 65 62 9 M6 3.8x1 2460 7255 55 20
SFY02040-3.6 40 3.175 39 62 13 10 88 50 41 5.5 M6 1.8x2 1311 3592 30
31
SFY02550-1.6 50 3.969 47 74 15 12 58 60 49 6.6 M6 0.8x2 976 2495 19
SFH03220-2.8 20 3.969 50 80 9 12 76 65 62 9 M6 2.8x1 1907 5482 43 25
SFY02550-3.6 50 3.969 47 74 15 12 108 60 49 6.6 M6 1.8x2 1960 5614 32
SFH04005-3.8 40 5 3.175 63 93 9 15 42 78 70 9 M8 3.8x1 2018 7589 60 SFY03264-1.6 64 4.762 58 92 17 12 71 74 60 9 M6 0.8x2 1374 3571 22
32
SFY03264-3.6 64 4.762 58 92 17 12 135 74 60 9 M6 1.8x2 2759 8441 46
SFH04010-3.8 38 10 6.35 63 93 9 14 60 78 70 9 M8 3.8x1 5035 13943 67
SFY04080-1.6 80 6.35 73 114 19.5 15 90 93 75 11 M6 0.8x2 2273 6387 29
40
SFH05005-3.8 50 5 3.175 75 110 10.5 15 42 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 2207 9542 68 SFY04080-3.6 80 6.35 73 114 19.5 15 170 93 75 11 M6 1.8x2 4566 14370 50
SFY050100-1.6 100 7.938 90 135 21.5 20 111 112 92 14 M6 0.8x2 3398 9980 35
SFH05010-3.8 48 10 6.35 75 110 10.5 18 60 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 5638 17852 79 50
SFY050100-3.6 100 7.938 90 135 21.5 20 211 112 92 14 M6 1.8x2 6824 22455 72

C43 C44
 Precision Ground Ball Screw蚻SFS, DFS Specifications

SFS (DIN 69051 FORM B) Series Specifications DFS (DIN 69051 FORM B) Series Specifications
22.5° 22.5° 45° Q )Oil hole* 15°
45° Q)Oil hole* 30° 15° Q )Oil hole* 30°
Q )Oil hole* 30 30 Q)Oil hole*
° Q )Oil hole* °

ØW

ØW

ØD
ØD

ØA
ØA

Ød
Ød
6-X)uis/* 8-X)uis/* 6-X)uis/* 8-X)uis/*

H H B B
H H
L L
Model No.≦SFS03232 Model No.≧SFS04005 Model No.≦DFS03220 Model No.≧DFS04005

Unit;mm Unit;mm

Dimension K Dimension K
Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/ Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf)
D A B L W H X Q n ͔m D A B L W H X Q n ͔m

SFS01205-2.8 5 2.5 24 40 10 31 32 30 4.5 2.8x1 661 1316 19

12 DFS01605-3.8 5 2.778 28 48 10 73 38 40 5.5 M6 3.8x1 1112 2507 41
BALL SCREW

SFS01210-2.8 10 2.5 24 40 10 48.5 32 30 4.5 2.8x1 642 1287 19

15
SFS01605-3.8 5 2.778 28 48 10 38 38 40 5.5 M6 3.8x1 1112 2507 30
DFS01610-2.8 10 2.778 28 48 10 97 38 40 5.5 M6 2.8x1 839 1821 31
SFS01610-2.8 10 2.778 28 48 10 47 38 40 5.5 M6 2.8x1 839 1821 23
SFS01616-1.8 15 16 2.778 28 48 10 45 38 40 5.5 M6 1.8x1 552 1137 14 DFS02005-3.8 5 3.175 36 58 10 75 47 44 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1484 3681 50
SFS01616-2.8 16 2.778 28 48 10 61 38 40 5.5 M6 2.8x1 808 1769 22
20
SFS01620-1.8 20 2.778 28 48 10 57 38 40 5.5 M6 1.8x1 554 1170 14 DFS02010-3.8 10 3.175 36 58 10 120 47 44 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1516 3833 53
SFS02005-3.8 5 3.175 36 58 10 40 47 44 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1484 3681 37
SFS02010-3.8 10 3.175 36 58 10 60 47 44 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1516 3833 40 DFS02505-3.8 5 3.175 40 62 10 75 51 48 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1650 4658 59
20
SFS02020-1.8 20 3.175 36 58 10 57 47 44 6.6 M6 1.8x1 764 1758 19 25
SFS02020-2.8 20 3.175 36 58 10 77 47 44 6.6 M6 2.8x1 1118 2734 29 DFS02510-3.8 10 3.175 40 62 12 122 51 48 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1638 4633 61
SFS02505-3.8 5 3.175 40 62 10 40 51 48 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1650 4658 43
SFS02510-3.8 10 3.175 40 62 12 62 51 48 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1638 4633 45 DFS03205-3.8 32 5 3.175 50 80 12 82 65 62 9 M6 3.8x1 1839 6026 71
25
SFS02525-1.8 25 3.175 40 62 12 70 51 48 6.6 M6 1.8x1 843 2199 22
SFS02525-2.8 25 3.175 40 62 12 95 51 48 6.6 M6 2.8x1 1232 3421 34 DFS03210-3.8 10 3.969 50 80 13 122 65 62 9 M6 3.8x1 2460 7255 75
SFS03205-3.8 32 5 3.175 50 80 12 42 65 62 9 M6 3.8x1 1839 6026 51 31
SFS03210-3.8 10 3.969 50 80 13 62 65 62 9 M6 3.8x1 2460 7255 55 DFS03220-2.8 20 3.969 50 80 12 160 65 62 9 M6 2.8x1 1907 5482 58
SFS03220-2.8 20 3.969 50 80 12 80 65 62 9 M6 2.8x1 1907 5482 43
31
SFS03232-1.8 32 3.969 50 80 13 84 65 62 9 M6 1.8x1 1257 3426 27 DFS04005-3.8 40 5 3.175 63 93 15 85 78 70 9 M8 3.8x1 2018 7589 83
SFS03232-2.8 32 3.969 50 80 13 116 65 62 9 M6 2.8x1 1838 5329 42
SFS04005-3.8 40 5 3.175 63 93 15 45 78 70 9 M8 3.8x1 2018 7589 60 DFS04010-3.8 10 6.35 63 93 14 123 78 70 9 M8 3.8x1 5035 13943 91
SFS04010-3.8 10 6.35 63 93 14 63 78 70 9 M8 3.8x1 5035 13943 67 38
SFS04020-2.8 20 6.35 63 93 14 82 78 70 9 M8 2.8x1 3959 10715 54 DFS04020-2.8 20 6.35 63 93 14 162 78 70 9 M8 2.8x1 3959 10715 73
38
SFS04040-1.8 40 6.35 63 93 15 105 78 70 9 M8 1.8x1 2585 6648 34
SFS04040-2.8 40 6.35 63 93 15 145 78 70 9 M8 2.8x1 3780 10341 52 DFS05005-3.8 50 5 3.175 75 110 15 85 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 2207 9542 96
SFS05005-3.8 50 5 3.175 75 110 15 45 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 2207 9542 68
SFS05010-3.8 10 6.35 75 110 18 68 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 5638 17852 79 DFS05010-3.8 10 6.35 75 110 18 138 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 5638 17852 109
SFS05012-3.8 12 6.35 75 110 18 75 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 5632 17836 81
DFS05012-3.8 48 12 6.35 75 110 18 147 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 5632 17836 110
SFS05020-3.8 48 20 6.35 75 110 18 108 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 5749 18485 87
SFS05050-1.8 50 6.35 75 110 18 125 93 85 11 M8 1.8x1 2946 8749 42
DFS05020-3.8 20 6.35 75 110 18 218 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 5749 18485 116
SFS05050-2.8 50 6.35 75 110 18 175 93 85 11 M8 2.8x1 4308 13610 65

C45 C46
 Precision Ground Ball Screw蚻SFV, DFV Specifications

SFV Series Specifications DFV Series Specifications

Q)Oil hole* 30° Q )Oil hole* 30° Q)Oil hole* 30° Q )Oil hole* 30°
Z Q)Oil hole* Q )Oil hole*
Z

X
ØW

ØW
ØD
Ød

ØD
Ød
B
60° B 60°
L
H ØA L ØA
H

Unit;mm Unit;mm

Dimension K Dimension K
Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/ Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf)
D A B L W H X Y Z Q n ͔m D A B L W H X Y Z Q n ͔m

SFV01205-2.8 5 2.5 30 50 10 42 40 32 4.5 8 4.5 M6 2.8x1 661 1316 19 DFV01510-2.7 15 10 3.175 34 58 10 107 45 34 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 2.7x1 972 2020 30
12
BALL SCREW

SFV01210-2.7 10 2.5 30 50 10 53 40 32 4.5 8 4.5 M6 2.7x1 623 1241 18 DFV01604-3.8 4 2.381 34 57 11 89 45 34 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 3.8x1 931 2285 42
SFV01510-2.7 15 10 3.175 34 58 10 57 45 34 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 2.7x1 972 2020 23
DFV01605-4.8 16 5 3.175 40 63 11 113 51 42 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 4.8x1 1614 3662 53
SFV01604-3.8 4 2.381 34 57 11 45 45 34 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 3.8x1 931 2285 31
DFV01610-2.7 10 3.175 40 63 11 106 51 42 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 2.7x1 1008 2161 32
SFV01605-4.8 16 5 3.175 40 63 11 58 51 42 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 4.8x1 1614 3662 40
SFV01610-2.7 10 3.175 40 63 11 56 51 42 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 2.7x1 1008 2161 24 DFV02004-4.8 4 2.381 40 60 10 94 50 40 4.5 8 4 M6 4.8x1 1247 3584 61
SFV02004-4.8 4 2.381 40 60 10 50 50 40 4.5 8 4 M6 4.8x1 1247 3584 45 DFV02005-4.8 20 5 3.175 44 67 11 112 55 52 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 4.8x1 1814 4650 63
SFV02005-4.8 5 3.175 44 67 11 57 55 52 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 4.8x1 1814 4650 47 DFV02010-2.7 10 3.969 46 74 13 117 59 46 6.6 11 6.5 M6 2.7x1 1518 3398 40
20
SFV02010-2.7 10 3.969 46 74 13 57 59 46 6.6 11 6.5 M6 2.7x1 1518 3398 30 DFV02505-4.8 5 3.175 50 73 11 105 61 52 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 4.8x1 2017 5884 75
SFV02020-1.8 20 3.175 46 74 13 70 59 46 6.6 11 6.5 M6 1.8x1 764 1758 19 DFV02506-4.8 6 3.969 53 76 11 116 64 58 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 4.8x1 2711 7268 78
SFV02505-4.8 5 3.175 50 73 11 55 61 52 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 4.8x1 2017 5884 56 25
DFV02508-4.8 8 4.762 56 85 13 134 71 64 6.5 11 6.5 M6 4.8x1 3466 8776 82
SFV02506-4.8 6 3.969 53 76 11 62 64 58 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 4.8x1 2711 7268 58
DFV02510-2.7 10 6.35 68 102 15 130 84 82 9 14 8.5 M8 2.7x1 3040 6547 49
SFV02508-4.8 25 8 4.762 56 85 13 70 71 64 6.5 11 6.5 M6 4.8x1 3466 8776 61
SFV02510-2.7 10 6.35 68 102 15 70 84 82 9 14 8.5 M8 2.7x1 3040 6547 37 DFV03204-4.8 4 2.381 54 81 12 94 67 64 6.6 11 6.5 M6 4.8x1 1517 5806 85
SFV02525-1.8 25 3.175 50 73 13 83 61 52 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 1.8x1 843 2199 22 DFV03205-4.8 5 3.175 58 85 12 106 71 64 6.6 11 6.5 M8 4.8x1 2249 7612 90
SFV03204-4.8 4 2.381 54 81 12 50 67 64 6.6 11 6.5 M6 4.8x1 1517 5806 62 DFV03206-4.8 6 3.969 62 89 12 114 75 68 6.6 11 6.5 M8 4.8x1 3079 9575 95
32
SFV03205-4.8 5 3.175 58 85 12 56 71 64 6.6 11 6.5 M8 4.8x1 2249 7612 66 DFV03208-4.8 8 4.762 66 100 15 139 82 76 9 14 8.5 M8 4.8x1 3962 11547 100
SFV03206-4.8 6 3.969 62 89 12 60 75 68 6.6 11 6.5 M8 4.8x1 3079 9575 70 DFV03210-4.8 10 6.35 74 108 15 186 90 82 9 14 9 M8 4.8x1 5620 14649 101
32
SFV03208-4.8 8 4.762 66 100 15 75 82 76 9 14 8.5 M8 4.8x1 3962 11547 74
DFV03220-2.7 20 6.35 74 108 16 200 90 82 9 14 8.5 M8 2.7x1 3509 8644 61
SFV03210-4.8 10 6.35 74 108 15 96 90 82 9 14 9 M8 4.8x1 5620 14649 76
DFV04005-4.8 5 3.175 67 101 15 109 83 72 9 14 8.5 M8 4.8x1 2468 9586 105
SFV03220-2.7 20 6.35 74 108 16 100 90 82 9 14 8.5 M8 2.7x1 3509 8644 46
SFV04005-4.8 5 3.175 67 101 15 59 83 72 9 14 8.5 M8 4.8x1 2468 9586 76 DFV04010-4.8 40 10 6.35 82 124 18 188 102 94 11 17.5 11 M8 4.8x1 6316 18600 121
SFV04010-4.8 40 10 6.35 82 124 18 100 102 94 11 17.5 11 M8 4.8x1 6316 18600 90 DFV04020-2.7 20 6.35 82 124 18 200 102 90 11 17.5 11 M8 2.7x1 3935 10893 74
SFV04020-2.7 20 6.35 82 124 18 100 102 90 11 17.5 11 M8 2.7x1 3935 10893 56 DFV05005-4.8 5 3.175 80 114 15 115 96 82 9 14 8.5 M8 4.8x1 2698 12053 122
SFV05005-4.8 5 3.175 80 114 15 60 96 82 9 14 8.5 M8 4.8x1 2698 12053 87 DFV05010-4.8 50 10 6.35 93 135 16 173 113 98 11 17.5 11 M8 4.8x1 7023 23537 144
SFV05010-4.8 50 10 6.35 93 135 16 93 113 98 11 17.5 11 M8 4.8x1 7023 23537 106 DFV05020-2.7 20 9.525 105 152 28 221 128 110 14 20 13 M8 2.7x1 7336 19700 90
SFV05020-2.7 20 9.525 105 152 28 121 128 110 14 20 13 M8 2.7x1 7336 19700 68 DFV06310-4.8 10 6.35 108 154 22 195 130 110 14 20 13 M8 4.8x1 7860 30430 172
SFV06310-4.8 10 6.35 108 154 22 105 130 110 14 20 13 M8 4.8x1 7860 30430 126 63
63 DFV06320-2.7 20 9.525 122 180 28 220 150 130 18 26 17.5 M8 2.7x1 8162 24741 107
SFV06320-2.7 20 9.525 122 180 28 120 150 130 18 26 17.5 M8 2.7x1 8162 24741 80
DFV08010-4.8 10 6.35 130 176 22 195 152 132 14 20 13 M8 4.8x1 8593 38344 201
SFV08010-4.8 10 6.35 130 176 22 105 152 132 14 20 13 M8 4.8x1 8593 38344 145
SFV08020-4.8 80 20 9.525 143 204 28 180 172 148 18 26 18 M8 4.8x1 15103 57296 168 DFV08020-4.8 80 20 9.525 143 204 28 340 172 148 18 26 18 M8 4.8x1 15103 57296 226
SFV08020-7.6 20 9.525 143 204 28 240 172 148 18 26 18 M8 3.8x2 22423 90719 260 DFV08020-7.6 20 9.525 143 204 28 460 172 148 18 26 18 M8 3.8x2 22423 90719 351

C47 C48
 Precision Ground Ball Screw蚻SFI, DFI Specifications

SFI Series Specifications DFI Series Specifications

Z
Q)Oil hole* Q )Oil hole* Z

X
ØW

ØW
ØD

ØD
Ød

Ød
B
H 60° H 60°
B L
ØA ØA
L

Unit;mm Unit;mm

Dimension K Dimension K
Model No. d I Ca Coa Model No. d I Da Ca Coa
Da (kgf) (kgf)
kgf/
(kgf) (kgf)
kgf/
D A B L W H X Y Z Q n ͔m D A B L W H X Y Z Q n ͔m

SFI01604-4 4 2.381 30 49 10 45 39 34 4.5 8 4.5 M6 1x4 973 2406 32 DFI01604-4 4 2.381 30 49 10 80 39 34 4.5 8 4.5 M6 1x4 973 2406 44
BALL SCREW

16
ι SFI01605-4 16 5 3.175 30 49 10 50 39 34 4.5 8 4.5 M6 1x4 1380 3052 33 ι DFI01605-4 5 3.175 30 49 10 100 39 34 4.5 8 4.5 M6 1x4 1380 3052 44

ι SFI01610-3 10 3.175 34 58 10 57 45 34 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x3 1103 2401 27 DFI02004-4 4 2.381 34 57 11 80 45 40 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1066 2987 51
20
SFI02004-4 4 2.381 34 57 11 46 45 40 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1066 2987 37 ι DFI02005-4 5 3.175 34 57 11 101 45 40 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1551 3875 52
ι SFI02005-4 20 5 3.175 34 57 11 51 45 40 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1551 3875 39
DFI02504-4 4 2.381 40 63 11 80 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1180 3795 60
SFI0205T-4 5.08 3.175 34 57 11 51 45 40 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1550 3875 39
ι DFI02505-4 5 3.175 40 63 11 101 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 1x4 1724 4094 62
ι SFI02504-4 4 2.381 40 63 11 46 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1180 3795 43 25
DFI0255T-4 5.08 3.175 40 63 11 101 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 1x4 1724 4094 62
ι SFI02505-4 5 3.175 40 63 11 51 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 1x4 1724 4904 45
25 DFI02510-4 10 4.762 46 72 12 145 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M6 1x4 2954 7295 68
SFI0255T-4 5.08 3.175 40 63 11 51 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 1x4 1724 4904 45
DFI03204-4 4 2.381 46 72 12 80 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M6 1x4 1296 4838 69
ι SFI02510-4 10 4.762 46 72 12 85 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M6 1x4 2954 7295 51
ι DFI03205-4 5 3.175 46 72 12 102 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 72
SFI03204-4 4 2.381 46 72 12 47 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M6 1x4 1296 4838 49 32
DFI0325T-4 5.08 3.175 46 72 12 102 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 72
ι SFI03205-4 32 5 3.175 46 72 12 52 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 52
ι DFI03210-4 10 6.35 54 88 15 162 70 62 9 14 8.5 M8 1x4 4805 12208 83
ι SFI03210-4 10 6.35 54 88 15 90 70 62 9 14 8.5 M8 1x4 4805 12208 62
ι DFI04005-4 5 3.175 56 90 15 105 72 64 9 14 8.5 M8 1x4 2110 7988 84
ι SFI04005-4 5 3.175 56 90 15 55 72 64 9 14 8.5 M8 1x4 2110 7988 59
40 40
ι SFI04010-4 10 6.35 62 104 18 93 82 70 11 17.5 11 M8 1x4 5399 15500 72 ι DFI04010-4 10 6.35 62 104 18 165 82 70 11 17.5 11 M8 1x4 5399 15500 99

ι SFI05010-4 50 10 6.35 72 114 18 93 92 82 11 17.5 11 M8 1x4 6004 19614 83 ι DFI05010-4 50 10 6.35 72 114 18 171 92 82 11 17.5 11 M8 1x4 6004 19614 115

ι SFI06310-4 63 10 6.35 85 131 22 98 107 95 14 20 13 M8 1x4 6719 25358 95 ι DFI06310-4 63 10 6.35 85 131 22 182 107 95 14 20 13 M8 1x4 6719 25358 135

SFI08010-4 80 10 6.35 105 150 22 98 127 115 14 20 13 M8 1x4 7346 31953 109 DFI08010-4 80 10 6.35 105 150 22 182 127 115 14 20 13 M8 1x4 7346 31953 156

ʰιLeft helix availableʰ ʰιLeft helix availableʰ

C49 C50
 Precision Ground Ball Screw蚻SFU, DFU Specifications

SFU (DIN 69051 FORM B) Series Specifications DFU (DIN 69051 FORM B) Series Specifications

45° 30° 15° Q )Oil hole* 45° 30° 15° Q )Oil hole*
30 30
22.5° 8-X)uis/* ° 22.5° 8-X)uis/* °
6-X)uis/* 6-X)uis/*

ØW

ØD
ØA

Ød
ØW

ØD
ØA

Ød
B B
H H L H H L
d≦32 d≧40 d≦32 d≧40
Unit;mm Unit;mm
Dimension K Dimension K
Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/ Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf)
D A B L W H X Q n ͔m D A B L W H X Q n ͔m

SFU01204-4 12 4 2.5 24 40 10 40 32 30 4.5 1x4 902 1884 26 DFU01604-4 4 2.381 28 48 10 80 38 40 5.5 M6 1x4 973 2406 43
BALL SCREW

SFU01604-4 4 2.381 28 48 10 40 38 40 5.5 M6 1x4 973 2406 32 ι DFU01605-4 16 5 3.175 28 48 10 100 38 40 5.5 M6 1x4 1380 3052 44
ι SFU01605-4 16 5 3.175 28 48 10 50 38 40 5.5 M6 1x4 1380 3052 32 ι DFU01610-3 10 3.175 28 48 10 118 38 40 5.5 M6 1x3 1103 2401 35
ι SFU01610-3 10 3.175 28 48 10 57 38 40 5.5 M6 1x3 1103 2401 26 DFU02004-4 4 2.381 36 58 10 80 47 44 6.6 M6 1x4 1066 2987 51
20
SFU02004-4 4 2.381 36 58 10 42 47 44 6.6 M6 1x4 1066 2987 38 ι DFU02005-4 5 3.175 36 58 10 101 47 44 6.6 M6 1x4 1551 3875 53
20
ι SFU02005-4 5 3.175 36 58 10 51 47 44 6.6 M6 1x4 1551 3875 39 DFU02504-4 4 2.381 40 62 10 80 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 1180 3795 60
SFU02504-4 4 2.381 40 62 10 42 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 1180 3795 43 ι DFU02505-4 5 3.175 40 62 10 101 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 1724 4904 62
ι SFU02505-4 5 3.175 40 62 10 51 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 1724 4904 45 DFU02506-4 25 6 3.969 40 62 10 105 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 2318 6057 64
SFU02506-4 25 6 3.969 40 62 10 54 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 2318 6057 47
DFU02508-4 8 4.762 40 62 10 120 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 2963 7313 67
SFU02508-4 8 4.762 40 62 10 63 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 2963 7313 49
ι DFU02510-4 10 4.762 40 62 12 145 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 2954 7295 67
ι SFU02510-4 10 4.762 40 62 12 85 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 2954 7295 50
DFU03204-4 4 2.381 50 80 12 80 65 62 9 M6 1x4 1296 4838 71
SFU03204-4 4 2.381 50 80 12 44 65 62 9 M6 1x4 1296 4838 51
ι DFU03205-4 5 3.175 50 80 12 102 65 62 9 M6 1x4 1922 6343 74
ι SFU03205-4 5 3.175 50 80 12 52 65 62 9 M6 1x4 1922 6343 54
DFU03206-4 32 6 3.969 50 80 12 105 65 62 9 M6 1x4 2632 7979 78
SFU03206-4 32 6 3.969 50 80 12 57 65 62 9 M6 1x4 2632 7979 57
DFU03208-4 8 4.762 50 80 12 122 65 62 9 M6 1x4 3387 9622 82
SFU03208-4 8 4.762 50 80 12 65 65 62 9 M6 1x4 3387 9622 60
ι DFU03210-4 10 6.35 50 80 12 162 65 62 9 M6 1x4 4805 12208 82
ι SFU03210-4 10 6.35 50 80 12 90 65 62 9 M6 1x4 4805 12208 61
ι DFU04005-4 5 3.175 63 93 14 105 78 70 9 M8 1x4 2110 7988 87
ι SFU04005-4 5 3.175 63 93 14 55 78 70 9 M8 1x4 2110 7988 63
DFU04006-4 6 3.969 63 93 14 108 78 70 9 M6 1x4 2873 9913 91
SFU04006-4 6 3.969 63 93 14 60 78 70 9 M6 1x4 2873 9913 66 40
40 DFU04008-4 8 4.762 63 93 14 132 78 70 9 M6 1x4 3712 11947 96
SFU04008-4 8 4.762 63 93 14 67 78 70 9 M6 1x4 3712 11947 70
ι SFU04010-4 10 6.35 63 93 14 93 78 70 9 M8 1x4 5399 15500 73 ι DFU04010-4 10 6.35 63 93 14 165 78 70 9 M8 1x4 5399 15500 99

ι SFU05010-4 10 6.35 75 110 16 93 93 85 11 M8 1x4 6004 19614 85 ι DFU05010-4 10 6.35 75 110 16 171 93 85 11 M8 1x4 6004 19614 117
50 50
ι SFU05020-4 20 7.144 75 110 16 138 93 85 11 M8 1x4 7142 22588 94 DFU05020-4 20 7.144 75 110 16 280 93 85 11 M8 1x4 7142 22588 126
ι SFU06310-4 10 6.35 90 125 18 98 108 95 11 M8 1x4 6719 25358 99 ι DFU06310-4 10 6.35 90 125 18 182 108 95 11 M8 1x4 6719 25358 139
63 63
SFU06320-4 20 9.525 95 135 20 149 115 100 13.5 M8 1x4 11444 36653 112 DFU06320-4 20 9.525 95 135 20 290 115 100 13.5 M8 1x4 11444 36653 152
ι SFU08010-4 10 6.35 105 145 20 98 125 110 13.5 M8 1x4 7346 31953 109 DFU08010-4 10 6.35 105 145 20 182 125 110 13.5 M8 1x4 7346 31953 156
80 80
SFU08020-4 20 9.525 125 165 25 154 145 130 13.5 M8 1x4 12911 47747 138 DFU08020-4 20 9.525 125 165 25 295 145 130 13.5 M8 1x4 12911 47747 187
SFU10020-4 100 20 9.525 150 202 30 180 170 155 17.5 M8 1x4 14303 60698 162 DFU10020-4 100 20 9.525 150 202 30 340 170 155 17.5 M8 1x4 14303 60698 222

ʰιLeft helix availableʰ ʰιLeft helix availableʰ

C51 C52
 Precision Ground Ball Screw蚻SFM, DFM, SFK Specifications

SFM Series Specifications DFM Series Specifications SFK Series Specifications

(Design for Milling) (Design for Milling)
Q )Oil hole*
30° 30° Z
30° 30°
Z
Q)Oil hole*

X
Z
Y

ØW

ØW
ØD

ØD
ØA

ØA
Ød

Ød
ØD
ØD

Ød
Ød 4-X)uis/*
H B H B
L L
d≧20 (SFK01004)
(SFK02002)
(SFK02502) Unit;mm
B
L
B Dimension K
L Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/
(kgf) (kgf)
D A B L W H X Y Z Q n ͔m
Q )Oil hole*

SFK00401 4 1 0.8 10 20 3 12 15 14 2.9 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x2 64 97 5

BALL SCREW

SFK00601 6 1 0.8 12 24 3.5 15 18 16 3.4 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 111 224 9

ØW
ι SFK00801 1 0.8 14 27 4 16 21 18 3.4 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x4 161 403 14

ι SFK00802 8 2 1.2 14 27 4 16 21 18 3.4 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 222 458 13

SFK0082.5 2.5 1.2 16 29 4 26 23 20 3.4 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 221 457 13

H 60° ι SFK01002 2 1.2 18 35 5 28 27 22 4.5 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 243 569 15

ØA 10
SFK01004 4 2 26 46 10 34 36 28 4.5 8 4.5 M6 1x3 468 905 17

Unit;mm ι SFK01202 12 2 1.2 20 37 5 28 29 24 4.5 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x4 334 906 22

Dimension K ι SFK01402 14 2 1.2 21 40 6 23 31 26 5.5 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x4 354 1053 24
Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/
(kgf) (kgf)
D A B L W H X Y Z Q n ͔m ι SFK01602 16 2 1.2 25 43 10 40 35 29 5.5 蚹 蚹 M6 1x4 373 1200 26

SFK02002 20 2 1.2 50 80 15 55 65 68 6.5 10.5 6 M6 1x6 581 2284 48

ι SFM03205-4 5 3.175 48 74 12 52 60 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 53

32 SFK02502 25 2 1.2 50 80 13 43 65 68 6.5 10.5 6 M6 1x5 540 2381 46

ι SFM0325T-4 5.08 3.175 48 74 12 53 60 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 53 ʰιLeft helix availableʰ

Unit;mm
ι DFM03205-4 5 3.175 48 74 12 102 60 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 73
Dimension K
Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/
32 (kgf) (kgf)
D A B L W H X Y Z Q n ͔m
ι DFM0325T-4 5.08 3.175 48 74 12 104 60 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 73
XSUR01204T3D-02 4 2.5 24 40 6 28 32 25 3.5 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 454 722 蚹
12
ʰιLeft helix availableʰ XSUR01205T3D-00 5 2.5 22 37 8 39 29 24 4.5 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 675 1316 17

C53 C54
 Precision Ground Ball Screw蚻SCI, BSH Specifications

SCI Series Specifications BSH Series Specifications

M L1
L1 L2

R
N

ØD
Ø3.5

ØA
Ød
ØD
Ød
B
L
d≦12
L (External circulation type) LS

L1
N

ØD
Unit;mm

Dimension

ØA
K

Ød
Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/
BALL SCREW

(kgf) (kgf)
D L L1 L2 M R n ͔m

SCI01604-4 4 2.381 30 40 9 15 3 1.5 1x4 973 2406 32 B

L2 Q )Oil hole*
16 d≧14
ι SCI01605-4 5 3.175 30 45 9 20 5 3 1x4 1380 3052 33 (Iternal circulation type)
L
LS
SCI02004-4 4 2.381 34 40 9 15 3 1.5 1x4 1066 2987 37
20
ι SCI02005-4 5 3.175 34 45 9 20 5 3 1x4 1551 3875 39 Unit;mm

SCI02504-4 4 2.381 40 40 9 15 3 1.5 1x4 1180 3795 43 Dimension K

Ca Coa
Model No. d I Da (kgf) kgf/
(kgf)
ι SCI02505-4 25 5 3.175 40 45 9 20 5 3 1x4 1724 4904 45 D A B L L1 N L2 Q n ͔m

BSHR0082.5-2.5 8 2.5 1.2 17.5 M15x1P 7.5 23.5 10 3 蚹 蚹 2.5x1 189 381 11
SCI02510-4 10 4.762 46 85 13 30 5 3 1x4 2954 7295 51
BSHR01002-3.5 2 1.2 19.5 M17x1P 7.5 22 3 3.2 蚹 蚹 3.5x1 277 664 17
SCI03204-4 4 2.381 46 40 9 15 3 1.5 1x4 1296 4838 49 10
BSHR01004-2.5 4 2 25 M20x1P 10 34 3 3 蚹 蚹 2.5x1 400 754 14
ι SCI03205-4 32 5 3.175 46 45 9 20 5 3 1x4 1922 6343 52 BSHR01204-3.5 4 2.5 25.5 M20x1P 10 34 13 3 蚹 蚹 3.5x1 804 1649 23
12
ι SCI03210-4 10 6.35 54 85 13 30 5 3 1x4 4805 12208 62 BSHR01205-3.5 5 2.5 25.5 M20x1P 10 39 16.25 3 蚹 蚹 3.5x1 801 1644 24
BSHR01404-3 14 4 2.5 32.1 M25x1.5P 10 35 11 3 蚹 蚹 1x3 748 1609 26
ι SCI04005-4 5 3.175 56 45 9 20 5 3 1x4 2110 7988 59
40 BSHR01604-3 4 2.381 29 M22x1.5P 8 32 4 3.2 蚹 蚹 1x3 759 1804 24
ι SCI04010-4 10 6.35 62 85 13 30 5 3 1x4 5399 15500 72 BSHR01605-3 16 5 3.175 32.5 M26x1.5P 12 42 19.25 3 蚹 蚹 1x3 1077 2289 25

SCI05010-4 50 10 6.35 72 85 13 30 5 3 1x4 6004 19614 83 BSHR01610-2 10 3.175 32 M26x1.5P 12 50 3 4 3 M4 1x2 675 1316 14
BSHR02005-3 20 5 3.175 38 M35x1.5P 15 45 20.3 3 蚹 蚹 1x3 1211 2906 30
ι SCI06310-4 63 10 6.35 85 85 13 30 6 3.5 1x4 6719 25358 95
BSHR02505-4 5 3.175 43 M40x1.5P 19 69 32.11 3 8 M6 1x4 1724 4904 37
25
ι SCI08010-4 80 10 6.35 105 85 13 30 8 4.5 1x4 7346 31953 109 BSHR02510-4 10 4.762 43 M40x1.5P 19 84 8 6 8 M6 1x4 2954 7295 41

ʰιLeft helix availableʰ ʰStandard ballnut from Ø8~Ø16 is assembled without wiper/ʰ

C55 C56
 C58
Precision Ground Ball Screw蚻XSV Specifications

+0
0.015 A īġġ ī G 12-0.25
0.014 A M6X1P
0.014 A 6
Oil hole
Ø34 -0.01
-0.03
M5X0.8PX12dp

0.009 E
X
M12X1P
Ø9.6 -0.09

Ø12 -0.003
-0.011
Ø10-0.004
-0.012

Ø10-0.009
+0

+0
Ø58

50

F G 15 4-Ø9.5dp5.5,
A E
+0.14 25 Ø5.5(Thr)
1.15-0 8
X
+0.1
PCDØ45 30° 30°
9.15 -0 10
0.011 A 10 34
22 45
57
0.004 F L1 (hardened) 15
L2
0.004 E View X-X
L3
Unit;mm
XSVR01510-00 Series Specifications

BCD 15.5 Travel Shaft Length(mm) Slant of Axle

Center
Length Model No.
Ball Dia (mm) 3.175 (mm) L1 L2 L3
Lead (mm) 10 100 XSVR01510B1DGC5-271-P1 189 204 271 0.025
No.of Turns 2.7x1 150 XSVR01510B1DGC5-321-P1 239 254 321 0.035
Lead Angle 11.6° 200 XSVR01510B1DGC5-371-P1 289 304 371 0.035
Threading Direction R 250 XSVR01510B1DGC5-421-P1 339 354 421 0.040
Spring Force (kg) 0.1~0.3 300 XSVR01510B1DGC5-471-P1 389 404 471 0.040
(Finish Shaft Ends)

Preload (kgf) 38 350 XSVR01510B1DGC5-521-P1 439 454 521 0.050

Dynamic Load Rating Ca (kgf) 933 400 XSVR01510B1DGC5-571-P1 489 504 571 0.050
Static Load Rating Coa (kgf) 1885 450 XSVR01510B1DGC5-621-P1 539 554 621 0.050
Accuracy Grade 0.018 500 XSVR01510B1DGC5-671-P1 589 604 671 0.065
550 XSVR01510B1DGC5-721-P1 639 654 721 0.065
600 XSVR01510B1DGC5-771-P1 689 704 771 0.065
700 XSVR01510B1DGC5-871-P1 789 804 871 0.085
800 XSVR01510B1DGC5-971-P1 889 904 971 0.085
+0
12 -0.25
0.012 A M6X1P
Plug
īġġ ī G 0.015 A Oil hole ġ 4-Ø8dp4.5,
0.01 A 5
Ø30 -0.01
-0.03

Ø4.5(Thr)
0.008 E
Ø7.6 -0.08

Ø14 PCDØ40

M10X1P
Ø10 -0.002
-0.008
X
+0
Ø8 -0.004
-0.012

-0.009
Ø8 +0

15
Ø50

45
G
F
A E
C0.5 15
X 5
+0.1 25 30° 30°
0.9 -0
10
+0.1
7.9 -0 0.01 A 11 45 32
53
10
L1 (hardened)
0.003 F
15
0.003 E View X-X
L2
XSVR01210-01 Series Specifications

L3
Unit;mm
BCD 12.85 Travel Shaft Length(mm) Slant of Axle
Center
Length Model No.
Ball Dia (mm) 2.5 (mm) L1 L2 L3
Lead (mm) 10
100 XSVR01210B1DGC5-230-P1 160 175 230 0.035
No.of Turns 2.7x1
Lead Angle 13.91° 150 XSVR01210B1DGC5-280-P1 210 225 280 0.035
(Finish Shaft Ends)

Threading Direction R
Spring Force (kg) 0.1~0.2 250 XSVR01210B1DGC5-380-P1 310 325 380 0.050
Preload (kgf) 25
Dynamic Load Rating Ca (kgf) 623 350 XSVR01210B1DGC5-480-P1 410 425 480 0.060
Static Load Rating Coa (kgf) 1241
450 XSVR01210B1DGC5-580-P1 510 525 580 0.075
Accuracy Grade 0.018

C57
BALL SCREW
 C60
Precision Ground Ball Screw蚻XSV Specifications

īġġ ī G
6.5 2-M6X1P
+0
0.015 A 17 -0.25 Oil hole
Ø46 -0.01
-0.03

0.014 A 0.014 A
M6X1PX15dp
Ø14.3 -0.11
+0
Ø15 -0.004
-0.012

Ø15 -0.004
-0.012

M15X1P

X 0.009 E
-0.011

9
Ø5
Ø12+0

24
Ø74

66
33

F G E 20
A 35
+0.14
10
1.15 -0 X
+0.1 0.011 A 15
10.15 -0 60 4-Ø11dp6.5, 30°
25 13 30°
57 25 Ø6.6(Thr)
0.004 E
0.004 F 46
L1 (hardened)
L2
L3 View X-X
XSVR02010-00 Series Specifications

Unit;mm
Travel Slant of Axle
BCD 21.35 Shaft Length(mm) Center
Length Model No.
Ball Dia (mm) 3.969 (mm) L1 L2 L3
Lead (mm) 10 200 XSVR02010B1DGC5-399-P1 289 314 399 0.035
No.of Turns 2.7x1
300 XSVR02010B1DGC5-499-P1 389 414 499 0.040
Lead Angle 8.48°
400 XSVR02010B1DGC5-599-P1 489 514 599 0.050
Threading Direction R
(Finish Shaft Ends)

500 XSVR02010B1DGC5-699-P1 589 614 699 0.065

Spring Force (kg) 0.1~0.3
600 XSVR02010B1DGC5-799-P1 689 714 799 0.065
Preload (kgf) 43
700 XSVR02010B1DGC5-899-P1 789 814 899 0.085
Dynamic Load Rating Ca (kgf) 1518
800 XSVR02010B1DGC5-999-P1 889 914 999 0.085
Static Load Rating Coa (kgf) 3398
Accuracy Grade 0.018 900 XSVR02010B1DGC5-1099-P1 989 1014 1099 0.110
1000 XSVR02010B1DGC5-1199-P1 1089 1114 1199 0.110
+0
0.014 A 12 -0.25 M6X1P
īġġ ī G 0.014 A Oil hole
M5X0.8PX12dp

5
0.015 A
Ø34 -0.01
-0.03

0.009 E

M12X1P
-0.011
Ø12-0.003
X
Ø9.6 -0.09
Ø10-0.004
-0.012

Ø4

-0.009
+0

Ø15 5

Ø10+0
Ø58

50
E G
A F 15
+0.14
1.15-0 X 5 25 4-Ø9.5dp5.5,
+0.1
9.15-0 30° 30°
0.011 A 10 Ø5.5(Thr.)
22 12 34
60 45
0.004 F
L1 (hardened) 15
0.004 E View X-X
L2
L3
Unit;mm
XSVR01520-01 Series Specifications

BCD 15.5 Slant of Axle

Travel Shaft Length(mm) Center
Length Model No.
Ball Dia (mm) 3.175 (mm) L1 L2 L3
Lead (mm) 20 100 XSVR01520A1DGC5-271-P1 189 204 271 0.025
No.of Turns 1.8x1
150 XSVR01520A1DGC5-321-P1 239 254 321 0.035
Lead Angle 22.33°
200 XSVR01520A1DGC5-371-P1 289 304 371 0.035
Threading Direction R
250 XSVR01520A1DGC5-421-P1 339 354 421 0.040
Spring Force (kg) 0.1~0.3
300 XSVR01520A1DGC5-471-P1 389 404 471 0.040
Preload (kgf) 38
(Finish Shaft Ends)

350 XSVR01520A1DGC5-521-P1 439 454 521 0.050

Dynamic Load Rating Ca (kgf) 638
400 XSVR01520A1DGC5-571-P1 489 504 571 0.050
Static Load Rating Coa (kgf) 1266
Accuracy Grade 0.018 450 XSVR01520A1DGC5-621-P1 539 554 621 0.050
500 XSVR01520A1DGC5-671-P1 589 604 671 0.065
550 XSVR01520A1DGC5-721-P1 639 654 721 0.065
600 XSVR01520A1DGC5-771-P1 689 704 771 0.065
700 XSVR01520A1DGC5-871-P1 789 804 871 0.085

C59
800 XSVR01520A1DGC5-971-P1 889 904 971 0.085
BALL SCREW
 Rolled Ball Screw

XSVR02020-00 Series Specifications 2-3 Rolled Ball Screw

(Finish Shaft Ends) 2-3-1 Rolled Screws

0.014 A
1.15-0
-0.004
Ø15 -0.012
Rolled screws are made through thread roller. Generally rolled screw has a smoother

F
+0.14
0.004 F
M6X1PX15dp
operation while lowering friction and backlash. Therefore, it gradually replaced the
Ø14.3 +0 traditional ACME screws and trapezoidal screws. Moreover, rolled screws can eliminate

25
-0.11

axial play by preloading nut with a cost effective pricing compare to ground screw.

10.15-0
Static Load Rating Coa (kgf)

Dynamic Load Rating Ca (kgf)

Preload (kgf)
Spring Force (kg)
Threading Direction

Lead Angle
No.of Turns
Lead (mm)
Ball Dia (mm)
Accuracy Grade

BCD

+0.1
2-3-2 The Features of Rolled Ball Screw
-0.01
Ø46 -0.03 (1) Lead Accuracy Up to Grade C5
C7 and C10 Screws have been Standardized. C5 on request.
(2) Precision Ground Ball Nut

L1 (hardened)
0.1~0.3

17.05°

0.015 A
0.018

3.175
20.75
1.8x1
1758
764

High Precision Ball Nut are interchangeable between ground and

31

20
R

0.011 A
70
rolled screws.
L2
BALL SCREW

(3) Maximize Interchangeability

L3
Length
Travel
1000

13
(mm)
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200

6.5
Ball screw and ball nuts can be shipped separated ensure shortest
Ø74
delivery time. The ball nuts are standardized with P0 preloaded, preload value can
A
XSVR02020A1DGC5-1099-P1
XSVR02020A1DGC5-1199-P1 1089 1114 1199

XSVR02020A1DGC5-999-P1

XSVR02020A1DGC5-899-P1

XSVR02020A1DGC5-799-P1

XSVR02020A1DGC5-699-P1

XSVR02020A1DGC5-599-P1

XSVR02020A1DGC5-499-P1

XSVR02020A1DGC5-399-P1

X
be adjusted through reballing.
G
Model No.

17-0.25
īġġ ī G
15
10

+0
2-3-3 Nominal Model Code of Rolled Ball Screws
25

Nominal Model Code of Shaft SC R 025 05 F C7 - 1000 + N3

-0.004
E

Ø15 -0.012
0.004 E

Type of Screw Shaft

60
989 1014 1099
889
789
689
589
489
389
289

Shaft Length(mm)

M15X1P
L1

0.014 A

SC蛆standard SS蛆For SFS, DFS Only

35
914
814
714
614
514
414
314

Threading Direction
L2

20

RǺRight L ǺLeft
0.009 E

Ø12 +0
-0.011
999
899
799
699
599
499
399

Ø6.6(Thr.)
4-Ø11dp6.5,
L3

Nominal Diameter
UnitǺmm
Slant of Axle

66
Unit;mm
0.085
0.085
0.065
0.065
0.050
0.040
0.035
0.110
0.110

Center

Lead
33 24 UnitǺmm

Product Code
View X-X

FǺRolled
30°

Accuracy Grade
46

C5, C7, C10

30°

Overall Length of Shaft

UnitǺmm
2-M6X1P
Ø5
9

Shaft Surface Treatment

oil hole

S：Standard B1：Black Oxidation N1：Hard Chrome Plating P：Phosphating N3：Nickel Plating N4：Raydent

C61 C62
 Rolled Ball Screw

L Table2.3.2 Standard Specifications Ø40~80 Unit;mm

Threading
Model No. Accuracy Direction Standard Overall
Starts Type of Nut
Grade Length of Shaft

Ød
d I Da L蚻R Code of Shaft

5 3.175 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R蚻L 1 SCR04005 VҷIҷUҷSҷH

10 6.35 C10ҷC7 R蚻L 1 SCR04010 VҷIҷU
Fig 2.3.1 Screw Shaft Nominal Diameter 40 20 6.35 C10ҷC7 R 2 SCR04020 V 6000
40 6.35 C10ҷC7 R 4 SCR04040 Y
Table2.3.1 Rolled Ball Screw Specifications Ø 6~32 80 6.35 C10ҷC7 R 8 SCR04080 Y
Unit;mm
Threading
5 3.175 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR05005 VҷSҷH
Model No. Accuracy Direction Standard Overall 10 6.35 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R蚻L 1 SCR05010 VҷIҷU
Starts Type of Nut
d I Da Grade L蚻R Code of Shaft Length of Shaft
50 20 9.525 C10ҷC7 R 1 SCR05020 V 6000
6 1 0.8 C10ҷC7 R 1 SCR00601 K 1000 50 7.938 C10ҷC7 R 4 SCR05050 Y

1 0.8 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR00801 K 100 7.938 C10ҷC7 R 8 SCR050100 Y

8 2 1.2 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR00802 K 1000 10 6.35 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR06310 VҷIҷU

63 7000
2.5 1.2 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR0082.5 KҷBSH 20 9.525 C10ҷC7 R 1 SCR06320 VҷU

2 1.2 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR01002 KҷBSH 10 6.35 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR08010 VҷIҷU

10 1500 80 7000
BALL SCREW

4 2 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR01004 KҷBSH 20 9.525 C10ҷC7 R 1 SCR08020 VҷU

2 1.2 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR01202 K

4 2.5 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR01204 UҷBSH
12 1500 Table2.3.2 S- Type Specifications Ø12~20
5 2.5 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR01205-A VҷUҷBSHҷSҷH Unit;mm
10 2.5 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 2 SCR01210-B V Model No. Threading
Type-S
Accuracy Direction
Starts Type of Nut Overall
2 1.2 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR01402 K 1800 Grade Length of Shaft
14 d I Da L蚻R Code of Shaft
4 2.5 C10ҷC7 R 1 SCR01404 BSH 3000
4 2.381 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR01604(N) VҷIҷUҷBSH 12 10 2.5 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 2 SSR01210 S 3000
5 3.175 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R蚻L 1 SCR01605 VҷIҷUҷBSH 5 2.778 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SSR01605 SҷH
16 10 3.175 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 2 SCR01610 VҷIҷUҷBSH 3000 10 2.778 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 2 SSR01610 SҷH
16 3000
16 2.778 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 4 SCR01616 Y 16 2.778 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 4 SSR01616 SҷH
32 2.778 C10ҷC7 R 8 SCR01632 Y 20 2.778 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 4 SSR01620 S
4 2.381 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR02004(N) VҷIҷU 20 10 3.175 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 2 SSR02010 SҷH 3000
5 3.175 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R蚻L 1 SCR02005 VҷIҷUҷBSHҷSҷH 10 3.175 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 2 SSR02510 SҷH
20 3000 25 6000
20 3.175 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 4 SCR02020 VҷYҷSҷH 25 3.175 C10ҷC7 R 4 SSR02525 SҷH
40 3.175 C10ҷC7 R 8 SCR02040 Y 10 3.969 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SSR03210 SҷH
4 2.381 C10ҷC7 R 1 SCR02504(N) IҷU 32 20 3.969 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 2 SSR03220 SҷH 6000
5 3.175 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R蚻L 1 SCR02505 VҷIҷUҷBSHҷSҷH 32 3.969 C10ҷC7 R 4 SSR03232 S
10 4.762 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR02510-A IҷUҷBSH 10 6.35 C10ҷC7 R 1 SSR04010 SҷH
25 6000 40 20 6.35 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 2 SSR04020 S 6000
10 6.35 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR02510-B V
25 3.969 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 4 SCR02525 VҷY 40 6.35 C10ҷC7 R 4 SSR04040 S
50 3.969 C10ҷC7 R 8 SCR02550 Y 10 6.35 C10ҷC7 R 1 SSR05010 SҷH
4 2.381 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R 1 SCR03204(N) VҷIҷU 50 20 6.35 C10ҷC7 R 2 SSR05020 S 6000
5 3.175 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R蚻L 1 SCR03205 VҷIҷUҷMҷSҷH 50 6.35 C10ҷC7 R 4 SSR05050 S
32 10 6.35 C10ҷC7ҷC5 R蚻L 1 SCR03210 VҷIҷU 6000 ʰThe information is for standard production, if other needs please contact .ʰ
32 4.762 C10ҷC7 R 4 SCR03232 Y
64 4.762 C10ҷC7 R 8 SCR03264 Y

C63 C64
 Rolled Ball Screw Series

2-4 Rolled Ball Screw Series

Nominal Model Code of Nut
2-4-1!!!!!!!!!!!!!!Nut of Rolled Ball Screw Type
F SFU R 025 05 T4 D + N3
Nut Type Flange Type
Product Code SFNI
FǺRolled

NI
Nominal Model

(Strong dust-proof type)

SǺSingle nut
S
DǺDouble nut
FǺ!With flange
F
CǺ!Without flange
NI ǺNI type nut
NU Ǻ!NU type nut
H Ǻ!H type nut
Y Ǻ!Y type nut
S Ǻ DIN nut C69
U V Ǻ V type nut
BALL SCREW

I Ǻ I type nut SFNU

UǺ DIN nut
MǺ M type nut NU

(Strong dust-proof type)

K Ǻ K type nut

Threading Direction
RǺRight L ǺLeft

Nominal Diameter
UnitǺmm

Lead
UnitǺmm
d̆32 ḋ40
Number of Turns (TurnǷRow)
TurnǺ TǺ1 AǺ1.5 ( or 1.701.8 ) BǺ2.502.8 CǺ3.5 DǺ4.8 C70
exǺ( 2.5Ƿ2 = B2 )
SFH
Flange Type
NǺNot cutting SǺSingle cutting DǺDouble cutting

Nut Surface Treatment H

Strong dust-proof type)

S：Standard B1：Black Oxidation N1：Hard Chrome Plating P：Phosphating N3：Nickel Plating N4：Raydent

(High speed/

2-3-4 Preload of Rolled Ball Screw

!!!!!!The standard preloading for Rolled Ball Screw is P0. If P1 preloading is required, please
contact .
Model No.̆3232 Model No.̇4005

C71

C65 C66
 Rolled Ball Screw Series

Nut Type Flange Type Nut Type Flange Type

Y SFY M SFM

(Design for Milling)

(High DM-N Rating)

C72 C77
SFS SFK
S
Low Noise type )
( High Speed /

蚴SFK01004蚵
K

(Miniature type)
C73 Model No.̆3232 Model No.̇4005 C78
BALL SCREW

V SFV SFK
(High Load External
Circulation type)

C74 C78
SFI SCI蚴No-Flange蚵
I I
(Standard)

(Standard)
No-Flange

C75 C79
SFU BSH
U
(DIN Standard)

BSH No-Flange

C76 d̆32 ḋ40

C80
ʰIf different dimension is required, please contact .ʰ

C67 C68
 Rolled Ball Screw蚻SFNI, SFNU Specifications

SFNI Series Specifications SFNU Series Specifications

45° 30°
15°
Q)Oil hole*
30
Q)Oil hole* Z 22.5° 8-X)uis/* °
6-X)uis/*
Q)Oil hole*

X
ØW

ØW
ØD

ØD
ØA
Ød

Ød
B
60° B
H ØA L H H L
Unit;mm d≦32 d≧40 Unit;mm

Dimension Load Rating Dimension Load Rating

K K
Model No. d I Da Model No. d I Da
Ca Coa kgf/͔m Ca Coa kgf/͔m
D A B L W H X Y Z Q n (kgf) (kgf) D A B L W H X Q n (kgf) (kgf)
BALL SCREW

SFNI01605-4 5 3.175 30 49 10 45 39 34 4.5 8 4.5 M6 1x4 1380 3052 33 SFNU01605-4 5 3.175 28 48 10 45 38 40 5.5 M6 1x4 1380 3052 32
16
16
SFNI01610-3 10 3.175 34 58 10 57 45 34 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x3 1103 2401 27 SFNU01610-3 10 3.175 28 48 10 57 38 40 5.5 M6 1x3 1103 2401 26

SFNI02005-4 20 5 3.175 34 57 11 51 45 40 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1551 3875 39 SFNU02005-4 20 5 3.175 36 58 10 51 47 44 6.6 M6 1x4 1551 3875 39

SFNI02505-4 5 3.175 40 63 11 51 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 1x4 1724 4904 45 SFNU02505-4 5 3.175 40 62 10 51 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 1724 4904 45
25
25
SFNI02510-4 10 4.762 46 72 12 80 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M6 1x4 2954 7295 51 SFNU02510-4 10 4.762 40 62 12 80 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 2954 7295 50

SFNI03205-4 5 3.175 46 72 12 52 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 52 SFNU03205-4 5 3.175 50 80 12 52 65 62 9 M6 1x4 1922 6343 54
32 32
SFNI03210-4 10 6.35 54 88 15 85 70 62 9 14 8.5 M8 1x4 4805 12208 62 SFNU03210-4 10 6.35 50 80 12 85 65 62 9 M6 1x4 4805 12208 61

SFNI04005-4 5 3.175 56 90 15 55 72 64 9 14 8.5 M8 1x4 2110 7988 59 SFNU04005-4 5 3.175 63 93 14 55 78 70 9 M8 1x4 2110 7988 63
40 40
SFNI04010-4 10 6.35 62 104 18 88 82 70 11 17.5 11 M8 1x4 5399 15500 72 SFNU04010-4 10 6.35 63 93 14 88 78 70 9 M8 1x4 5399 15500 73

SFNI05010-4 50 10 6.35 72 114 18 88 92 82 11 17.5 11 M8 1x4 6004 19614 83 SFNU05010-4 50 10 6.35 75 110 16 88 93 85 11 M8 1x4 6004 19614 85

SFNI06310-4 63 10 6.35 85 131 22 93 107 95 14 20 13 M8 1x4 6719 25358 95 SFNU06310-4 63 10 6.35 90 125 18 93 108 95 11 M8 1x4 6719 25358 99

SFNI08010-4 80 10 6.35 105 150 22 93 127 115 14 20 13 M8 1x4 7346 31953 109 SFNU08010-4 80 10 6.35 105 145 20 93 125 110 13.5 M8 1x4 7346 31953 109

C69 C70
 Rolled Ball Screw蚻SFH, SFY Specifications

SFH Series Specifications SFY Series Specifications

22.5° 45° Q)Oil hole* 15°
Q)Oil hole* 30°
30 Q)Oil hole*
°

ØW

ØD
ØA

Ød
ØD
ØA

Ød
6-X)uis/* 8-X)uis/* 4-X)uis/*
60°
E B E B
H H L H L
Model No.≦SFH03232 Model No.≧SFH04005
Unit;mm Unit;mm

Dimension Load Rating Dimension K

K Large Lead Ca Coa
Model No. d I Da d I Da kgf/
Ca Coa kgf/͔m Model No. (kgf) (kgf)
͔m
D A E B L W H X Q n (kgf) (kgf) D A E B L W H X Q n

SFH01205-2.8 12 5 2.5 24 40 5 10 30 32 30 4.5 2.8x1 661 1316 19

BALL SCREW

SFY01616-3.6 16 16 2.778 32 53 10.1 10 45 42 34 4.5 M6 1.8x2 1073 2551 31

SFH01605-3.8 5 2.778 28 48 5 10 37 38 40 5.5 M6 3.8x1 1112 2507 30

SFY02020-3.6 20 20 3.175 39 62 13 10 52 50 41 5.5 M6 1.8x2 1387 3515 37
SFH01610-2.8 15 10 2.778 28 48 5 10 45 38 40 5.5 M6 2.8x1 839 1827 23
SFY02525-3.6 25 25 3.969 47 74 15 12 64 60 49 6.6 M6 1.8x2 2074 5494 45
SFH01616-1.8 16 2.778 28 48 5 10 45 38 40 5.5 M6 1.8x1 552 1137 14

SFH02005-3.8 5 3.175 36 58 7 10 37 47 44 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1484 3681 37 SFY03232-3.6 32 32 4.762 58 92 17 12 78 74 60 9 M6 1.8x2 3021 8690 58

SFH02010-3.8 20 10 3.175 36 58 7 10 55 47 44 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1516 3833 40 SFY04040-3.6 40 40 6.35 73 114 19.5 15 99 93 75 11 M6 1.8x2 4831 14062 70

SFH02020-1.8 20 3.175 36 58 7 10 54 47 44 6.6 M6 1.8x1 764 1758 19

SFY05050-3.6 50 50 7.938 90 135 21.5 20 117 112 92 14 M6 1.8x2 7220 21974 86
SFH02505-3.8 5 3.175 40 62 7 10 37 51 48 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1650 4658 43
Dimension K
Twin Lead Ca Coa
SFH02510-3.8 25 10 3.175 40 62 7 12 55 51 48 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1638 4633 45 d I Da kgf/
Model No. (kgf) (kgf)
D A E B L W H X Q n ͔m
SFH02525-1.8 25 3.175 40 62 7 12 64 51 48 6.6 M6 1.8x1 843 2199 22
SFY01632-1.6 16 32 2.778 32 53 10.1 10 42.5 42 34 4.5 M6 0.8x2 493 1116 11
SFH03205-3.8 32 5 3.175 50 80 9 12 37 65 62 9 M6 3.8x1 1839 6026 51

SFH03210-3.8 10 3.969 50 80 9 12 57 65 62 9 M6 3.8x1 2460 7255 55 SFY02040-1.6 20 40 3.175 39 62 13 10 48 50 41 5.5 M6 0.8x2 653 1597 15
31
SFH03220-2.8 20 3.969 50 80 9 12 76 65 62 9 M6 2.8x1 1907 5482 43 SFY02550-1.6 25 50 3.969 47 74 15 12 58 60 49 6.6 M6 0.8x2 976 2495 19

SFH04005-3.8 40 5 3.175 63 93 9 15 42 78 70 9 M6 3.8x1 2018 7589 60

SFY03264-1.6 32 64 4.762 58 92 17 12 71 74 60 9 M6 0.8x2 1374 3571 22
SFH04010-3.8 38 10 6.35 63 93 9 14 60 78 70 9 M6 3.8x1 5035 13943 67
SFY04080-1.6 40 80 6.35 73 114 19.5 15 90 93 75 11 M6 0.8x2 2273 6387 29
SFH05005-3.8 50 5 3.175 75 110 10.5 15 42 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 2207 9542 68

SFH05010-3.8 48 10 6.35 75 110 10.5 18 60 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 5638 17852 79 SFY050100-1.6 50 100 7.938 90 135 21.5 20 111 112 92 14 M6 0.8x2 3398 9980 35

C71 C72
 Rolled Ball Screw蚻SFS, SFV Specifications

SFS (DIN 69051 FORM B) Series Specifications SFV Series Specifications

22.5° 45° Q)Oil hole* 15° Q)Oil hole* 30° Q)Oil hole* 30°
Q)Oil hole* 30° 30
° Q)Oil hole* Z Q)Oil hole*

X
ØW

ØD
ØW

Ød
ØD
ØA

Ød
6-X)uis/* 8-X)uis/*

H H B 60° B
L H ØA L
Model No.≦SFS03232 Model No.≧SFS04005

Unit;mm Unit;mm

Dimension K Dimension K
Model No. d I Da Ca Coa Ca Coa
(kgf) (kgf)
kgf/ Model No. d I Da kgf/
(kgf) (kgf)
D A B L W H X Q n ͔m D A B L W H X Y Z Q n ͔m

SFS01205-2.8 5 2.5 24 40 10 31 32 30 4.5 2.8x1 661 1316 19 SFV01205-2.8 5 2.5 30 50 10 42 40 32 4.5 8 4.5 M6 2.8x1 661 1316 19
12
BALL SCREW

SFS01210-2.8 10 2.5 24 40 10 48.5 32 30 4.5 2.8x1 642 1287 19 12

SFV01210-2.7 10 2.5 30 50 10 53 40 32 4.5 8 4.5 M6 2.7x1 623 1241 18
SFS01605-3.8 5 2.778 28 48 10 38 38 40 5.5 M6 3.8x1 1112 2507 30
SFV01604-3.8 4 2.381 34 57 11 45 45 34 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 3.8x1 931 2285 31
SFS01610-2.8 10 2.778 28 48 10 47 38 40 5.5 M6 2.8x1 839 1821 23
SFS01616-1.8 15 16 2.778 28 48 10 45 38 40 5.5 M6 1.8x1 552 1137 14 SFV01605-4.8 16 5 3.175 40 63 11 58 51 42 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 4.8x1 1614 3662 40
SFS01616-2.8 16 2.778 28 48 10 61 38 40 5.5 M6 2.8x1 808 1769 22 SFV01610-2.7 10 3.175 40 63 11 56 51 42 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 2.7x1 1008 2161 24
SFS01620-1.8 20 2.778 28 48 10 57 38 40 5.5 M6 1.8x1 554 1170 14 SFV02004-4.8 4 2.381 40 60 10 50 50 40 4.5 8 4 M6 4.8x1 1247 3584 45
SFS02005-3.8 5 3.175 36 58 10 40 47 44 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1484 3681 37
SFV02005-4.8 20 5 3.175 44 67 11 57 55 52 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 4.8x1 1814 4650 47
SFS02010-3.8 10 3.175 36 58 10 60 47 44 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1516 3833 40
20 SFV02020-1.8 20 3.175 46 74 13 70 59 46 6.6 11 6.5 M6 1.8x1 764 1758 19
SFS02020-1.8 20 3.175 36 58 10 57 47 44 6.6 M6 1.8x1 764 1758 19
SFS02020-2.8 20 3.175 36 58 10 77 47 44 6.6 M6 2.8x1 1118 2734 29 SFV02505-4.8 5 3.175 50 73 11 55 61 52 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 4.8x1 2017 5884 56
SFS02505-3.8 5 3.175 40 62 10 40 51 48 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1650 4658 43 SFV02510-2.7 25 10 6.35 68 102 15 70 84 82 9 14 8.5 M8 2.7x1 3040 6547 37
SFS02510-3.8 10 3.175 40 62 12 62 51 48 6.6 M6 3.8x1 1638 4633 45 SFV02525-1.8 25 3.175 50 73 13 83 61 52 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 1.8x1 843 2199 22
25
SFS02525-1.8 25 3.175 40 62 12 70 51 48 6.6 M6 1.8x1 843 2199 22 SFV03204-4.8 4 2.381 54 81 12 50 67 64 6.6 11 6.5 M6 4.8x1 1517 5806 62
SFS02525-2.8 25 3.175 40 62 12 95 51 48 6.6 M6 2.8x1 1232 3421 34
SFV03205-4.8 32 5 3.175 58 85 12 56 71 64 6.6 11 6.5 M8 4.8x1 2249 7612 66
SFS03205-3.8 32 5 3.175 50 80 12 42 65 62 9 M6 3.8x1 1839 6026 51
SFS03210-3.8 10 3.969 50 80 13 62 65 62 9 M6 3.8x1 2460 7255 55 SFV03210-4.8 10 6.35 74 108 15 96 90 82 9 14 9 M8 4.8x1 5620 14649 76
SFS03220-2.8 20 3.969 50 80 12 80 65 62 9 M6 2.8x1 1907 5482 43 SFV04005-4.8 5 3.175 67 101 15 59 83 72 9 14 8.5 M8 4.8x1 2468 9586 76
31
SFS03232-1.8 32 3.969 50 80 13 84 65 62 9 M6 1.8x1 1257 3426 27 SFV04010-4.8 40 10 6.35 82 124 18 100 102 94 11 17.5 11 M8 4.8x1 6316 18600 90
SFS03232-2.8 32 3.969 50 80 13 116 65 62 9 M6 2.8x1 1838 5329 42 SFV04020-2.7 20 6.35 82 124 18 100 102 90 11 17.5 11 M8 2.7x1 3935 10893 56
SFS04005-3.8 40 5 3.175 63 93 15 45 78 70 9 M8 3.8x1 2018 7589 60
SFV05005-4.8 5 3.175 80 114 15 60 96 82 9 14 8.5 M8 4.8x1 2698 12053 87
SFS04010-3.8 10 6.35 63 93 14 63 78 70 9 M8 3.8x1 5035 13943 67
SFS04020-2.8 20 6.35 63 93 14 82 78 70 9 M8 2.8x1 3959 10715 54 SFV05010-4.8 50 10 6.35 93 135 16 93 113 98 11 17.5 11 M8 4.8x1 7023 23537 106
38
SFS04040-1.8 40 6.35 63 93 15 105 78 70 9 M8 1.8x1 2585 6648 34 SFV05020-2.7 20 9.525 105 152 28 121 128 110 14 20 13 M8 2.7x1 7336 19700 68
SFS04040-2.8 40 6.35 63 93 15 145 78 70 9 M8 2.8x1 3780 10341 52 SFV06310-4.8 10 6.35 108 154 22 105 130 110 14 20 13 M8 4.8x1 7860 30430 126
SFS05005-3.8 50 5 3.175 75 110 15 45 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 2207 9542 68 63
SFV06320-2.7 20 9.525 122 180 28 120 150 130 18 26 17.5 M8 2.7x1 8162 24741 80
SFS05010-3.8 10 6.35 75 110 18 68 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 5638 17852 79
SFV08010-4.8 10 6.35 130 176 22 105 152 132 14 20 13 M8 4.8x1 8593 38344 145
SFS05020-3.8 20 6.35 75 110 18 108 93 85 11 M8 3.8x1 5749 18485 87
48 SFV08020-4.8 80 20 9.525 143 204 28 180 172 148 18 26 18 M8 4.8x1 15103 57296 168
SFS05050-1.8 50 6.35 75 110 18 125 93 85 11 M8 1.8x1 2946 8749 42
SFS05050-2.8 50 6.35 75 110 18 175 93 85 11 M8 2.8x1 4308 13610 65 SFV08020-7.6 20 9.525 143 204 28 240 172 148 18 26 18 M8 3.8x2 22423 90719 260

C73 C74
 Rolled Ball Screw蚻SFI, SFU Specifications

SFI Series Specifications SFU Series Specifications

Z 45° 30° 15° Q)Oil hole*

30
Q)Oil hole* 22.5° 8-X)uis/* °
6-X)uis/*

ØW
ØW

ØD
ØA
ØD

Ød
Ød
H 60° B
B H H L
ØA L
d≦32 d≧40
Unit;mm Unit;mm

Dimension Dimension
Ca Coa K Ca Coa K
Model No. d I Da Model No. d I Da
(kgf) (kgf) kgf/͔m (kgf) (kgf) kgf/͔m
D A B L W H X Y Z Q n D A B L W H X Q n

SFI01604-4 4 2.381 30 49 10 45 39 34 4.5 8 4.5 M6 1x4 973 2406 32 SFU01204-4 12 4 2.5 24 40 10 40 32 30 4.5 1x4 902 1884 26
BALL SCREW

ι SFI01605-4 16 5 3.175 30 49 10 50 39 34 4.5 8 4.5 M6 1x4 1380 3052 33 SFU01604-4 4 2.381 28 48 10 40 38 40 5.5 M6 1x4 973 2406 32

ι SFU01605-4 16 5 3.175 28 48 10 50 38 40 5.5 M6 1x4 1380 3052 32

SFI01610-3 10 3.175 34 58 10 57 45 34 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x3 1103 2401 27
SFU01610-3 10 3.175 28 48 10 57 38 40 5.5 M6 1x3 1103 2401 26
SFI02004-4 4 2.381 34 57 11 46 45 40 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1066 2987 37
20 SFU02004-4 4 2.381 36 58 10 42 47 44 6.6 M6 1x4 1066 2987 38
ι SFI02005-4 5 3.175 34 57 11 51 45 40 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1551 3875 39 20
ι SFU02005-4 5 3.175 36 58 10 51 47 44 6.6 M6 1x4 1551 3875 39
SFI02504-4 4 2.381 40 63 11 46 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6 1x4 1180 3795 43
SFU02504-4 4 2.381 40 62 10 42 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 1180 3795 43
ι SFI02505-4 5 3.175 40 63 11 51 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 1x4 1724 4904 45
ι SFU02505-4 25 5 3.175 40 62 10 51 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 1724 4904 45
25
SFI0255T-4 5.08 3.175 40 63 11 51 51 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M8 1x4 1724 4904 45 SFU02510-4 10 4.762 40 62 12 85 51 48 6.6 M6 1x4 2954 7295 50

SFI02510-4 10 4.762 46 72 12 85 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M6 1x4 2954 7295 51 SFU03204-4 4 2.381 50 80 12 44 65 62 9 M6 1x4 1296 4838 51

SFI03204-4 4 2.381 46 72 12 47 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M6 1x4 1296 4838 49 ι SFU03205-4 32 5 3.175 50 80 12 52 65 62 9 M6 1x4 1922 6343 54

ι SFI03205-4 32 5 3.175 46 72 12 52 58 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 52 ι SFU03210-4 10 6.35 50 80 12 90 65 62 9 M6 1x4 4805 12208 61

ι SFU04005-4 5 3.175 63 93 14 55 78 70 9 M8 1x4 2110 7988 63

ι SFI03210-4 10 6.35 54 88 15 90 70 62 9 14 8.5 M8 1x4 4805 12208 62 40
ι SFU04010-4 10 6.35 63 93 14 93 78 70 9 M8 1x4 5399 15500 73
ι SFI04005-4 5 3.175 56 90 15 55 72 64 9 14 8.5 M8 1x4 2110 7988 59
40 ι SFU05010-4 50 10 6.35 75 110 16 93 93 85 11 M8 1x4 6004 19614 85
ι SFI04010-4 10 6.35 62 104 18 93 82 70 11 17.5 11 M8 1x4 5399 15500 72
SFU06310-4 10 6.35 90 125 18 98 108 95 11 M8 1x4 6719 25358 99
ι SFI05010-4 50 10 6.35 72 114 18 93 92 82 11 17.5 11 M8 1x4 6004 19614 83 63
SFU06320-4 20 9.525 95 135 20 149 115 100 13.5 M8 1x4 11444 36653 112
SFI06310-4 63 10 6.35 85 131 22 98 107 95 14 20 13 M8 1x4 6719 25358 95
SFU08010-4 10 6.35 105 145 20 98 125 110 13.5 M8 1x4 7346 31953 109
80
SFI08010-4 80 10 6.35 105 150 22 98 127 115 14 20 13 M8 1x4 7346 31953 109 SFU08020-4 20 9.525 125 165 25 154 145 130 13.5 M8 1x4 12911 47747 138

ʰιLeft helix availableʰ ʰιLeft helix availableʰ

C75 C76
 Rolled Ball Screw蚻SFM, SFK Specifications

SFM Series Specifications (Design for Milling) SFK Series Specifications

Z

Q )Oil hole* Q )Oil hole*

30° 30° Z
30° 30°
Y

X
Q )Oil hole*

X
ØW

ØW

ØW
ØD

ØD

ØD
ØA

ØA
Ød

Ød

Ød
4-X)uis/*
H B H B
H 60° L
B d≧20 (SFK01004) L
L ØA (SFK02002)
Unit;mm (SFK02502) Unit:mm

Dimension Dimension
Ca Coa K Ca Coa K
Model No. d I Da Model No. d I Da
(kgf) (kgf) kgf/͔m (kgf) (kgf) kgf/͔m
D A B L W H X Y Z Q n D A B L W H X Y Z Q n

̷ SFM03205-4 32 5 3.175 48 74 12 52 60 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 53 SFK00601 6 1 0.8 12 24 3.5 15 18 16 3.4 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 111 224 9
BALL SCREW

̷ SFM0325T-4 32 5.08 3.175 48 74 12 53 60 52 6.5 11 6.5 M8 1x4 1922 6343 53 SFK00801 1 0.8 14 27 4 16 21 18 3.4 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x4 161 403 14

SFK00802 8 2 1.2 14 27 4 16 21 18 3.4 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 222 458 13

ʰιLeft helix availableʰ
SFK0082.5 2.5 1.2 16 29 4 26 23 20 3.4 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 221 457 13

SFK01002 2 1.2 18 35 5 28 27 22 4.5 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 243 569 15

10
SFK01004 4 2 26 46 10 34 36 28 4.5 8 4.5 M6 1x3 468 905 17

SFK01202 12 2 1.2 20 37 5 28 29 24 4.5 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x4 334 906 22

SFK01402 14 2 1.2 21 40 6 23 31 26 5.5 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x4 354 1053 24

Unit:mm

Dimension
Ca Coa K
Model No. d I Da
(kgf) (kgf) kgf/͔m
D A B L W H X Y Z Q n

XSUR01204T3D-02 4 24 40 6 28 32 25 3.5 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 454 722 蚹

12 2.5
XSUR01205T3D-00 5 22 37 8 39 29 24 4.5 蚹 蚹 蚹 1x3 675 1316 17

C77 C78
 Rolled Ball Screw蚻SCI, BSH Specifications

SCI Series Specifications BSH Series Specifications

M L1
L1 L2

R
N

ØD
Ø3.5

ØA
Ød
ØD
Ød
B
L
d≦12
L (External circulation type) LS

L1
Unit;mm
N

ØD
Dimension K
Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/
(kgf) (kgf)
D L L1 L2 M R n ͔m

ØA
Ød
SCI01604-4 4 2.381 30 40 9 15 3 1.5 1x4 973 2406 32
BALL SCREW

16
ι SCI01605-4 5 3.175 30 45 9 20 5 3 1x4 1380 3052 33 B
L2 Q)Oil hole*
d≧14
SCI02004-4 4 2.381 34 40 9 15 3 1.5 1x4 1066 2987 37 (Iternal circulation type)
L
20
LS
ι SCI02005-4 5 3.175 34 45 9 20 5 3 1x4 1551 3875 39

Unit;mm
SCI02504-4 4 2.381 40 40 9 15 3 1.5 1x4 1180 3795 43
Dimension K
Model No. d I Da Ca Coa kgf/
ι SCI02505-4 25 5 3.175 40 45 9 20 5 3 1x4 1724 4904 45 (kgf) (kgf)
D A B L L1 N L2 Q n ͔m

SCI02510-4 10 4.762 46 85 13 30 5 3 1x4 2954 7295 51 BSHR0082.5-2.5 8 2.5 1.2 17.5 M15x1P 7.5 23.5 10 3 蚹 蚹 2.5x1 189 381 11
BSHR01002-3.5 2 1.2 19.5 M17x1P 7.5 22 3 3.2 蚹 蚹 3.5x1 277 664 17
SCI03204-4 4 2.381 46 40 9 15 3 1.5 1x4 1296 4838 49 10
BSHR01004-2.5 4 2 25 M20x1P 10 34 3 3 蚹 蚹 2.5x1 400 754 14
ι SCI03205-4 32 5 3.175 46 45 9 20 5 3 1x4 1922 6343 52 BSHR01204-3.5 4 2.5 25.5 M20x1P 10 34 13 3 蚹 蚹 3.5x1 804 1649 23
12
BSHR01205-3.5 5 2.5 25.5 M20x1P 10 39 16.25 3 蚹 蚹 3.5x1 801 1644 24
ι SCI03210-4 10 6.35 54 85 13 30 5 3 1x4 4805 12208 62
BSHR01404-3 14 4 2.5 32.1M25x1.5P 10 35 11 3 蚹 蚹 1x3 748 1609 26

ι SCI04005-4 5 3.175 56 45 9 20 5 3 1x4 2110 7988 59 BSHR01604-3 4 2.381 29 M22x1.5P 8 32 4 3.2 蚹 蚹 1x3 759 1804 24
40 BSHR01605-3 16 5 3.175 32.5M26x1.5P 12 42 19.25 3 蚹 蚹 1x3 1077 2289 25
ι SCI04010-4 10 6.35 62 85 13 30 5 3 1x4 5399 15500 72
BSHR01610-2 10 3.175 32 M26x1.5P 12 50 3 4 3 M4 1x2 675 1316 14

SCI05010-4 50 10 6.35 72 85 13 30 5 3 1x4 6004 19614 83 BSHR02005-3 20 5 3.175 38 M35x1.5P 15 45 20.3 3 蚹 蚹 1x3 1211 2906 30
BSHR02505-4 5 3.175 43 M40x1.5P 19 69 32.11 3 8 M6 1x4 1724 4904 37
25
SCI06310-4 63 10 6.35 85 85 13 30 6 3.5 1x4 6719 25358 95 BSHR02510-4 10 4.762 43 M40x1.5P 19 84 8 6 8 M6 1x4 2954 7295 41

SCI08010-4 80 10 6.35 105 85 13 30 8 4.5 1x4 7346 31953 109 ʰStandard ballnut from Ø8~Ø16 is assembled without wiper/ʰ

ʰιLeft helix availableʰ

C79 C80
 Features of Precision Rotary Ball Screw蚻Spline
1. About Precision Rotary Ball Screw蚻Spline
1- 1 Features of Precision Rotary Ball Screw蚻Spline
rotatry ball screw and spline line is designed to enable the applcation to
move linearly and rotationally in one assembly, with symmetrical orientation design between
the outer and inner ball screw or spline nut. Both rotary and spiral movement can be
achieved simultaneously.

rotary line Is the most ideal key component in scara robots, industrial robots, Fig 1.1.2 Rotary Ball Screw - RFE Type Fig 1.1.3 Rotary Ball Screw - RLF Type
pick & place, laser engraving, transporting and many other multi directional application.

RFE RFE
Feature 45°
Zero clearance蚻High rigidity RLF SLF
rotary line featured 45° angular
(face - to - face) contact angle within in the
bearing. It enables self aligning with minor
mounting error and bears higher axial load
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

to achieve better accuracy. Custom preload

Fig 1.1.4 Ball Screw蚻Spline - NSV Type Fig 1.1.5 Ball Screw蚻Spline - NSH Type
can be applied to reduce clearance and
increase high rigidity. (as shown in Fig 1.1.1)
°
45
High speed蚻Smooth running performance
Fig 1.1.1 Retainer Seal Outer ring
Outer ring
The rotary line uses super lead
Balls End Cap
screw to maintain high speed with smoothness in performance. Ball Spline
End Cap
Seal
Noise reduction
Collar Spline shaft
The precision ground screw thread and spline groove make sure the ball bearing travel Screw shaft

fluently during operations which reduce the skidding, friction and noise level and thus Balls

increase the service performance and life. Balls

Seal

Retainer

Plug and run蚻Compact

End Cap End Cap
rotary line features a one-piece compact and easy mounting design. Ball Screw nut Seal

Fig 1.1.6 The Structure of RFE - series Fig 1.1.7 The Structure of RLF - series

D01 D02
 Accuracy蚻RFE Accuracy Standard

1- 2 Accuracy 1-2-2 RFE Accuracy Standard

The accuracy of model RFE is compliant with JIS standard (JIS B 1192-1997) except for
1-2-1 NSV, NSH Accuracy Standards
the radial runout of the circumference of the ball screw nut from the screw axis (D) and
The Ball Screw蚻Spline is manufactured with the following specifications.
the perpendicularity of the flange-mounting surface against the screw axis (C).
ӅBall Screwӆ ӅBall Splineӆ
Axial clearance : 0 or less Clearance in the rotational direction : 0 or less
Lead angle accuracy : C5 (CL : light preload)
(For detailed specifications, see C05) (For detailed specifications, see B21~22)
̐ C A
!!!!! Accuracy grade : class H
(For detailed specifications, see B23)
˞D B

̐ C A ̐ E A
̐ H
D B F B
A B
I B A
B B
A A
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

RFE Rotary RLF Rotary Ball RFE Rotary SLF Ball Spline nut
Ball screw nut Spline nut Ball screw nut

Fig 1.2.1 NSV - series Fig 1.2.2 NSH - series Fig 1.2.3

Unit：mm
Lead angle
Model No. C D E F H I accuracy Rolled C7 Rolled C10 Ground C7 Ground C5 Ground C3
NSV01616 Model No. C D C D C D C D C D
0.018 0.021 0.016 0.020 0.013 0.016
NSH01616
RFE01616 0.035 0.065 0.035 0.065 0.023 0.035 0.016 0.020 0.013 0.017
NSV02020
0.018 0.021 0.016 0.020 0.013 0.016
NSH02020 RFE02020 0.035 0.065 0.035 0.065 0.023 0.035 0.016 0.020 0.013 0.017
NSV02525
0.021 0.021 0.018 0.024 0.016 0.016 RFE02525 0.035 0.065 0.035 0.065 0.023 0.035 0.018 0.024 0.015 0.020
NSH02525
NSV03232
0.021 0.021 0.018 0.024 0.016 0.016 RFE03232 0.035 0.065 0.035 0.065 0.023 0.035 0.018 0.024 0.015 0.020
NSH03232
NSV04040 RFE04040 0.046 0.086 0.046 0.086 0.026 0.046 0.021 0.033 0.018 0.026
0.025 0.025 0.021 0.033 0.019 0.019
NSH04040
NSV05050 RFE05050 0.046 0.086 0.046 0.086 0.026 0.046 0.021 0.033 0.018 0.026
0.025 0.025 0.021 0.033 0.019 0.019
NSH05050

D03 D04
 RLF Accuracy Standard

1-2-3 RLF Accuracy Standard

Accuracy Grade
The accuracy of the Ball Spline is determined by the callout of the spline-nut and thus Table1.2.2 The Maximum perpendicularity of Spline-shaft end on the journal ends Unit : ͔m
divided into three accuracy grades of Normal (N), High (H), and Precision (P).
Accuracy
Nominal Normal (N) High (H) Precision (P)
Diameter
16 20 27 11 8
Table1.2.1 A B
Table1.2.2 A Table1.2.2 B 25 32 33 13 9
Nut body 40 50 39 16 11
Table1.2.3 A A B Table1.2.3 B

Table1.2.3 The maximum radial call out on the attach surface Unit : ͔m
Part-mounting Supporting Part-mounting portion
portion portion Spline
Supporting portion Accuracy
Nominal Normal (N) High (H) Precision (P)
Table1.2.4 A B
Diameter
16 20 46 19 12
Fig 1.2.4 25 32 53 22 13
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

40 50 62 25 15
Accuracy Specification
Tables 1.2.1 ~ 5 indicates the the measurement items of the Ball Spline.
Table1.2.4 The perpendicularity of flange on the attach surface Unit : ͔m
Accuracy
Table1.2.1 The Maximum call out of Spline Nut on the support unit Nominal Normal (N) High (H) Precision (P)
Unit : ͔m
Diameter
Nominal
Diameter 16, 20 25, 32 40, 50 16 20 25 32 30 16 11
Length
40 50 46 19 13
Above Below N H P N H P N H P

- 200 56 34 18 53 32 18 53 32 16
Table1.2.5 The accuracy grade on the effective length accuracy Unit : ͔m
200 315 71 45 25 58 39 21 58 36 19
315 400 83 53 31 70 44 25 63 39 21 Accuracy Normal (N) High (H) Precision (P)
400 500 95 62 38 78 50 29 68 43 24
Permissible 33 13 6
500 630 112 - - 88 57 34 74 47 27
Note：Measurement according to any 100 mm on the Spline shaft.
630 800 - - - 103 68 42 84 54 32

D05 D06
 Example of Assembly - RFE蚻NSV

1- 3 Example of Assembly - RFE 2-4 Example of Assembly - NSV

1-3-1 Example of Mounting Rotary Ball Screw Nut Model RFE 1-4-1 Example of Mounting Precision Ball Screw蚻Spline Model NSV

Ball screw input motor Shaft

Stroke
Pulley

Fig 1.3.1
Ball Spline input motor
screw
Pulley nut
Example of Mounting Model RFE on the Table
(1) Ball screw nut fixed, screw shaft free. (Suitable for a long table)
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

TR Guide Support Ball Screw (Model RFE)

Pulley Motor

Pulley
Spline Nut
Fig 1.3.2

(2) Ball screw nut free, screw shaft fixed. (Suitable for a short table and a long stroke)

TR Guide Support Chuck

Stroke
Pulley

Motor Ball Screw (Model RFE)

Fig 1.3.3 Fig 1.4.1

D07 D08
 Nominal Model Code of Rotary Series

1-5 Nominal Model Code of Rotary Series

!!!!!Nominal Model Code of Rotary Ball Screw Nominal Model Code of Rotary Ball Screw and Ball Spline

RFE R 016 16 A2 N G C5 - 500 - P0 + N3 N3 NSV R 016 16 A2 G C5 N S - 500 - P0

Nominal Model RFE, RFSY, RFBY NSV (RFE蚷RLF)

NSH (RFE蚷SLF)
Threading Direction!!!RǺRight RSSY (RFSY+RLSF)
RSLY (RFSY+SLF)
Nominal Diameter UnitǺmm
RBBY (RFBY+RLBF)
Lead UnitǺmm
Nominal Model RBLY (RFBY+SLF)

Number of Turns (TurnǷRow) Threading Direction!!!RǺRight

TurnǺ AǺ1.7
exǺ( 1.7Ƿ2 = A2 )
Nominal Diameter UnitǺmm
Flange Type!!!!!!!!!!N蛆Round
Product Code GǺGround FǺRolled Lead UnitǺmm

Accuracy Grade C0, C1, C2, C3, C5, C7, C10 Number of Turns (TurnǷRow)
TurnǺ AǺ1.7
Overall Length of Shaft UnitǺmm exǺ( 1.7Ƿ2 = A2 )

Axial Clearance and Preload Value P0, P1, P2, P3, P4

ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

Nut Special Machining Product Code GǺGround

S：Standard B1：Black Oxidation N1：Hard Chrome Plating P：Phosphating N3：Nickel Plating N4：Raydent

Shaft Special Machining Accuracy Grade of Ball Screw C0, C1, C2, C3, C5, C7, C10
S：Standard B1：Black Oxidation N1：Hard Chrome Plating P：Phosphating N3：Nickel Plating N4：Raydent

Accuracy Grade of Spline Shaft !!!!!N蛆Normal H蛆High P蛆Precision

Nominal Model Code of Rotary Ball Spline Spline Shaft Type S蛆Solid H蛆Hollow

RLF 016 T2 N N S - 500 - P0 + N3 N3

Overall Length of Assembly UnitǺmm

Nominal Model RLF, RLSF, RLBF

Preload Value P1, P2, P3, P4

Nominal Diameter UnitǺmm

Groove T2Ǻ2 Rows T4Ǻ4 Rows

Flange Type!!!!!!!!!!!NǺRound

Accuracy Grade of Spline Shaft !!!!!NǺNormal HǺHigh PǺPrecision

Spline Shaft Type SǺSolid HǺHollow

Overall Length of Spline Shaft UnitǺmm

Preload Value!!!!!!!!!P0ǺNo preload P1ǺLight preload P2ǺMedium preload

Nut Special Machining
S：Standard B1：Black Oxidation N1：Hard Chrome Plating P：Phosphating N3：Nickel Plating N4：Raydent
Shaft Special Machining
S：Standard B1：Black Oxidation N1：Hard Chrome Plating P：Phosphating N3：Nickel Plating N4：Raydent

D09 D10
 Precision Rotary Ball Screw and Ball Spline蚻RFE, RLF Specifications

RFE Series Specifications RLF Series Specifications

6-ØX(thr.)
ġġġġġ
6-ØX(thr.)
° 60
60 ° ° 60
60 °

ØP ØP

Ød1
ØD
ØC
ØB
ØA

ØF

Ød

ØA
ØB

ØD
Ød
ØW
ØW

6-Y
(60°)
E
4-Y
ȧƱ H J E J
K K
L L
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

Unit;mm Unit;mm
Support Screw Nut Support Ball Spline
Bearing Ball Screw Nut Dimension Bearing Spline Nut Dimension
Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating
Model No. d I Da n Model No. d d1 Row
Ca Coa Ca Coa D Ca Coa
D A B L C F E H J K P X W Y ȧ Ca Coa
D A L B E J K P X W Y (kgf) (kgf)
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf)

0 0 +0.025 0 0
RFE01616 16 16 2.778 1.7x2 605 1142 52 -0.007 68 50 41.9 40 -0.025 32 0 10.4 14.9 16 25.5 60 4.5 25 M4 40 1021 2409 RLF016 16 8 2 942 2349 52 68 50 39.5 10 21.5 36.5 60 4.5 32 M5 545 849
-0.007 -0.025

0 0 +0.025 0 0
RFE02020 20 20 3.175 1.7x2 896 1865 62 -0.007 78 61 51 50 -0.025 39 0 11 15.5 19 32 70 4.5 31 M5 40 1321 3320 RLF020 20 10 2 1298 3071 56 72 63 43.5 12 23.5 47.5 64 4.5 36 M5 724 1109
-0.007 -0.025

0 0 +0.025 0 0
RFE02525 25 25 3.969 1.7x2 918 2033 72 92 71 58 58 47 15.5 21.5 19 34 81 5.5 38 M6 40 1974 5188 RLF025 25 15 4 693 2217 62 78 71 53 13 26.5 52 70 4.5 45 M6 1003 1593
-0.007 -0.03 0 -0.007 -0.03

0 0 +0.03 0 0
RFE03232 32 32 4.762 1.7x2 1511 3310 80 105 - 76 66 58 0 21 - 29.5 52.5 91 6.6 48 M6 40 2876 8207 RLF032 32 16 4 2240 2680 80
-0.007
105 80 65.5 17 29.5 58 91 6.6 55 M6 1160 1960
-0.007 -0.03 -0.03

0 0 +0.03 0 0
RFE04040 40 40 6.35 1.7x2 2385 5830 110 140 109 92.5 90 73 0 16.5 32 27 49 123 9 61 M8 50 4600 13281 RLF040 40 20 4 3373 9786 100 130 100 79.5 23 40 67 113 9 68 M6 2972 4033
-0.008 -0.035 -0.008 -0.03

0 0 +0.035 0 0
RFE05050 50 50 7.938 1.7x2 3219 7703 120 156 - 112 100 90 0 25 - 40 71.5 136 11 75 M10 50 6512 19430 RLF050 50 26 4 4886 15270 120 156 125 99.5 25 40 88 136 11 85 M10 4086 5615
-0.008 -0.035 -0.008 -0.035

D11 D12
 Precision Rotary Ball Screw and Ball Spline蚻NSV Specifications

NSV Series Specifications

6-ØX(thr.) 6-ØX1(thr.)

60
° 60 RFE RLF °
° 60 60
°

ØP ØP1

ØD1

ØA1
ØB1
Ød1
ØC

ØD
ØA
ØB

ØF
Ød
ØW1
ØW

6-Y1
E (60°)
4-Y
ȧƱ H J J1 E1
K K1
L L1
RFE RLF
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

Unit;mm Unit;mm
Support Support Ball Spline
Screw Nut
Bearing Ball Screw Nut Dimension Bearing Spline Nut Dimension
Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating
Model No. d I Da n Model No. d1 Row
Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa
D A B L C F E H J K P X W Y ȧ (kgf) (kgf)
D1
D A1 L1 B1 E1 J1 K1 P1 X1 W1 Y1 (kgf) (kgf)
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf)

0 0 +0.025 0 0
NSV01616 16 16 2.778 1.7x2 605 1142 52 -0.007 68 50 41.9 40 -0.025 32 0 10.4 14.9 16 25.5 60 4.5 25 M4 40 1021 2409 NSV01616 11 2 942 2349 52 68 50 39.5 10 21.5 36.5 60 4.5 32 M5 545 849
-0.007 -0.025

0 0 +0.025 0 0
NSV02020 20 20 3.175 1.7x2 896 1865 62 -0.007 78 61 51 50 -0.025 39 0 11 15.5 19 32 70 4.5 31 M5 40 1321 3320 NSV02020 14 2 1298 3071 56 72 63 43.5 12 23.5 47.5 64 4.5 36 M5 724 1109
-0.007 -0.025

0 +0.025 0 0
NSV02525 25 25 3.969 1.7x2 918 2033 72 92 71 58 58 0 47 15.5 21.5 19 34 81 5.5 38 M6 40 1974 5188 NSV02525 18 4 693 2217 62 78 71 53 13 26.5 52 70 4.5 45 M6 1003 1593
-0.007 -0.03 0 -0.007 -0.03

0 0 +0.03 0 0
NSV03232 32 32 4.762 1.7x2 1511 3310 80 105 - 76 66 58 21 - 29.5 52.5 91 6.6 48 M6 40 2876 8207 NSV03232 23 4 2240 2680 80 105 80 65.5 17 29.5 58 91 6.6 55 M6 1160 1960
-0.007 -0.03 0 -0.007 -0.03

0 0 +0.03 0 0
NSV04040 40 40 6.35 1.7x2 2385 5830 110 140 109 92.5 90 73 0 16.5 32 27 49 123 9 61 M8 50 4600 13281 NSV04040 29 4 3373 9786 100 130 100 79.5 23 40 67 113 9 68 M6 2972 4033
-0.008 -0.035 -0.008 -0.03

0 0 +0.035 0 0
NSV05050 50 50 7.938 1.7x2 3219 7703 120 156 - 112 100 90 0 25 - 40 71.5 136 11 75 M10 50 6512 19430 NSV05050 36 4 4886 15270 120 156 125 99.5 25 40 88 136 11 85 M10 4086 5615
-0.008 -0.035 -0.008 -0.035

D13 D14
 Precision Rotary Ball Screw and Ball Spline蚻NSH Specifications

NSH Series Specifications

6-ØX(thr.)

° 60 RFE SLF 4-ØX1(thr.)

60 °
° 45 ØY1depthZ1
45 °
2-ØQ

ØP

ØD1

ØA1
Ød1
ØA

ØC
ØB

ØD
ØF
Ød
ØW
1
ØW

E
4-Y K1 J1
ȧƱ H J L1
K
L
RFE SLF
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

Unit;mm Unit;mm
Support Screw Nut Ball Spline
Bearing Ball Screw Nut Dimension Spline Nut Dimension
Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating
Model No. d I Da n Model No. d1 Row
Ca Coa Ca Coa
D A B L C F E H J K P X W Y ȧ Ca Coa
D1 A1 L1 J1 K1 W1 X1 Y1 Z1 Q
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf) D (kgf) (kgf)

0 0 +0.025 0
NSH01616 16 16 2.778 1.7x2 605 1142 52 -0.007 68 50 41.9 40 -0.025 32 0 10.4 14.9 16 25.5 60 4.5 25 M4 40 1021 2409 NSH01616 11 2 31 51 50 10 18 40 4.5 8 6 2 545 849
-0.013

0 0 +0.025 0
NSH02020 20 20 3.175 1.7x2 896 1865 62 -0.007 78 61 51 50 -0.025 39 0 11 15.5 19 32 70 4.5 31 M5 40 1321 3320 NSH02020 14 2 35 58 56 10 18 45 5.5 9.5 5.4 2 724 1109
-0.016

0 0 +0.025 0
NSH02525 25 25 3.969 1.7x2 918 2033 72 92 71 58 58 47 15.5 21.5 19 34 81 5.5 38 M6 40 1974 5188 NSH02525 18 4 42 65 71 13 26.5 52 5.5 9.5 8 3 1003 1593
-0.007 -0.03 0 -0.016

0 0 +0.03 0
NSH03232 32 32 4.762 1.7x2 1511 3310 80 105 - 76 66 58 0 21 - 29.5 52.5 91 6.6 48 M6 40 2876 8207 NSH03232 23 4 49 77 80 13 30 62 6.6 11 6.5 3 1160 1960
-0.007 -0.03 -0.016

0 0 +0.03 0
NSH04040 40 40 6.35 1.7x2 2385 5830 110 140 109 92.5 90 73 0 16.5 32 27 49 123 9 61 M8 50 4600 13281 NSH04040 29 4 64 100 100 18 36 82 9 14 12 4 2972 4033
-0.008 -0.035 -0.019

0 0 +0.035 0
NSH05050 50 50 7.938 1.7x2 3219 7703 120
-0.008
156 - 112 100
-0.035
90 0 25 - 40 71.5 136 11 75 M10 50 6512 19430 NSH05050 36 4 80 124 125 20 46.5 102 11 17.5 12 4 4086 5615
-0.019

D15 D16
 Precision Rotary Ball Screw and Ball Spline蚻RFSY, RLSF Specifications

RFSY Series Specifications RLSF Series Specifications

6-ØX(thr.) 6-ØX(thr.)

° 60 ° 60
60 ° 60 °

ØP ØP

Ød1

ØD
ØC
ØD

ØB
ØC

ØA
ØB

Ød
ØA

Ød
ØW

W
Ø
4-Y
(90°) 6-Y
E J (60°) E J

K K

L L
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

Unit;mm Unit;mm
Support Screw Nut Support Ball Spline
Bearing Ball Screw Nut Dimension Bearing Spline Nut Dimension
Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating
Model No. d I Da n Model No. d d1 Row
Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa
(kgf) (kgf) D A B L C E J K P X W Y (kgf) (kgf) D A B L C E J K P X W Y
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf)

-0.009 0 -0.009 0
RFSY01616 16 16 2.778 1.8x2 814 1787 48 64 36 45 32 10 6 21 56 4.5 25 M4 1073 2551 RLSF016 16 8 2 814 1787 48 64 36 50 31 10 6 21 56 4.5 30 M4 545 849
-0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025

-0.01 0 -0.01 0
RFSY02020 20 20 3.175 1.8x2 880 2188 56 72 43.5 52 39 11 6 21 64 4.5 31 M5 1387 3515 RLSF020 20 10 2 880 2188 56 72 43.5 63 35 12 6 21 64 4.5 36 M5 736 1124
-0.029 -0.025 -0.029 -0.025

-0.01 0 -0.01 0
RFSY02525 25 25 3.969 1.8x2 1222 3149 66 86 52 64 47 13 7 25 75 5.5 38 M6 2074 5494 RLSF025 25 15 4 1222 3149 66 86 52 71 42 13 7 25 75 5.5 44 M5 1003 1593
-0.029 -0.03 -0.029 -0.03

-0.01 0 -0.01 0
RFSY03232 32 32 4.762 1.8x2 1331 3914 78 103 63 78 58 14 8 25 89 6.6 48 M6 3021 8690 RLSF032 32 16 4 1331 3914 78 103 63 80 52 17 8 25 89 6.6 54 M6 1324 2251
-0.029 -0.03 -0.029 -0.03

-0.012 0 -0.012 0
RFSY04040 40 40 6.35 1.8x2 2128 6299 100 130 79.5 99 73 16.5 10 33 113 9 61 M8 4831 14062 RLSF040 40 20 4 2128 6299 100 130 79.5 100 64 20 10 33 113 9 68 M6 2972 4033
-0.034 -0.035 -0.034 -0.035

D17 D18
 Precision Rotary Ball Screw and Ball Spline蚻RSSY Specifications

RSSY Series Specifications

6-ØX(thr.) 6-ØX1(thr.)

° 60 ° 60
60 ° 60 °

ØP Ø P1

ØD1

ØC1

ØB1

ØA1
Ød1
ØD
ØC
ØB
ØA

Ød
ØW

1
W
Ø
6-Y1
4-Y E J J1 E1 (60°)
(90°)
K K1

RFSY L L1 RLSF
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

Unit;mm Unit;mm
Support Screw Nut Support Ball Spline
Bearing Ball Screw Nut Dimension Bearing Spline Nut Dimension
Load Rating Load Rating
Load Rating Load Rating
Model No. d I Da n Model No. d d1 Row
Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa
(kgf) (kgf) D A B L C E J K P X W Y (kgf) (kgf) D1 A1 B1 L1 C1 E1 J1 K1 P1 X1 W1 Y1
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf)

-0.009 0 -0.009 0
RSSY01616 16 16 2.778 1.8x2 814 1787 48 64 36 45 32 10 6 21 56 4.5 25 M4 1073 2551 RSSY01616 16 11 2 814 1787 48 64 36 50 31 10 6 21 56 4.5 30 M4 545 849
-0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025

-0.01 0 -0.01 0
RSSY02020 20 20 3.175 1.8x2 880 2188 56 72 43.5 52 39 11 6 21 64 4.5 31 M5 1387 3515 RSSY02020 20 14 2 880 2188 56 72 43.5 63 35 12 6 21 64 4.5 36 M5 736 1124
-0.029 -0.025 -0.029 -0.025

-0.01 0 -0.01 0
RSSY02525 25 25 3.969 1.8x2 1222 3149 66 86 52 64 47 13 7 25 75 5.5 38 M6 2074 5494 RSSY02525 25 18 4 1222 3149 66 86 52 71 42 13 7 25 75 5.5 44 M5 1003 1593
-0.029 -0.03 -0.029 -0.03

-0.01 0 -0.01 0
RSSY03232 32 32 4.762 1.8x2 1331 3914 78 103 63 78 58 14 8 25 89 6.6 48 M6 3021 8690 RSSY03232 32 23 4 1331 3914 78 103 63 80 52 17 8 25 89 6.6 54 M6 1324 2251
-0.029 -0.03 -0.029 -0.03

-0.012 0 -0.012 0
RSSY04040 40 40 6.35 1.8x2 2128 6299 100 130 79.5 99 73 16.5 10 33 113 9 61 M8 4831 14062 RSSY04040 40 29 4 2128 6299 100 130 79.5 100 64 20 10 33 113 9 68 M6 2972 4033
-0.034 -0.035 -0.034 -0.035

D19 D20
 Precision Rotary Ball Screw and Ball Spline蚻RSLY Specifications

RSLY Series Specifications

6-ØX(thr.)

60 4-ØX1(thr.)
°
60 ° 45° ØY1depthZ1
45°

2-ØQ

ØP

Ø D1

Ø A1
Ød1
ØD
ØC
ØB
ØA

Ød
ØW ØW
1

K1 J1
4-Y E J
L1
(90°) K

RFSY L SLF
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

Unit;mm Unit;mm
Support Screw Nut Ball Spline
Bearing Ball Screw Nut Dimension Spline Nut Dimension
Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating
Model No. d I Da n Model No. d d1 Row
Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa
D A B L C E J K P X W Y (kgf) (kgf) D1 A1 L1 J1 K1 W1 X1 Y1 Z1 Q (kgf) (kgf)
(kgf) (kgf)

-0.009 0 0
RSLY01616 16 16 2.778 1.8x2 814 1787 48 64 36 45 32 10 6 21 56 4.5 25 M4 1073 2551 RSLY01616 16 11 2 31 51 50 10 18 40 4.5 8 6 2 545 849
-0.025 -0.025 -0.013

-0.01 0 0
RSLY02020 20 20 3.175 1.8x2 880 2188 56 72 43.5 52 39 11 6 21 64 4.5 31 M5 1387 3515 RSLY02020 20 14 2 35 58 56 10 18 45 5.5 9.5 5.4 2 724 1109
-0.029 -0.025 -0.016

-0.01 0 0
RSLY02525 25 25 3.969 1.8x2 1222 3149 66 86 52 64 47 13 7 25 75 5.5 38 M6 2074 5494 RSLY02525 25 18 4 42 65 71 13 26.5 52 5.5 9.5 8 3 1003 1593
-0.029 -0.03 -0.016

-0.01 0 0
RSLY03232 32 32 4.762 1.8x2 1331 3914 78 103 63 78 58 14 8 25 89 6.6 48 M6 3021 8690 RSLY03232 32 23 4 49 77 80 13 30 62 6.6 11 6.5 3 1324 2251
-0.029 -0.03 -0.016

-0.012 0 0
RSLY04040 40 40 6.35 1.8x2 2128 6299 100 130 79.5 99 73 16.5 10 33 113 9 61 M8 4831 14062 RSLY04040 40 29 4 64 100 100 18 36 82 9 14 12 4 2972 4033
-0.034 -0.035 -0.019

D21 D22
 Precision Rotary Ball Screw and Ball Spline蚻RFBY, RLBF Specifications

RFBY Series Specifications RLBF Series Specifications

6-ØX(thr.) 6-ØX(thr.)

ƒ  ƒ 
 ƒ  ƒ

ØP

Ød1
ØD
ØC

ØD
ØB

ØB
ØA

ØA
Ød

Ød
șƒ

W
W

Ø
4-Y
ØP

6-Y
E J ƒ) E J
K K
L L
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

Unit;mm Unit;mm
Support
Screw Nut Support Ball Spline
Bearing Ball Screw Nut Dimension Bearing Spline Nut Dimension
Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating
Model No. d I Da n Model No. d d1 Row
Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa
D A B L C E J K P X W Y ș (kgf) (kgf) D A B L E J K P X W Y
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf)

0 0 +0.025 0 0
RFBY01616 16 16 2.778 1.8x2 626 1297 52 68 40 47 32 10.1 6 28 60 4.5 25 M4 40 1073 2551 RLBF016 16 8 2 746 1741 52 68 39.5 50 10 5 30 60 4.5 32 M5 545 849
-0.007 -0.025 0 -0.007 -0.025

0 0 +0.025 0 0
RFBY02020 20 20 3.175 1.8x2 993 2212 62 78 50 53.5 39 11 7 34.5 70 4.5 31 M5 40 1387 3515 RLBF020 20 10 2 1129 2575 56 72 43.5 63 12 6 42 64 4.5 36 M5 736 1124
-0.007 -0.025 0 -0.007 -0.025

0 0 +0.025 0 0
RFBY02525 25 25 3.969 1.8x2 1042 2495 72 92 58 65 47 15.8 8 35 81 5.5 38 M6 40 2074 5494 RLBF025 25 15 4 691 2171 62 78 53 71 13 6 49 70 4.5 45 M6 1003 1593
-0.007 -0.03 0 -0.007 -0.03

0 0 +0.03 0 0
RFBY03232 32 32 4.762 1.8x2 1669 3915 80 105 66 81 58 21.5 9 42.5 91 6.6 48 M6 40 3021 8690 RLBF032 32 16 4 2003 5259 80 105 65.5 80 17 9 54 91 6.6 55 M6 1324 2251
-0.007 -0.03 0 -0.007 -0.03

0 0 +0.03 0 0
RFBY04040 40 40 6.35 1.8x2 2965 6922 110 140 90 102 73 16.5 11 64.5 123 9 61 M8 50 4831 14062 RLBF040 40 20 4 3944 12568 100 130 79.5 100 23 11 63 113 9 68 M6 2972 4033
-0.008 -0.035 0 -0.008 -0.03

0 0 +0.035 0 0
RFBY05050 50 50 7.938 1.8x2 4029 9327 120 156 100 121 90 29 12 70 136 11 75 M10 50 7220 21974 RLBF050 50 26 4 5421 18169 120 156 99.5 125 25 12 87 136 11 85 M10 4086 5615
-0.008 -0.035 0 -0.008 -0.035

D23 D24
 Precision Rotary Ball Screw and Ball Spline蚻RBBY Specifications

RBBY Series Specifications

6-ØX(thr.)
6-ØX1(thr.)

° 60 ° 60
60 ° 60 °

Ø P1

ØD1

ØB1
ØA1
Ød1
ØD
ØC
ØB
ØA

Ød
șƒ

1
W

ØW
4-Y
ØP

6-Y1
E J J1 E1 (60°)
K K1
L L1
RFBY RLBF
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

Unit;mm Unit;mm
Support Screw Nut Support Ball Spline
Bearing Ball Screw Nut Dimension Bearing Spline Nut Dimension
Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating
Model No. d I Da n Model No. d d1 Row
Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa
D A B L C E J K P X W Y ȧ D1 A1 B1 L1 E1 J1 K1 P1 X1 W1 Y1
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf)

0 0 +0.025 0 0
RBBY01616 16 16 2.778 1.8x2 626 1297 52 68 40 47 32 10.1 6 28 60 4.5 25 M4 40 1073 2551 RBBY01616 16 11 2 746 1741 52 68 39.5 50 10 5 30 60 4.5 32 M5 545 849
-0.007 -0.025 0 -0.007 -0.025

0 0 +0.025 0 0
RBBY02020 20 20 3.175 1.8x2 993 2212 62 78 50 53.5 39 11 7 34.5 70 4.5 31 M5 40 1387 3515 RBBY02020 20 14 2 1129 2575 56 72 43.5 63 12 6 42 64 4.5 36 M5 736 1124
-0.007 -0.025 0 -0.007 -0.025

0 0 +0.025 0 0
RBBY02525 25 25 3.969 1.8x2 1042 2495 72 92 58 65 47 15.8 8 35 81 5.5 38 M6 40 2074 5494 RBBY02525 25 18 4 691 2171 62 78 53 71 13 6 49 70 4.5 45 M6 1003 1593
-0.007 -0.03 0 -0.007 -0.03

0 0 +0.03 0 0
RBBY03232 32 32 4.762 1.8x2 1669 3915 80 105 66 81 58 21.5 9 42.5 91 6.6 48 M6 40 3021 8690 RBBY03232 32 23 4 2003 5259 80 105 65.5 80 17 9 54 91 6.6 55 M6 1324 2251
-0.007 -0.03 0 -0.007 -0.03

0 0 +0.03 0 0
RBBY04040 40 40 6.35 1.8x2 2965 6922 110 140 90 102 73 16.5 11 64.5 123 9 61 M8 50 4831 14062 RBBY04040 40 29 4 3944 12568 100 130 79.5 100 23 11 63 113 9 68 M6 2972 4033
-0.008 -0.035 0 -0.008 -0.03

0 0 +0.035 0 0
RBBY05050 50 50 7.938 1.8x2 4029 9327 120 156 100 121 90 29 12 70 136 11 75 M10 50 7220 21974 RBBY05050 50 36 4 5421 18169 120 156 99.5 125 25 12 87 136 11 85 M10 4086 5615
-0.008 -0.035 0 -0.008 -0.035

D25 D26
 Precision Rotary Ball Screw and Ball Spline蚻RBLY Specifications

RBLY Series Specifications

6-ØX(thr.)

° 60 4-ØX1(thr.)
60 °
45° ØY1depthZ1
45°
2-ØQ

ØD1

Ø d1

ØA1
ØD
ØC
ØB
ØA

Ød
șƒ

ØW
1
Ø
W

4-Y
ØP

K1 J1
E J L1
K
L
RFBY SLF
ROTARY BALL SCREW蚻SPLINE

Unit;mm Unit;mm
Support
Bearing Screw Nut Spline Nut Dimension Ball Spline
Ball Screw Nut Dimension
Load Rating Load Rating Load Rating
Model No. d I Da n Model No. d d1 Row
Ca Coa Ca Coa Ca Coa
D A B L C E J K P X W Y ȧ D1 A1 L1 J1 K1 W1 X1 Y1 Z1 Q (kgf) (kgf)
(kgf) (kgf) (kgf) (kgf)

0 0 +0.025 0
RBLY01616 16 16 2.778 1.8x2 626 1297 52 68 40 47 32 10.1 6 28 60 4.5 25 M4 40 1073 2551 RBLY01616 16 11 2 31 51 50 10 18 40 4.5 8 6 2 545 849
-0.007 -0.025 0 -0.013

0 0 +0.025 0
RBLY02020 20 20 3.175 1.8x2 993 2212 62 78 50 53.5 39 11 7 34.5 70 4.5 31 M5 40 1387 3515 RBLY02020 20 14 2 35 58 56 10 18 45 5.5 9.5 5.4 2 724 1109
-0.007 -0.025 0 -0.016

0 0 +0.025 0
RBLY02525 25 25 3.969 1.8x2 1042 2495 72 92 58 65 47 15.8 8 35 81 5.5 38 M6 40 2074 5494 RBLY02525 25 18 4 42 65 71 13 26.5 52 5.5 9.5 8 3 1003 1593
-0.007 -0.03 0 -0.016

0 0 +0.03 0
RBLY03232 32 32 4.762 1.8x2 1669 3915 80 105 66 81 58 21.5 9 42.5 91 6.6 48 M6 40 3021 8690 RBLY03232 32 23 4 49 77 80 13 30 62 6.6 11 6.5 3 1324 2251
-0.007 -0.03 0 -0.016

0 0 +0.03 0
RBLY04040 40 40 6.35 1.8x2 2965 6922 110 140 90 102 73 16.5 11 64.5 123 9 61 M8 50 4831 14062 RBLY04040 40 29 4 64 100 100 18 36 82 9 14 12 4 2972 4033
-0.008 -0.035 0 -0.019

0 0 +0.035 0
RBLY05050 50 50 7.938 1.8x2 4029 9327 120 156 100 121 90 29 12 70 136 11 75 M10 50 7220 21974 RBLY05050 50 36 4 80 124 125 20 46.5 102 11 17.5 12 4 4086 5615
-0.008 -0.035 0 -0.019

D27 D28
 LM蚻LM-L Specifications
1. About Linear Ball Bearing
LM Series Specifications (Standard) LM-L Series Specifications (Lengthen)

ØD1

ØD1
ØD

ØD
Ø

Ø
d

d
W W W W
B A B A
L L

UnitǺmm UnitǺmm

Dimension Dimension
Model No. Ca Coa Weight(g) Ca Coa
D L Model No. Weight(g)
(kgf) (kgf) D L (kgf) (kgf)
d D Tolerance L Tolerance W D1 B A d D Tolerance L Tolerance W D1 B A
LINEAR BALL BEARING

(ȫm) (ȫm) (ȫm) (ȫm)

LM-04UU 4 8 12 蚹 蚹 蚹 蚹 9 13 2 LM-06LUU 6 12 0 35 1.1 11.5 27 4 33 54 16

0
LM-06UU 6 12 19 1.1 11.5 13.5 2.75 21 27 8 LM-08LUU 8 15 -13 45 1.1 14.3 35 5 44 80 31
-11 0
LM-08UU 8 15 24 0 1.1 14.3 17.5 3.25 27 41 16 LM-10LUU 10 19 55 1.3 18 44 5.5 60 112 62
0
LM-10UU 10 19 29 1.3 18 22 3.5 38 56 30 LM-12LUU 12 21 57 1.3 20 46 5.5 83 160 80
0 -16 -30
LM-12UU 12 21 30 -20 1.3 20 23 3.5 42 61 31.5 LM-16LUU 16 28 70 1.6 27 53 8.5 126 240 145
-13
LM-16UU 16 28 37 1.6 27 26.5 5.25 79 120 69 LM-20LUU 20 32 80 1.6 30.5 61 9.5 143 280 180
0
LM-20UU 20 32 42 1.6 30.5 30.5 5.75 88 140 87 LM-25LUU 25 40 112 1.85 38 82 15 159 320 440
0 -19 0
LM-25UU 25 40 59 1.85 38 41 9 100 159 220 LM-30LUU 30 45 123 1.85 43 89 17 254 560 580
-16
LM-30UU 30 45 64 0 1.85 43 44.5 9.75 159 279 250 LM-40LUU 40 60 0 151 2.1 57 121 15 350 820 1170
-40
LM-40UU 40 60 0 80 -30 2.1 57 60.5 9.75 219 409 585 LM-50LUU 50 80 -22 192 2.6 76.5 148 22 620 1622 3100

LM-50UU 50 80 -19 100 2.6 76.5 74 13 389 808 1580 ʰUU with oil seals in ends ʰ

ʰUU with oil seals in ends ʰ

E01 E02
 LF蚻LF-L Specifications

LF Series Specifications (Flange Type) LF-L Series Specifications (Flange Type with Lengthen Nut)

h h

ØP

ØP
Ød1

Ød1
ØP

ØP
CD

CD
CD

CD
d d

Ød2

Ød2
Ø Ø
d d
Ø Ø

ØD1

ØD1
ØD

ØD
K

K
H H
L L
Ty pe蛆 D Ty pe 蛆 N Ty pe蛆 D Type 蛆 N

UnitǺmm UnitǺmm

Dimension Dimension
Ca Coa Weight(g) Ca Coa Weight(g)
Model No. Model No.
D L (kgf) (kgf) D L (kgf) (kgf)
d D Tolerance L Tolerance D1 PCD H K d1 d2 h d D Tolerance L Tolerance D1 PCD H K d1 d2 h
LINEAR BALL BEARING

(ȫm) (ȫm) (ȫm) (ȫm)

LF-06UU 6 12 0 19 28 20 5 22 3.5 6 3.1 21 27 8 LF-06LUU 6 12 0 35 28 20 5 22 3.5 6 3.1 33 54 16

LF-08UU 8 15 -11 24 32 24 5 25 3.5 6 3.1 28 40 16 LF-08LUU 8 15 -13 45 32 24 5 25 3.5 6 3.1 44 80 31

0 0
LF-10UU 10 19 29 40 29 6 30 4.5 7.5 4.1 38 56 30 LF-10LUU 10 19 55 40 29 6 30 4.5 7.5 4.1 60 112 62
0 0
LF-12UU 12 21 30 42 32 6 32 4.5 7.5 4.1 52 80 31.5 LF-12LUU 12 21 57 42 32 6 32 4.5 7.5 4.1 83 160 80
-13 -20 -16 -30
LF-16UU 16 28 37 48 38 6 37 4.5 7.5 4.1 79 120 69 LF-16LUU 16 28 70 48 38 6 37 4.5 7.5 4.1 126 240 145

LF-20UU 20 32 42 54 43 8 42 5.5 9 5.1 90 140 87 LF-20LUU 20 32 80 54 43 8 42 5.5 9 5.1 143 280 180
0 0
LF-25UU 25 40 59 62 51 8 50 5.5 9 5.1 100 159 220 LF-25LUU 25 40 112 62 51 8 50 5.5 9 5.1 159 320 440
-16 -19
LF-30UU 30 45 64 0 74 60 10 58 6.6 11 6.1 159 279 250 LF-30LUU 30 45 123 0 74 60 10 58 6.6 11 6.1 254 560 580

LF-40UU 40 60 0 80 -30 96 78 13 75 9 14 8.1 218 409 585 LF-40LUU 40 60 0 151 -40 96 78 13 75 9 14 8.1 350 820 1170

LF-50UU 50 80 -19 100 116 98 13 92 9 14 8.1 389 808 1580 LF-50LUU 50 80 -22 192 116 98 13 92 9 14 8.1 620 1622 3100

ʰUU with oil seals in ends ʰ ʰUU with oil seals in ends ʰ

E03 E04
 LU蚻LP蚻SF蚻WV Specifications

LU蚻LP Series Specifications (Aluminum Housing Type) SF蚻WV Series Specifications (Shaft)

C 4-P depth:Q I
B HV HRC
J Hardness Depth(X)
1000
A
Øe 67
800 65
H

60
G

600 55

Ød
E
F

Test point 50
B
400 40
B
C 30
Material蛆CF53蚻S55C蚻SUJ2 E C D
200 E 13
4-ØN hole A Hardness蛆HRC60Up
D
View A-A 0
Surface蛆Ra0.15-0.35ȝm 1 2 3(mm)
Shaft Straightness蛆approx.0.1mm蚻m Y
Outside Inside

UnitǺmm UnitǺmm

Dimension
Hardness Depth
Model No. Weight(g) Model No. d
G (X)
d B C E F H I J N P Q
LINEAR BALL BEARING

±0.02
LU-08UU SF-04 4 1.0
8 24 34 22 18 11 6 30 18 3 M4 8 56
LP-08
LU-10UU SF-06 6 1.0
10 28 40 26 21 13 8 35 21 4 M5 12 90
LP-10 SF-08 8 1.0
LU-12UU
12 30.5 42 29 25 15 8 36 26 4 M5 12 112 SF-10 10 1.0
LP-12
LU-16UU SF-12 12 1.6
16 36 50 38.5 35 19 9 44 34 4 M5 12 189
LP-16
LU-20UU SF-16 16 1.6
20 40 54 42 36 21 11 50 40 5 M6 12 237
LP-20 SF-20 20 2.2
LU-25UU
25 54 76 51.5 41 26 12 67 50 6 M8 18 555 SF-25 25 2.2
LP-25
LU-30UU SF-30 30 2.2
30 58 78 59.5 49 30 15 72 58 6 M8 18 685
LP-30
LU-40UU SF-32 32 2.2
40 80 102 78 62 40 20 90 60 8 M10 25 1600
LP-40 SF-40 40 3.5
LU-50UU
50 100 122 102 80 52 25 110 80 8 M10 25 3350 SF-50 50 3.5
LP-50
ʰLP-No Linear ball bearing is included.ʰ ʰθcan supply Chromium plated slide shaft (Model No. WV).ʰ

E05 E06
 SS Specifications

SS Series Specifications (Shaft Support)

Ød
H

2-S
h

L1 W
L

UnitǺmm

Dimension
Model No. Weight(g)
d h L W H t T L1 S
LINEAR BALL BEARING

SS-04 4 20 42 14 32.8 6 18 32 5.5 24

SS-06 6 20 42 14 32.8 6 18 32 5.5 24

SS-08 8 20 42 14 32.8 6 18 32 5.5 24

SS-10 10 20 42 14 32.8 6 18 32 5.5 24

SS-12 12 23 42 14 37.5 6 20 32 5.5 30

SS-16 16 27 48 16 44 8 25 38 5.5 40

SS-20 20 31 60 20 51 10 30 45 6.6 70

SS-25 25 35 70 24 60 12 38 56 6.6 130

SS-30 30 42 84 28 70 12 44 64 9 180

SS-40 40 60 114 36 96 15 60 90 11 420

SS-50 50 70 126 40 120 18 74 100 14 750

E07 E08
 About Support Unit of Ball Screw
1. About Support Unit of Ball Screw
Table 1.1.1 Types of Support and Suggested Diameter of Ball Screw
BK蚻EK蚻FK蚻BF蚻EF蚻FF
Fixed End Model Simple End Model
Suggested Diameter
Fixed End Flange Type Square Type Flange Type Square Type
- EK-6 - FF-6 EF-6 - Ø4, Ø6
BK Series EK Series FK Series
FK-8 EK-8 - FF-8 EF-8 - Ø8, Ø10, Ø12

FK-10 EK-10 BK-10 FF-10 EF-10 BF-10 Ø10, Ø12, Ø14, Ø15

FK-12 EK-12 BK-12 FF-12 EF-12 BF-12 Ø14, Ø15, Ø16

FK-15 EK-15 BK-15 FF-15 EF-15 BF-15 Ø18, Ø20

- - BK-17 - - BF-17 Ø20, Ø25

FK-20 EK-20 BK-20 FF-20 EF-20 BF-20 Ø25, Ø28

FK-25 EK-25 BK-25 FF-25 EF-25 BF-25 Ø32, Ø36

FK-30 - BK-30 FF-30 - BF-30 Ø36, Ø40

Surface Treatment蛆Black Oxidation
- - BK-35 - - BF-35 Ø40, Ø45, Ø50

- - BK-40 - - BF-40 Ø50, Ø55

Simple End
Table 1.1.2 Function

BF Series EF Series FF Series Fixed End Simple End

Axial Radial
Support Model Bearing Support Model Bearing
Ca K Ca Coa
SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

Model Model
(kgf) kgf/͔m (kgf) (kgf)
EK-6 706ATYDF 273 2.9 EF-6, FF-6 606ZZ 231 88
EK-8, FK-8 708ATYDF 450 5.4 EF-8, FF-8 606ZZ 231 88
BK-10, EK-10, FK-10 7000ATYDF 620 9.6 BF-10, EF-10, FF-10 608ZZ 335 142
BK-12, EK-12, FK-12 7001ATYDF 679 10.6 BF-12, EF-12, FF-12 6000ZZ 465 200
BK-15, EK-15, FK-15 7002ATYDF 775 11.5 BF-15, EF-15, FF-15 6002ZZ 570 289
BK-17 7203ATYDF 1397 12.7 BF-17 6203ZZ 979 469
Surface Treatment蛆Black Oxidation BK-20 7004ATYDF 1295 14.2 BF-20 6004ZZ 958 515
EK-20, FK-20 7204ATYDF 1820 15.8 EF-20, FF-20 6204ZZ 1300 702
BK-25, EK-25, FK-25 7205ATYDF 2060 19.4 BF-25, EF-25, FF25 6205ZZ 1430 800
BK-30, FK-30 7206ATYDF 2856 19.8 BF-30, FF30 6206ZZ 1989 1152
BK-35 7207ATYDF 3794 26.0 BF-35 6207ZZ 2621 1560
BK-40 7208ATYDF 4498 27.5 BF-40 6208ZZ 2968 1815

F01 F02
 About Support Unit of Ball Screw

1- 1 Installing Ball Screw with Support Units Simple End Table Bracket Fixed End
(1) Install the fixed end Support Unit with the screw shaft.
ʰ!Do no disassemble the Support Unit.
ʰ!When assembling the screw shaft to the Support Unit, make sure that the dimension
between machine ends and bearing is matched.

(2) After inserting the fixed end Support Unit, secure the lock nut using the fastening set Fig 1.2.1
piece and the hexagonal socket-head setscrews.
ʰ!Please contact TBI for special condition of mounting methods. 1-3 Checking Geometric Accuracy
(1) While checking the runout of the ball screw shaft end and the axial clearance
(3) Attach the simple end bearing to the screw shaft and secure the bearing using the C-Ring. using a dial gauge.

Simple End Fixed End

Screw Measure Backlash Measure Runout

C-Ring
Bearing Washer

Spacer Lock Nut Fig 1.3.1

SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

Fig 1.1.1
1-4 Connect Ball Screw Motor
1- 2 Assemble the Nut Bracket (1) Mount the motor bracket to the base.
(2) Connect the motor and the ball screw using a coupling.
(1) If using a bracket when mounting the ball screw nut to the table, insert the nut into the
(Make sure the mounting accuracy is maintained).
bracket and fasten it temporarily.
(3) Thoroughly perform the break-in for the system.
(2) Fasten the fixed end Support Unit to the base.
(3) Ensure parallelism through reference face (linear guide) and ballscrew, than tighten both Coupling Motor
fixed and simple ends.
(4) Move the table between both ends the Unit to align the axial center, and adjust the table
so that the table can travel smoothly.

Fig 1.4.1

F03 F04
 BK Specifications

BK Series (Fixed End)

M
Ƒ7 C 4-ØX drill through Code Items pcs
ØY counter bore depthZ
2 Housing 1 PCS
3 Bearing 1 SET
4 Lid 1 PCS
5 Spacer 2 PCS
6 Seal 2 PCS
7 Lock Nut 1 PCS
8 Screw with Washer 1 PCS

Unit;mm
E h Bearing
Model No. D1 A B C C1 C2 H1 H L L1 L2 L3 T P N M X Y Z
±0.02 ±0.02 Model

BK-10 10 60 46 34 13 6 30 32.5 22 39 25 5 29 5 16 5.5 15 M3 6.6 11 5 7000ATYDFC8P5

BK-12 12 60 46 35 13 6 30 32.5 25 43 25 5 29 5 19 5.5 18 M3 6.6 11 1.5 7001ATYDFC8P5
BK-15 15 70 54 40 15 6 35 38 28 48 27 6 32 6 22 5.5 18 M3 6.6 11 6.5 7002ATYDFC8P5
BK-17 17 86 68 50 19 8 43 55 39 64 35 9 44 7 24 6.6 28 M4 9 14 8.5 7203ATYDFC8P5
BK-20 20 88 70 52 19 8 44 50 34 60 35 8 43 8 30 6.6 22 M4 9 14 8.5 7004ATYDFC8P5

Tolerance
h
Dimension (mm) unit 0.001
Suggest Dimension of End Machining
Above Under h
SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

H1 Type H2 Type
-2
View A-A 6 10
(MAX)
-15
A
-3
10 18

S
-18

O -3
Q S Q 18 24
-21
A

Circular H1
Chamfering Radius Keyway(W×D×L)
H2 ⤚埮
Model
Model No. Diameter D1 B E F M S J G H
BK
BK⤚
C1 C2 C3 R1 R2 N P R P
BK-10 Ø12, Ø14, Ø15 10 8 39 15 M10×1 16 10 5 7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.6 2×1.2 11 7.5 11 BK-10
BK-12 Ø14, Ø15, Ø16, Ø18 12 10 39 15 M12×1 14 13 6 8 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.6 3×1.8 12 9.5 12 BK-12
BK-15 Ø18, Ø20 15 12 40 20 M15×1 12 16 6 9 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.6 4×2.5 16 11.3 16 BK-15
BK-17 Ø20, Ø25 17 15 53 23 M17×1 17 18 7 10 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.6 5×3.0 21 14.3 21 BK-17
BK-20 Ø25, Ø28 20 17 53 25 M20×1 15 21 8 11 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 5×3.0 21 16 21 BK-20

F05 F06
 BK Specifications

BK Series (Fixed End)

U N Code Items pcs
D 4-ØX drill through
Ω
ØY counter bore depthZ
2 Housing 1 PCS
3 Bearing 1 SET
4 Lid 1 PCS
5 Spacer 2 PCS
6 Seal 2 PCS
7 Lock Nut 1 PCS
8 Screw with Washer 1 PCS

Unit;mm
E h Bearing
Model No. D1 A B C C1 C2 H1 H L L1 L2 L3 T P N M X Y Z
±0.02 ±0.02 Model

BK-25 25 106 85 64 22 10 53 70 48 80 42 12 54 9 35 9 33 M5 11 17.5 11 7205ATYDFC8P5

BK-30 30 128 102 76 23 11 64 78 51 89 45 14 61 9 40 11 33 M6 14 20 13 7206ATYDFC8P5
BK-35 35 140 114 88 26 12 70 79 52 96 50 14 67 12 50 11 35 M8 14 20 13 7207ATYDFC8P5
BK-40 40 160 130 100 33 14 80 90 60 110 61 18 76 15 50 14 37 M8 18 26 17.5 7208ATYDFC8P5

Tolerance
h
Dimension (mm) unit 0.001
Suggest Dimension of End Machining
Above Under h
SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

H1 Type H2 Type
View A-A -3
(MAX) A
18 30 -21

S
-4
30 50
O Q S Q -25
A

Circular H1
Chamfering Radius Keyway(W×D×L)
H2 ⤚埮
Model
Model No. Diameter D1 B E F M S J G H
BK
BK⤚
C1 C2 C3 R1 R2 N P R P
BK-25 Ø32, Ø36 25 20 65 30 M25×1.5 18 27 10 13 0.5 0.7 1.0 0.5 0.6 6×3.5 25 19 25 BK-25
BK-30 Ø36, Ø40 30 25 72 38 M30×1.5 25 32 10 15 0.5 0.7 1.0 0.5 1.0 8×4.0 32 23.5 32 BK-30
BK-35 Ø40, Ø45, Ø50 35 30 83 45 M35×1.5 28 36 12 15 0.5 1.0 1.0 0.5 1.0 8×4.0 40 28.5 40 BK-35
BK-40 Ø50, Ø55 40 35 98 50 M40×1.5 35 41 14 19 0.5 1.0 1.0 0.5 1.0 10×5.0 45 33 45 BK-40

F07 F08
 BF Specifications

BF Series (Simple End) 2-ØX drill through

Code Items pcs
ØY counter bore depthZ
2 Housing 1 PCS
3 Bearing 1 PCS
4 C-Ring 1 PCS

4-ØP

Unit;mm
E h Bearing
Model No. D1 A B C H1 H L N P X Y Z C-Ring
±0.02 ±0.02 Model
BF-10 8 60 46 34 30 32.5 22 39 20 15 5.5 6.6 11 5 C8 608ZZ
BF-12 10 60 46 35 30 32.5 25 43 20 18 5.5 6.6 11 1.5 C10 6000ZZ
BF-15 15 70 54 40 35 38 28 48 20 18 5.5 6.6 11 6.5 C15 6002ZZ
BF-17 17 86 68 50 43 55 39 64 23 28 6.6 9 14 8.5 C17 6203ZZ
BF-20 20 88 70 52 44 50 34 60 26 22 6.6 9 14 8.5 C20 6004ZZ
BF-25 25 106 85 64 53 70 48 80 30 33 9 11 17.5 11 C25 6205ZZ
BF-30 30 128 102 76 64 78 51 89 32 33 11 14 20 13 C30 6206ZZ
BF-35 35 140 114 88 70 79 52 96 32 35 11 14 20 13 C35 6207ZZ
BF-40 40 160 130 100 80 90 60 110 37 37 14 18 26 17.5 C40 6208ZZ

Tolerance
h
Dimension (mm) unit 0.001
E
Above Under h
Suggest Dimension of End Machining -2

øD1 h7
6 10
SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

-15
-3
10 18
-18

øA -0.2
0

øD
-3
18 30
-21
B +0.14
0 +0.2 -4
C 0
30 50
-25

C-Ring
Model No. Diameter D1 E Model BF
A B C
BF-10 Ø12, Ø14, Ø15 8 10 7.6 0.9 7.9 BF-10
BF-12 Ø14, Ø15, Ø16 10 11 9.6 1.15 9.15 BF-12
BF-15 Ø18, Ø20 15 13 14.3 1.15 10.15 BF-15
BF-17 Ø20, Ø25 17 16 16.2 1.15 13.15 BF-17
BF-20 Ø25, Ø28 20 16 19.0 1.35 13.35 BF-20
BF-25 Ø32, Ø36 25 20 23.9 1.35 16.35 BF-25
BF-30 Ø36, Ø40 30 21 28.6 1.75 17.75 BF-30
BF-35 Ø40, Ø45, Ø50 35 22 33.0 1.75 18.75 BF-35
BF-40 Ø50, Ø55 40 23 38.0 1.95 19.95 BF-40

F09 F10
 EK Specifications

EK Series (Fixed End)

Code Items pcs

2-ØX drill through 2 Housing 1 PCS

ØY counter bore depthZ 2-ØX
drill through 3 Bearing 1 SET
4 Lid 1 PCS
5 Spacer 2 PCS
6 Seal 2 PCS
7 Lock Nut 1 PCS
8 Screw with Washer 1 PCS
EK10~15
Unit;mm
E h Bearing
Model No. D1 A B C H1 H L L1 L2 L3 M X Y Z T
±0.02 ±0.02 Model

EK-6 6 42 30 18 21 20 13 25 20 5.5 22 3.5 M3 5.5 9.5 11 12 706ATYDFC7P5

EK-8 8 52 38 25 26 26 17 32 23 7 26 4 M3 6.6 11 12 14 708ATYDFC8P5
EK-10 10 70 52 36 35 24 25 43 24 6 29.5 6 M3 9 - - 16 7000ATYDFC8P5
EK-12 12 70 52 36 35 24 25 43 24 6 29.5 6 M3 9 - - 19 7001ATYDFC8P5
EK-15 15 80 60 41 40 25 30 49 25 6 36 5 M3 11 - - 22 7002ATYDFC8P5

Tolerance
Suggest Dimension of End Machining Dimension (mm) h
unit 0.001
SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

H1 Type H2 Type Above Under h

View A-A -2
(MAX) A 6 10
-15
-3

S
10 18
-18
O S Q -3
Q 18 24 -21
A

Chamfering
Circular H1 H2 ⤚埮
Model No. Diameter D1 B E F M S J G H Radius Keyway(W×D×L) W Model
BK⤚
EK
C1 C2 C3 R1 R2 N P R P
EK-6 Ø6, Ø8 6 4 30 8 M6×0.75 10 5 4 4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 - - 3.7 6 1.5 EK-6
EK-8 Ø10, Ø12 8 6 35 9 M8×1 10 8 5 5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 - - 5.6 7 1.5 EK-8
EK-10 Ø12, Ø14, Ø15 10 8 36 15 M10×1 11 10 5 7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.6 2×1.2 11 7.5 11 -0.5 EK-10
EK-12 Ø14, Ø15, Ø16 12 10 36 15 M12×1 11 13 6 8 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.6 3×1.8 12 9.5 12 -0.5 EK-12
EK-15 Ø18, Ø20 15 12 49 20 M15×1 13 16 6 9 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.6 4×2.5 16 11.3 16 5.0 EK-15

F11 F12
 EK Specifications

EK Series (Fixed End)

4-ØX drill through

ØY counter bore depthZ
2-ØX drill through
4-ØX drill through

2-Ø7.8 drill through

EK-20S EK-20 EK-25

Unit;mm
E h Bearing
Model No. D1 A B C H1 C2 C1 H L L1 L2 L3 M X Y Z T
±0.02 ±0.02 Model

EK-20 20 95 75 56 47.5 25 30 - - 58 42 10 50 10 M4 11 - - 30 7204ATYDFC8P5

EK-25 25 105 85 66 52.5 25 35 9 30 68 48 13 60 14 M5 11 - - 35 7205ATYDFC8P5

Tolerance
Suggest Dimension of End Machining Dimension (mm) h
unit 0.001
SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

H1 Type H2 Type
Above Under h
View A-A -2
(MAX) A 6 10
-15
-3

S
10 18
-18
O S Q -3
Q 18 24
-21
A

Circular H1
Chamfering H2 ⤚埮
Model No. Diameter D1 B E F M S J G H Radius Keyway(W×D×L) W Model
BK⤚
EK
C1 C2 C3 R1 R2 N P R P
EK-20 Ø25, Ø28, Ø32 20 17 64 25 M20×1 17 21 8 11 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 5×3.0 21 16 21 1.0 EK-20
EK-25 Ø32, Ø36 25 20 65 30 M25×1.5 18 27 10 13 0.5 0.7 1.0 0.5 0.6 6×3.5 25 19 25 1.0 EK-25

F13 F14
 EF Specifications

EF Series (Simple End) 2-ØX drill through

Code Items pcs
ØY counter bore depthZ

2-ØX drill through

2 Housing 1 PCS
3 Bearing 1 PCS
4 C-Ring 1 PCS

EF10~15, EF20~25 EF6~8

Unit;mm
E h Bearing
Model No. D1 A B C H1 H L X Y Z C-Ring
±0.02 ±0.02 Model
EF-6 6 42 30 18 21 20 13 25 12 5.5 9.5 11 C6 606ZZ
EF-8 6 52 38 25 26 26 17 32 14 6.6 11 12 C6 606ZZ
EF-10 8 70 52 36 35 24 25 43 20 9 - - C8 608ZZ
EF-12 10 70 52 36 35 24 25 43 20 9 - - C10 6000ZZ
EF-15 15 80 60 41 40 25 30 49 20 9 - - C15 6002ZZ
EF-20 20 95 75 56 47.5 25 30 58 26 11 - - C20 6204ZZ
EF-25 25 105 85 66 52.5 25 35 68 30 - 11 - C25 6205ZZ

Tolerance
E
Dimension (mm) h
Suggest Dimension of End Machining unit 0.001

øD1 h7
Above Under h
SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

-2
6 10
-15

øA -0.2
0

øD
-3
10 18
-18
B +0.14
0 +0.2
C 0 -3
18 24 -21

C-Ring Model
Model No. Diameter D1 E
A B C EF
EF-6 Ø6, Ø8 6 9 5.7 0.8 6.8 EF-6
EF-8 Ø10, Ø12 6 9 5.7 0.8 6.8 EF-8
EF-10 Ø12, Ø14, Ø15 8 10 7.6 0.9 7.9 EF-10
EF-12 Ø14, Ø15, Ø16 10 11 9.6 1.15 9.15 EF-12
EF-15 Ø18, Ø20 15 13 14.3 1.15 10.15 EF-15
EF-20 Ø25, Ø28 20 19 19 1.35 15.35 EF-20
EF-25 Ø32, Ø36 25 20 23.9 1.35 16.35 EF-25

F15 F16
 FK Specifications

FK Series (Fixed End)

4-ØX drill through D g6 Code Items pcs
ØY counter bore depthZ
-0.007 2 Housing 2!QDT
28
-0.020 3 Bearing 2!TFU
4 Lid 2!QDT
5 Spacer 3!QDT
6 Seal 3!QDT
7 Lock Nut 2!QDT
8 Screw with Washer 2!QDT
Method A Method B
Unit;mm
Bearing
Model No. D1 A F L E Dg6 H PCD M B L1 T1 L2 T2 X Y Z T Model
FK-8 8 43 14 23 26 28 9 35 M3 35 7 4 8 5 3.4 6.5 4 14 708ATYDFC8P5

Suggest Dimension of End Machining H1 Type

SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

P Tolerance
h
(MAX) Dimension (mm) unit 0.001
Above Under h
-2
6 10
-15
R

Circular
Chamfering H1 ⤚埮
Model No. Diameter D1 B E F M S Radius
W1 W2 Model
BK⤚
FK
C1 C2 C3 R1 R2 R P
FK-8 Ø10, Ø12 8 6 35 9 M8×1 15 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.3 0.6 5.6 7 1.5 0.5 FK-8

F17 F18
 FK Specifications

FK Series (Fixed End)

4-ØX drill through D g6 Code Items pcs
ØY counter bore depthZ
-0.009 2 Housing 1 PCS
34 -0.025
36 -0.009 3 Bearing 1 SET
-0.025
-0.009 4 Lid 1 PCS
40 -0.025
-0.010
5 Spacer 2 PCS
57 -0.029 6 Seal 2 PCS
63 -0.010
-0.029 7 Lock Nut 1 PCS
75 -0.010
-0.029 8 Screw with Washer 1 PCS
Method A Method B
Unit;mm
Bearing
Model No. D1 A F L E Dg6 H PCD M B L1 T1 L2 T2 X Y Z T Model
FK-10 10 52 17 27 29.5 34 10 42 M3 42 7.5 5 8.5 6 4.5 8 4 16 7000ATYDFC8P5
FK-12 12 54 17 27 29.5 36 10 44 M3 44 7.5 5 8.5 6 4.5 8 4 19 7001ATYDFC8P5
FK-15 15 63 17 32 36 40 15 50 M3 52 10 6 12 8 5.5 9.5 6 22 7002ATYDFC8P5
FK-20 20 85 30 52 50 57 22 70 M4 68 8 10 12 14 6.6 11 10 30 7204ATYDFC8P5
FK-25 25 98 30 57 60 63 27 80 M5 79 13 10 20 17 9 15 13 35 7205ATYDFC8P5
FK-30 30 117 32 62 61 75 30 95 M6 93 14 12 17 18 11 17.5 15 40 7206ATYDFC8P5

Suggest Dimension of End Machining Tolerance

h
SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

H1 Type Dimension (mm) unit 0.001

H2 Type
Above Under h
(MAX) -2
6 10
-15

S
-3
10 18
-18
O Q S Q
-3
18 30
-21

Circular
Chamfering Radius
H1 H2 ⤚埮
Model
Model No. Diameter D1 B E F M S J G H W1 W2 BK⤚
C1 C2 C3 R1 R2 N P R P FK
FK-10 Ø12, Ø14, Ø15 10 8 36 15 M10×1 11 10 5 7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.6 2×1.2 11 7.5 11 0.5 0.5 FK-10
FK-12 Ø14, Ø15, Ø16 12 10 36 15 M12×1 11 13 6 8 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.6 3×1.8 12 9.5 12 0.5 0.5 FK-12
FK-15 Ø18, Ø20 15 12 49 20 M15×1 13 16 6 9 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.6 4×2.5 16 11.6 16 4 2 FK-15
FK-20 Ø25, Ø28 20 17 64 25 M20×1 17 21 8 11 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 5×3.0 21 16 21 1 -3 FK-20
FK-25 Ø32, Ø36 25 20 76 30 M25×1.5 20 27 10 13 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 6×3.5 25 19 25 5 -2 FK-25
FK-30 Ø40, Ø50 30 25 72 38 M30×1.5 25 32 10 15 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 8×4 32 23.5 32 -3 -6 FK-30

F19 F20
 FF Specifications

FF Series (Simple End) D g6 Code Items pcs

4-ØX drill through
ØY counter bore depthZ 22 -0.007 1 Housing 1 PCS
-0.020
28 -0.007 2 Bearing 1 PCS
-0.020
34 -0.009 3 C-Ring 1 PCS
-0.025
40 -0.009
-0.025
57 -0.010
-0.029
63 -0.010
-0.029
75 -0.010
-0.029

Unit:mm
Bearing
Model No. D1 L H F Dg6 A PCD B X Y Z C-Ring Model
FF-6 6 10 6 4 22 36 28 28 3.4 6.5 4 C6 606ZZ
FF-10 8 12 7 5 28 43 35 35 3.4 6.5 4 C8 608ZZ
FF-12 10 15 7 8 34 52 42 42 4.5 8 4 C10 6000ZZ
FF-15 15 17 9 8 40 63 50 52 5.5 9.5 5.5 C15 6002ZZ
FF-20 20 20 11 9 57 85 70 68 6.6 11 6.5 C20 6204ZZ
FF-25 25 24 14 10 63 98 80 79 9 14 8.5 C25 6205ZZ
FF-30 30 27 18 9 75 117 95 93 11 17.5 11 C30 6206ZZ

Tolerance
Suggest Dimension of End Machining Dimension (mm)
h
E
unit 0.001
SUPPORT UNIT OF BALL SCREW

Above Under h

øD1 h7
-2
6 10
-15
-3

øA -0.2
0

øD
10 18
-18
B +0.14
0
-3
C
+0.2
0 18 24 -21

C-Ring Model
Model No. Diameter D1 E
A B C FF
FF-6 Ø10, Ø12 6 9 5.7 0.8 6.8 FF-6
FF-10 Ø12, Ø14, Ø15 8 10 7.6 0.9 7.9 FF-10
FF-12 Ø14, Ø15, Ø16 10 11 9.6 1.15 9.15 FF-12
FF-15 Ø18, Ø20 15 13 14.3 1.15 10.15 FF-15
FF-20 Ø25, Ø28 20 19 19 1.35 15.35 FF-20
FF-25 Ø32, Ø36 25 20 23.9 1.35 16.35 FF-25
FF-30 Ø40, Ø50 30 21 28.6 1.75 17.75 FF-30

F21 F22
 SRJ Specifications
1. About Coupling

SRJ Specifications Function

Ød1

Ød2
ØA
L1 L1 M
L

Unit;mm

(H8)d1xd2 Max Rotational Static Torsion Dynamic Torsion

Rate Torque Max Torque
Model No. A L L1 dmax M Model No. Spring Rigidity Spring Rigidity Spring Rigidity
(N蚺m) (N蚺m)
d1 d2 (min-1) (N蚺m/rad) (N蚺m/rad)

SRJ-20C 5 10 15200 51.0 151

SRJ-20C 20 30 10 10 5, 6, 6.35, 7, 8 M3
SRJ-30C 12.5 25 10200 170.9 505
SRJ-30C 30 35 11 16 6, 6.35, 8, 9, 9.5, 10, 11, 12, 14 M4
SRJ-40C 17 34 7600 857.5 2571
SRJ-40C 40 66 25 22 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 M5
SRJ-55C 60 120 5600 2060 6163
SRJ-55C 55 78 30 28 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 22, 24, 25 M6
COUPLING

SRJ-65C 160 320 4700 3430 10291

SRJ-65C 65 90 35 38 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 22, 24, 25, 28, 30, 32, 35 M8

ʰ Specifications NumberǺSRJ-AC-d1 x d2
Mass Moment of Inertia
ʰ MaterialǺAluminum Alloy Weight (g) 2 Radial Angular Axial
Model No. J (kg-m )
ʰ Buffer Material蛆Engineering Class Plastic (mm) (°) (mm)
each hub spider each hub spider
-3 -3
SRJ-20C 8.5 1.7 0.46x10 0.073x10 0.10 1.0 0.8
-3 -3
SRJ-30C 18 4.2 2.5x10 0.45x10 0.15 1.0 1
-3 -3
SRJ-40C 64 6.5 20.1x10 1.44x10 0.15 1.0 1.2
-3 -3
SRJ-55C 130 17.4 50.5x10 7.3x10 0.2 1.0 1.4
-3 -3
SRJ-65C 250 28.6 200.1x10 16.3x10 0.2 1.0 1.5

G01 G02